Document 7RObjvYb5zZ7o3GgR3GzyErBB

PLAINTIFF'S EXHIBIT i lo q FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS I > BIRD 006293 SS-R-45I AUGUST 1. 1933 SUPERSEDING P.S. No.421 July 9, 1929 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Parts) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB ROOF-COATING; ASPHALT, BRUSHINGCONSISTENCY _ Thlsspeclflcatlonwas approved for promulgation by the Federal Specifications Board on August I, 1933, for the use of the departments and Independent establishments of the Government In the purchase of this commodity, and shall become mandatory far all departments and independent establishments of the Government not later than February 15. 1934. It may be put Into effect, hovr* % ever, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL' SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the - Government are noted under section H. B. TYPE B-l. Asphalt roof coating shall be of one type only. C. MATERIAL 0-1. The coating shall consist of asphaltic materials, with or without fatty oils, thinned with a volatile solvent to a heavy brushing consistency, and mineral filler. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Basis of purchase.--The material shall be purchased by weight or volume, as specified in the contract. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS - E-l. Condition in container.--The material shall not liver in the container and after slight stirring shall be a smooth homogeneous mixture. E-2. Consistency.--It shall be of a heavy brushing consistency to insure a film of appreciable thickness and yet not so stiff as to prevent easy application with a 3-knot roof brush at the rate of approximately 1 gallon per 50 square feet over asphalt roofing. 417572 0 - 41 | , , I : ; ; j I I < i : ' Hi BIRD 006294 SS-R-45I-2 (Atm-1833) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) E-3. Nonvolatile matter.--The roof coating shall yield not less than 60 percent nonvolatile matter when 10 grams are heated in an oven at 106 C. (221F.) for 24 hours. E-4. Mineral filler.--The material shall contain not less than-# Jo y percent and not more than 25 percent of a suitable mineral filler. ' The residue obtained from the ignition of the mineral filler shall bo not less than 85 percent. E-5. Behavior at 90 C. {HO F).--Test pieces prepared by brushing the coating on smooth-surfaced asphalt prepared roofing and metal . at the rate of 1 gallon to 50 square feet, exposed for 60 minutes in a well-ventilated room and then in an oven at 60 C. (140 F.) for 6 hours shall show no blistering, and not more than one-fourth inch sagging or slipping, and no appreciable absorption of the coating by the prepared roofing. E-6. Behavior at 0 C. (88 F.).--Metal test pieces from E-5, when bent quickly over a I inch mandrel immediately after exposure to a temperature of 0 C. (32 F.) for 1 hour shall show no cracking of the coating and no separation of metal and coating. F. METHODS OF SAMPLING AND TESTING Deliveries will, in general, he sampled and tested by the following methods, but the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional information to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. F-l. Sampling.--From each shipment the inspector shall take at random a number of packages equivalent to the one half cube root of the total number of packages in the lot. If this proved to be a fractional number, it shall be expressed as the next higher whole num ber. The contents of each package taken shall be thoroughly stirred until a homogeneous mixture is obtained. One pint of the coating shall then be immediately drawn from each package and transferred to a clean receptable of suitable size, which snail be kept tightly covered except while the coating is being introduced. After all the pint samples have been taken the contents of this container shall be thoroughly stirred and two 1-quart samples of the composite sample shall be transferred to a clean dry container, which shall be immediately stoppered, sealed, and distinctly labeled. One sample shah be transmitted to the testing laboratory and the other shall be retained for check analysis in case of dispute. TF-2. Laboratory examination. F-2a. Condition in container.--Open the container when received at the laboratory and examine its contents. F72b. Nonvolatile matter.--Weigh.about 10 grama of the sample in a'weighed flat-bottom metal dish about 8 cm in diameter, or in a friction-top can plug. Heat the dish with its contents in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for 24 hours, cool, and weigh. From the weight of the residue left in the dish and from the weight of the original sample taken compute the percentage of nonvolatile matter. E-2c. Mineral filler.--Weigh from 2 to 5 grams of the coating and transfer to a small beaker. Add 25 to 50 ml of carbon bisul phide, stir until thoroughly mixed, and allow to stand for 15 minutes. Filter the solution through a weighed Gooch crucible prepared with a mat of asbestos, paper pulp,or apaper disc, using suction if necessary FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG S(SA-RW-4.5I81M--8) (Section IV, Pert 5) to aid filtration. Wash the residue in the crucible with cold carbon bisulphide until the washings are colorless, dry the crucible with its contents in air at room temperature until the odor of carbon bisulphide has almost disappeared, and then for 1 hour in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.), cool, and weigh. From the weight of the insoluble matter in the crucible and the weight of the sample taken compute the percentage of the matter insoluble in carbon bisulphide and consider it as mineral filler. Ignite a weighed portion of. the insoluble matter to a red heat for one-half hour, cool, and weigh. F-2d. Behavior at 60 C. 140 (F.).--Brush the coating at a rate of approximately 1 gallon to 50 square feet on smooth-surfaced asphalt prepared roofing (heavy weight), and clean steel. The steel plates should be about 0.4 mm (0.016 inch) thick. A con venient size for the test pieces is 10 by 15 cm (4 by 6 inches). Note whether the cement spreads easily at room temperature without " drawing or pulling. Embed a thread in each coating extending across the coating at a distance of not more than 5 cm (2 inches) . from the top of the test piece and measure its distance from the top. After exposing these test pieces for 60 minutes in a horizontal position in a well-ventilated room at a temperature not below 15 C. (59 F.), but not in the direct rays of the sun, suspend them vertically for 5 hours in an oven at 60 C. (140 F.). Remove the test pieces from the oven after 5 hours' heating and examine for blistering and absorption of the coating and for slipping by comparing the distance of the thread from the top of the test piece with its distance at the beginning of the test. F-2e. Behavior at 0 C. (S8 F.).--Cool the metal test pieces from F-2d to room temperature and immerse them in a water bath at 0 C (32 F.) for l hour. Immediately after their removal from the bath bend the panels in approximately 2 seconds' time, over a mandrel 1 inch in diameter, with the metal next to the ntandfel, dry thoroughly, and examine. G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MARKING G-l. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject com modity shall be delivered in standard commercial containers, so constructed as to insure acceptance by common or other carriers for safe transportation at the lowest rate to the point of delivery. G-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked .with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight or net liquid meas ure of the contents, and some means of identification of "the partic ular contract on which purchase and shipment were made." Each shipment of the material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. BIRD 006296 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Sectionrv, Parts) H-la. Army. United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy: Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, Roofing, Siding, and Sheet Metal Work; Dampproofing and Membrane Waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D.C. r. NOTES 1-1. Asphalt roof ooating is intended for use in the repair and coat ing of asphalt and metal roofing and for application to concrete* masonry, and steel structures as a dampproofing and protective coat ing. In the application of this material on concrete and masonry it is advisable to apply a priming coat of asphalt primer. I-a. While the, exact nature of the mineral filler to be used in this coating is not specified, asbestos fiber is considered one of the most suitable mineral fillers. 1-3. It is believed that this specification adequately described the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material and that nor mally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine com pliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, sam ples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-4. This specification governs United States Government pur chases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this speci fication in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-5. Interested parties are advised that an alphabetical index of Federal specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-6. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application, accompanied.by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Dooumonts, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., Price 6 cents. Natlce.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are need lorany pur pose otherthanin connection with a definitelyrelated Government procurement operation, the United stetes Government thereby incurs no responsibility or any obligation whatso ever; end the fact that the Government may have formulated, fUrnllhed, or In any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or otherdata is not to be regarded by Implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other poison or corporation, or conveying any rights or permissionto manulactnre, use, or sell any patented Invention that may In any way be related thereto. U S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING 0FRCE:l9it For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C. Price S cent* SS-W-51a APRIL 2, 1935 superseding Fed. Spec. SS-W-51 March 3. 1931 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Parts) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR WALL BOARD; GYPSUM Thi specification was approved by the Director ct Procurement, for the use of all departments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effec tive not later than November 1,1935. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date alter promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATION A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A--2. Special requirements of individual departments of the Government are noted in section H. B. TYPES B-l. This specification ' ' 'i board: Type A.--Boards butted joints. Type B.--Boards with rounded edges, designed for filled joints. C MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP 0-1. Gypsum wall board consists of set gypsum plaster, with or without fiber, reinforced on the surfaces with sheets of fibrous material. Without the addition of plaster these boards furnish to interior walls, ceilings, or partitions a surface which may receive decoration. C-2. The surface of gypsum wall board designed to be exposed on erection shall be true and free from imperfection that would render the wall boards unfit for use, with or without decorations. The edges and ends shall be straight and solid. Boards of Type A shall have corners square and opposite edges parallel. For beards of Type B, a negative variation of % inch from- parallelism of opposite edges is permissible. 134518--35' ............................................................... .... ................... BIRD 006298 federal standard stock catalog (Section 17, part 5) D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. See section E. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS B-l. Thickness.--Gypsum wall boards shall be nominally Yt inch (6.3 mm), % inch. (9.5 mm) or Yi inch (12.7 mm) in thickness with permissible variations in the average thickness of !4f inch (0.4 mm) and with permissible local variations of }ii inch (0.8 mm) from the normal thickness. E-2. Width and length.-- B-2a. Type A gypsum wall boards that are to be laid with the joints butted shall nave widths of 32 inches (810 mm), 36 inches (910 mm), or 48 inches (1,220 mm), except that a variation of Ha inch (2 mm) under the specified width is permissible. E-3b. Type B gypsum wall boards that are to be laid with the joints filled shall have widths Yt inch (6.3 mm) less than those specified in paragraph E-2 (a) except that the same variation is permissible. E-2o. The lengths shall be 4 feet (1.22 m) to 12 feet (3.66 m), inclusive, except that a tolerance of Yt inch (6.3 mm) from the length of the individual boards is permissible. Special boards may be cut to any desired length within the limits prescribed. E-3. Weight.--The weight of gypsum wall board per 1,000 square feet shall conform to the following requirements: Thickness Weight, minimum Weight, maximum Inches Millimeters Founds Kilograms Founds Kilograms H 6.3 900 406 1,500 680 H 9.5 1,350 612 2,000 905 H 12.7 1,800 816 3,000 1,361 E-4. Strength.--Strength test specimens shall be 12 inches (300 mm) wide and approximately 16 inches (410 mm) long. When tested in accordance with the methods described in section F-2 specimens taken from the gypsum wall board shall carry not less wan the following loads: Load, pounds H-- ft Board thickness (inches) Knife-edges across fiber of surfacing Knifwdges parallel to fiber or irar- faring 0 24 80 34 105 45 BIRD 006299 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, put 0 law) E-5. Bond.--With loads equal to or less than those specified in paragraph E-4 there shall be no breaking of the bond between the fibrous surfacing material and the plaster core. F. METHOD OF SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Sampling.--At least 1 percent of the number of gypsum wall boards in a shipment, but not less than 10 boards, shaE be so selected as to be representative of the shipment. Twenty-five percent of such selected boards, but not less than 10 individual boards, shall constitute a sample for test. When a shipment consists of more than one car or carrier load a sample shall be selected from each car or carrier. F-2. Inspection and tests.-- F-2a. Strength and bond.-- F-2a (1). Two specimens, each 12 inches (300 mm) by approxi mately 10 inches (406 mm) shall be cut from each board in the sample, one having the 16-inch dimension parallel to the fibers of the surfacing material and the other at right angles to them. Each specimen shaE be supported on fixed paraEel bearings spaced 14 inches (356 mm) on centers and shall be loaded on a similar, bearing midway between the supports. All bearings and load surfaces shaE be true, shaE engage the fuE width of the test specimen, and shaU be rounded to a radius of % inch (3.2 mm). F-2a (2). Test loads shaE be applied at a uniform rate of 60 pounds (27'.22 kg) per minute with a permissible variation of 10 percent in the rate. The breaking load shall be noted and the bond, as defined under paragraph E-5, shall be observed. The average strength of the 10 specimens cut from the board in each direction shaE be computed and compared with representative requirements in paragraph E-4. G. PACKAGING. PACKING, AND MARKING (3-1. Any special requirements of individual departments are noted under section H. Q--2. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. (3-3. Packing.--Gypsum waE board shaE be packed in such a way as to be kept dry and free from moisture. Unless otherwise specified gypsum waE board shaE be delivered in standard commer cial containers so constructed as to insure acceptance by common or other carriers, for safe transportation, at the lowest rate, to the point of delfvery. (3--4. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified, shipping containers shaE be marked with the name of the material, name of the manu facturer, brand, type, size, nominal thickness, and the quantity con tained therein, as defined by the contract or order under which the shipment is made: the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The foEowing departmental specifications of the issue in effect on the date of invitation for bids wall form a part of this speci fication. lAprUim FEDBBAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section XV, part S) H-la. Army: United States Army Specification No. 1Q0-2B, Standard Specification, for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy: Navy Department General Specification for Inspec tion of Material. (Copies of this specification may be obtained with out cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts,. Navy Department, Washington, D. C.) H-lc. Marine Corps: Instructions issued by the Quartermaster's Department. L NOTES 1-1. Gypsum wall boards are sheets or slabs of set gypsum plaster reinforced on the surfaces with sheets of fibrous material and without the addition of plaster furnish to interior walls, ceilings, or partitions a surface which may receive decoration. 1-2. Gypsum wall boards are nominally % inch thick. 1-3. Gypsum wall boards K inch or K inch thick may be had for special purposes. 1-4. Gypsum wall boards may be had in any lengths from 4 to 1? feet, as specified by the purchaser. 1-5. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked, for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification toapply in all other respects. 1-6. An alphabetical Index of Federal Specifications may bo obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-7. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. O. Price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other fhn in connection with, a definitely related Government procurement oper ation, the United Statra Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any ohligatlaik whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or fit any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by im plication or otherwise an in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or cor- ration, or convoying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented vention that may in any way be related thereto. U.5.GOVERNMENT TRINT1H6 OFFICCtllSS For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington,\D. O. Price s cent*- TT-V-51 APRIL 28, 1981 SUPERSEDING Li*LaSM.G*.Mj2.S,u. In* FEDKBAIi STANDABD STOCK CATALOGUE Section IV (Parts) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB VARNISH; ASPHALT Tills specification eras innrovod for promulgation by the Federal Specifica tions Board on April 28, leal, for the use of the departments and Independent establishments of the Government In the purchase of this commodity and shall become mandatory for all departments and Independent eetabliahmente of the Government pot later then November IS, 1031. It may be putjnto effect, how ever, at any earlier date alter promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDEBAL SPEGWICATtONS. A-l. There are no other Federal Specifications applicable to this specification. A--2. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the Government me noted under section H. H. GHADES- B-I. Asphalt varnish shall be of the following grades (the grade or grades desired shall be specified in the invitation for bids): Grade A.--Normal asphalt varniBh. Grade B.--Asphalt varnish resistant to mineral adds. C. MATERIAL. C-l. Asphalt varnish shall be composed of a high grade of asphalt fluxed and blended with properly treated drying ofl and thinned to the proper consistency with a volatile solvent. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS- D-l. See Detail Requirements. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS. E-l. Grade A.-- E-la. Appearance.--Smooth and homogeneous; no livering or stringiness. B-lb. Color.--Jet black. E-lc. Flash point (closed-cup).--Not below 30 C. (86 F.). 3B--Id. Action with linseed oil.--Varnish must mix readily to a homogeneous mixture with an equal volume of raw linseed oil. 60158--31 BIRD 006302 (Apr^lM) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE (Section IV, Part 5) E-le. Matter insoluble in carbon bisulphide.--Not more than 1 per cent. E-lf. Nonvolatile matter.--Not less than 40 per cent by weight. K-lg. Fatty matter.--Not less than 20 per cent of the nonvolatile. Must Be liquid and not show a violet coloration by the LiebermannStorch test. H-lh. Set to touch.--Within five hours. E-li. Dry hard and tough.--Within 24 hours. JS-lj. Toughness.--Film on metal must withstand rapid bending over a rod 3 mm 04 inch) in diameter. E-lk, Working properties.--Varnish must have good brushing, flowing, covering, and leveling properties. E-1L Resistance to water.--Dried film must withstand cold water for 18 hours. B-lm. Resistance to oil.--Dried film must withstand lubricating oil for 6 hours. K-2. Grade B.-- B-2a. Appearance.--Smooth and homogeneous; no livering or stringiness. B-2b. Color.--Jet black. B-2o. Plash point (closed-cup).--Not below 30 C. (86 F.). B-2d. Action with linseed oil.--Varnish must mix readily to a homogeneous mixture with an equal volume of raw linseed ou. E-2e. Matter insoluble in carbon bisulphide.--Not more than 1 per cent. E-2f. Nonvolatile matter.--Not less than 40 per cent by weight. K~2g. Fatty matter.--Not less than 20 per cent of the nonvolatile. Must be liquid and not show a violet coloration by the LiebermannStorch test. E-2h. Set to touch.--Within five hours. B-2i. Dry hard and tough.--Within 24 hours. E-2j. Toughness.--Film on metal must withstand rapid bending over a rod 3 mm (% inch) in diameter. E-2k. Working properties.--Varnish must have good brushing, flowing, covering, and leveling properties. E-2I. Resistance to water.--Dried film must withstand cold water for 18 hours. E-2m. Resistance to oil.--Dried film must withstand lubricating oil for 6 hours. B-2n. Resistance to mineral adds.-- Dried film must withstand action of the following acids for 6 hours: Sulphuric acid, specific gravity 1.25 (about 33 per cent); nitric acid, specific gravity 1.12 (about 20 per cent); hydrochloric acid, specific gravity 1.09 (about 18.per cent). F. METHODS OF SAMPLING. TESTING. AND BASIS OF PURCHASE. Deliveries will, in general, be sampled and tested by the following methods, but the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional available information to ascertain whether the material meets the speci fication. F-l. Sampling.--It is mutally agreed by buyer and seller that a single package out of each lot of not more than 1,000 packages be FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE (AprZim (Section IV, Part S) taken as representative of the whole. Whenever possible, an origi nal unopened container shall be sent to the laboratory. When for any reason this can not be done, the inspector shall select a package and thoroughly mix its contents. He shall fill a 1-quart, clean, dry container from this package, securely stopper it with a new clean cork or well-fitting cover or cap, seal, and distinctly label it. The inspector shall take a duplicate from the container sampled to be held for check in case of dispute, and when requested shall take a sample for the seller. P-2. Laboratory examination.-- F-2a. Appearance and color.--Pour some of the thoroughly mixed sample on a clean, clear glass plate and stand in a vertical position until the excess varnish has drained off. Examine the film by trans mitted light. The varnish must be smooth and homogeneous and must not show any separation or segregation of the constituents. Examine the film by reflected light. The film must be jet black in color. F-2b. Flash point.--Determine with either the "Tag" or Elliott closed-cup tester. The former is preferred.1 F-2o. Action with linseed oil.--Pour 10 ml of the varnish into-a test tube and add an equal volume of raw linseed oil. Stopper the test tube and shake vigorously for seveial minutes. Then pour some of the mixture on a clear glass plate and stand in a vertical position. After the excess varnish has drained off examine the film by transmitted light. There shall be no separation of the,oil and varnish. F-2d. Matter insoluble in carbon bisulphide.--Weigh about 5 g of the varnish into a small beaker, add 25 ml of carbon bisulphide, and allow to stand for 15 minutes. Filter through a weighed Gooch crucible, prepared with a medium thick mat of asbestos, using suction if necessary to aid in filtration. Wash the residue in the crucible with carbon bisulphide until the washings are colorless. Dry in air at room temperature until the odor of carbon bisulphide has almost disappeared,.and then for one hour in an oven at 106 to 110 C (221 to 230 F.). Cool and weigh. From the weight of the inso luble left in the crucible and the weight of sample taken calculate the percentage of insoluble in carbon bisulphide. F-2e. Nonvolatile matter.--Place a portion of the sample in a stopperedbottle orweighingpipette. Weigbthecontainerandsample. Transfer about 1.5 g of the sample to a weighed flat-bottomed metal dish about S cm in diameter (a friction-top can plug). Weigh the container again and by difference calculate the exact weight of the portion of sample transferred to the weighed dish. Heat the dish with its contents in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for three hours. Cool and weigh. From the weight of the residue left In the dish and the weight of the sample taken calculate the per centage of nonvolatile residue. > Directions for using tbs "Tag" tester may b* found in A. 8. T. M. Standards D5S-21, and directions (or using tbe Elliott cup in Proceedings A. 8. T. M., Ft. I. p. -U4; 1SIT. UtrZlMO PBDEBAX, STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE (Section IV, Fart 6) F~2f. Fatty matter.-- P-at(l). Place about 5 grains of the varnish, accurately weighed, in a 250 ml, wide-mouthed flask, add 50 ml of benzol, andheat under a reflux condenser on a steam bath until the varnish is completely dissolved. Add 25 ml of ethyl alcohol denatured with methyl alcohol and 25 ml of a 0.5 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution and continue boiling under the reflux condenser until all of the saponifiable matter is saponified (one hour is usually sufficient). Remove the condenser, evaporate the solution to dryness on the steam bath, and bake in an oven at 105 to 110 O. (221 to 230 P.) for at least 12 hours (overnight). Add to the residue in the flask 150 ml of distilled water and heat until the residue is disintegrated. Filter the water solution of the soaps. Repeat this operation with 75 ml portions of water until the residue is completely disintegrated and the wash water is clear and colorless. F-2f(2). Combine the filtrates (the soap solution and washings), acidify with hydrochloric acid, and heat until the fatty acids and any emulsified asphalt separate and rise to the top and the water below is clear. Cool, transfer to a separatory funnel, and extract once with 50 ml of ether. Repeat the extraction with 25 ml portions of ether until the aqueous layer is free from fatty matter and asphalt. Combine the ether extracts and wash with water until free from acid. Cool the ether extracts below 25 C. (77 F.) and filter through paper on which has been placed approximately 10 grama of anhydrous sodium sulphate to absorb any water. Wash the residue on the paper with ether cooled below 25 C. (77 F.) until the washings run through colorless. Collect the filtrate and washings in a beaker and evaporate to dryness. F-2f(3). Add 10 to 15 ml of 95 per cent ethyl alcohol to the residue in the beaker and warm on the steam bath. Cool to room temperature and filter through paper into a tared flask or dish. Repeat this operation with 5 ml portions of 95 per cent ethyl alcohol until the alcohol remains colorless. Finally wash the residue <Jn the paper with 95 per cent ethyl alcohol until the washings run through colorless. Evaporate the alcoholic solution to dryness on a steam bath and heat for an hour in an oven at 105 to 110" C. (221 to 230 F.). Cool and weigh. Calculate the percentage of fatty matter in the nonvolatile matter from the weight of the residue in the flask and the weight of the nonvolatile matter in the sample taken for analysis. F-2f(4). Sometimes the residue obtained after saponification and the evaporation of the benzol and alcohol from the saponifying mixture is not completely disintegrated by boiling with water. In that case extract with water until nothing further dissolves and then dry. Dissolve in benzol, using heat if necessary, and wash the benzol solution several times with water. Heat the washings until the odor of benzol has disappeared and add to the soap solution before acidifying. F-2f(6). The fatty matter obtained above must be a clear ambercolored liquid. A fugitive violet color shall not be obtained when the fatty matter is subjected to the following test: Dissolve a small FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE (Btcticn IT, Fart 5) amount of the fatter matter in 5 ml of acetic anhydride, -warming if necessary to aid solution. Cool, draw off the acetic anhydride solu tion, and add a drop of sulphuric acid, 1.53 apecifio gravity. F-gg-. Drying time.--Pour the varnish on a clean glass plate not less than 15 cm (6 inches) long and 10 cm (4 inches) wide. Place the plate in a nearly vertical position in a well-ventilated room, but not in the direct rays of the sun. The temperature of the room should be from 21 to 32 C. (70 to 90 F.). Test the film at points at not less than 2.5 cm (1 inch) from the edges of the film by touching lightly with the finger. The varnish is considered to have set to touch when gentle pressure of the finger shows a tacky condition but none of the varnish adheres to the finger. The varnish is considered to have dried hard when the pressure that can be exerted between the thumb and finger does not move the film or leave a mark which re mains noticeable after the spot is lightly polished. If rapid light rubbing breaks the surface, the sample is not considered to have satisfactorily dried hard. In case the test shows time of setting to touch or drying hard more than 5 and 24 hours, respectively, two additional tests shall be run on different days, and if the varnish does not meet the above drying and hardening requirements on both of these additional tests it shall be considered unsatisfactory. In cases where different laboratories fail to agree on the drying test, due to different atmospheric conditions, ana umpire tests are neces sary, such tests shall be made in a well-ventilated room maintained at a temperature of 70 F. and relative humidity of 65 per cent saturation. F-2h. Toughness.--Flow the varnish on one side of a bright tin panel that has been thoroughly cleaned with benzol immediately before using. These panels shall be cut from bright tin plate weigh ing not more than 25 g nor less than 19 g per square decimeter (0.51 to 0.39 pound par square foot). (Commercial No. 31 gage bright tin plate should weigh about 0.44 pound per square foot.) A convenient size for these panels is 10 by 15 cm (4 by 6 inches). Let the panel dry in a vertical position, not in the direct rays of the sun, in a wellventilated room at a temperature not below 21 C. (70 F.) for a period of six days. Now bring the panel to a temperature between 21 and 24 C. (70 to 75 F.) and, with .the varnish film on the outside, bend rapidly over a rod 3 mm (ft inch) in diameter. The film must show no evidence of cracking or flaking. F-2L Working properties.--A clean piece of tin plate similar to that used for testing the toughness of the varnish shall be used for determining the working properties. The plate shall be thoroughly cleaned of all grease ana dried. It shall then be laid in a horizontal position and one coat of the vanish applied by brushing. The var nish shall work easily under the brush, showing no tendency to draw or pull, and shall flow out to a smooth, glossy, jet-black film, free from brush marks, blisters, pinholes, or other defects. Panels pre pared in the above manner and allowed to dry in a horizontal posi tion, not in the direct rays of the sun, in a well-ventilated room, at a temperature not below 21 C. (70 F.) for a period of six days, shall be used for testing the resistance of the varnish to cold water and lubrioating oiL federal standard stock catalogue (Section IT, Part 5) F--2J. Resistance to water.--A. panel prepared and dried as under F~2i, shall be inclined at an angle of 45s to the vertical, and a gentle stream of cold tap water with a temperature of about 25 C. (77 F.) allowed to flow for 18 hours down the middle of the varnished sur face. After wiping off with a soft cloth or ohamois skin any deposit due to the tap water the varnish must show no whitening, dulling, softening, or other visible defects. F--2k. Resistance to lubricating oil.--A panel prepared and dried as under F--2i shall be laid flat, and in at least two different places several drops of locomotive engine lubricating oil1 allowed to stand in con tact with the film for six hours. During the test the spots of oil shall be covered with small watch glasses. After wiping off the oil with cotton waste no softening or other deterioration of the film due to the lubricating oil shall be perceptible. F-2L Resistance to mineral acid.--A piece of dry tin plate free from rust and grease shall be used for this test. It shall be laid in a hori zontal position and one coat of the varnish applied by brushing. This coat of varnish shall then be allowed to dry for 24 to 48 hours, when a second coat shall be applied. The second coat shallbe allowed to dry, as in F-2i for a period of six days before testing. The panels shall then be laid flat and in different places several drops each of sulphuric acid, specific gravity 1.25, nitric acid, specific gravity 1.12, and hydrochloric acid, specific gravity 1.09, shall be allowed to remain on the surface of the film for six hours at room temperature, about 21 C. (70 F.). During the test the drops of acid shall be covered with small watch glasses to prevent evaporation. After six hours the acid shall be washed off with tap water,'and after drying for one hour the spots previously in contact with the acid examined. They shall show no appreciable change in hardness. The film shall then be allowed to dry for 12 hours, when it shall again be examined. The spots exposed to the acid shall show no disintegration or brown ing, and their luster shall not be Impaired. A slight bloom around the area of the spot exposed to the acid shall not be considered an indi cation of failure. The film shall then be removed with carbon tetra chloride, chloroform, or carbon bisulphide and the metal examined. It shall show no corrosion. F-3. Basis of% purchase.--Asphalt varnish shall be purchased by volume, the unit being a gallon of 231 cubic inches at 15.5 C. (60 F.). The volume may be determined by measure, or, in case of large deliveries, it may be easier to determine the net weight and specific gravity at 15.5/15.5 C. (60/60 F.) of the delivery. The weight per gallon in pounds can then be determined by multiplying the specific gravity by 8.33. The net weight in pounds divided by .the weight per gallon gives the number of gallons. G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MASKING. O--l. Any special requirements of the individual departments are noted under section H. 0-3. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. * A straight mineral oil haring a viscosity (Ssybolt Universal) of about 7It sec. at 210F. i D BIRD 006307 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE (Section IF, Fait 5) G-3. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity shall be delivered in standard commercial containers, so constructed as to insure acceptance by common or other carriers, for safe trans portation, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery. G-4. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified, shipping containers shall be marked with the name of the material, the size, type, and the quantity contained therein, as defined by the contract or order under which the shipment is made, the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. H. KEQUIBKMKNTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPABTMENT3. H-l. The following department specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids shall respectively form a part of this specification: H-la. Army: United States Army Specification No. 100-2, StandardSpecification for Marking Shipments. United States Army Specification No. 22-42, Supplies, Subsistence, for United States Army. Conditions Governing the Purchase of. H-lb. Navy: Navy Department General Specifications for Inspection of Material, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washing ton, D. C. H-2. Navy department purchases.-- H-2a. Packing.--Varnish shall be delivered in 5-gallon tin cans packed two cans per case, or 1-gallon tin cans packed 12 cans per case, as specified. H~2b. Marking.-- H-2b(l). Each cam shall be labeled with the name of the material the quantity and name of the manufacturer. H-2b(2). Cases shall be marked as covered by paragraph G--4. t. NOTES. I-l. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with the specification. If for any particular purpose, samples are desired, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-2. Ali purchasers and users of specification paint materials should consult Bureau of Standards Technologic Paper No. 274, entitled "Use of United States Government Specification Paints and Paint Materials." 1-3. This specification governs ail United States Government pur chases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this specifi cation in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-4. Interested parties are advised that an Alphabetical Index of Federal Specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below at a cost of 5 cents. federal standard stock catalogue (Section 17, Fsrt S) IS. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents. 1-6. Should material be offered by bidders under brand names, catalogue or model numbers, they must signify in the bid that material so offered meets this specification in all respects. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data, art used for any purpose other than inconnectionwith a definitely related Government procurement opera tion, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility or any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, famished, orin any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, orother data is not to bo regarded, by Impil* cation orotherwise, us in any mannerlicensing the holder orany other person or corporation or conveying any rights orpermbafon to manufacture, uso, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. a. s. eovnumsir ruanM orrics, test Forsale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. * Price 5 cents '200 fe==JU BIRD 006310 UU-W-lOla JULY 3,193S SUPERSEDING F*d. Sfc. CU-W-lIJ Sapt.20.lM2 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 6) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR WALLBOARD; COMPOSITION This specification was approved by the Director of Procurement, for tbs use of all departments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effec tive not later than March 1,193d. It may be pot into effect, however, at any earlier date after promtUgatlon. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A--I. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. B. GRADE B--1. Composition wallboard shall be furnished in but one grade. C. MATERIAL C--1. Material.--Composition wallboard shall be manufactured of vegetable fiber which has been thoroughly mixed with beater size. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. See section E. B. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E-l. Physical characteristics.--Wallboard shall have the follow ing physioal characteristics. E-la. Weight.--Weight shall not exceed 45 pounds per cubic foot. E-lb.--Transverse strength.--Transverse strength shall be not less in any direction than shown in the following table when tested as described in paragraph F-2b: 8833--SB Nominal Transverse thickness strength Inches H* n* Pounds 7.00 12.00 18.00 27.00 FEDERAL, stahdabd stock catalog (Section IV, part S) E-lc. Linear expansion.--Linear expansion shall not exceed 0.75 percent when tested as dcsoribed in paragraph F-2c. E-2. Thickness.--Wallboard shall be furnished in the following thicknesses, ns specified; %e, Y, Yiit or Vs inoh. B-3. Finish.--Unless otherwise specified, at least one surface shall be finished with a varnish size to take paint and decorations. The other surface may be finished with a water-proof coating, provided such coating is at least as water resistant as varnish size. E-4. Tolerances.--Unless otherwise specified in proposal tolerances shall be permitted as follows: Length and widthplus none, minus js inch. Thicknessplus or minus 5 percent. F. METHODS OF SAMPLING. INSPECTION, AND TEST F-l. Sampling.--Samples shall be taken to give a fair representa tion of the entire shipment. Pieces from 5 boards of any carload, or one-half of 1 percent of the number of pieces in less-than-carload shipments, but not less than 3 boards of any shipment shall con stitute the test sample. From each, a specimen 24 by 30 inches shall be cut, the longer dimension being crosswise the board as it is usually obtained. F-2. Inspection and tests.-- 3?-2a. Atmospheric conditions.--Tests for transverse strength shall be made under prevailing atmospheric conditions except in the case of disputes. These tests shall then be made on samples conditioned for at least 24 hours at a relative humidity of 65 percent and at a temperature of 70 to 75 F. F-2b. Transverse strength.--The transverse strength shall be de termined as follows: A specimen 3 inches wide and IS inohes long is taken for test. The transversestrengthisdeterminedbyplacingthespecimen on horizontal parallel supports 12 inches apart and applying the load at mid-span on a bearing parallel to the end supports so that the deflection takes place at 12 inches plus or minus 2 inches per minute until the specimen breaks. The bearing and supports shall be rounded to a radius of approximately % inch to prevent injury to the specimen. Three specimens from the long direction of the board and three at right angles thereto shall be tested. The transverse strength in each direction is the average of three specimens taken from that direction. Note.--See Miscellaneous Publication Bureau of* Standards No. 132, issued December 1, 1931. F-2c.--Linear expansion.--The maximum linear expansion shall be determined in the following manner from specimens 3 by 12 inches that have been cut parallel with the long direction of the board and from like specimens cut at right angles thereto: At each of two points approximately 10 inches apart on the center line of each specimen a small area is coated by rubbing with a glassmarking pencil (or a wax crayon). A fine crossmark is made with a razor blade on the center line in each of these two areas as reference -points for the length measurements. The specimens are then con- FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) ditioned for 24 hours at 50 percent relative humidity and measure ment i are then made of the distance between the two reference points. A scale graduated in hundredths of an inch is used and readings are made with a magnifying lens to the nearest 0.005 inch. The sped-mens are next conditioned for 24 hours at 97 percent relative humidity, after which the distance between the two reference points is again measured. The measurements shall be made in the conditioned air specified in each case, or as quickly as possible after each specimen is removed therefrom. The linear expansion shall be reported as the increase in the length between reference markB as a percentage of the length at 50 percent relative humidity. (In the absence of other facilities, a convenient means of conditioning the specimens at the specified humidity conditions is to expose them in an enclosed space immediately above saturated solutions of suitable salts-sodium dichromate (MasCriOr,2HjO) for 50 percent relative humidity, and potassium sulphate (KjSO,) for 97 percent relative humidity.) G. PACKAGING. PACKING. AND MABKING G--1. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack ages are acceptable under this specification. G--2. Packing.-- G-2a. Domestic shipments.--Unless otherwise specified the subject commodity shall be delivered in substantial commercial containers so constructed as to insure acceptance by common or other carriers for safe transportation at the lowest rate to the point of delivery. G-2b. Export shipments.--For export or oversea shipment when specified the equivalent of approximately 500 square feet of H-mcb. board shall be bundled, the ends and sides being suitably protected. Each bundle will be strapped with steel bands drawn tight and secured with metal clips at each end and intermediately every 3 feet. Each bundle shall then be securely wrapped with moistureproof paper and sealed to make an airtight package. Each wrapped bundle shall be packed in a light-weight open crate. The crates shall be made of 2- by 2-inch lumber for the frame and be held together with cross slats of }4nch or % by 4-inch cross strips. One cross slat shall be placed on both sides at each end and intermediately every foot. G-3. Marking,--Unless otherwise specified, shipping containers shall be marked with the name of the mateiial, size, and the quantity contained therein, as defined by the contract or order undo- which the shipment is made, the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of Invitation for bids shall, insofar as applicable, form a part of this specification; and contractors should provide them selves with the necessary copies when submitting bids to the respec tive departments. H-Ia. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2 (latest issue) Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. ^jSZfassT1 federal standard stock catalog (Section IV, part 6) H-lb. Navy.--Navy Department General Specifications for Inspection of Material, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington, D. C. U NOTES I--1. Purchasers should specify the thickness, width, length, and finish desired. Pebbled or tiled surfaces are commercially available and should be specified, if desired. Standard sizes are 32 and 43 inches wide and 6 to 16 feet long. 1-2. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in other respects. 1-3. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by cash or money order^to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents. 1-4. The Index of Federal Specifications is obtainable upon appli cation, accompanied by cash or money order, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C., price to be obtained from that office. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data an used tor any purpose other than to connection with a definitely related governmental procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obliga tion whatsoever, and the (act that the Government may have formulated or to any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, orotherdata is not to be regarded by implication of otherwise as to any manner licensing the bolder or any other person or corporation or conveying any tights orpermission to manufacture, use, orsellany patented,invention that may to any way De related thereto. . *. covcuarir ruarisa orvtatt itss For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents- sr r UU-JM47 JIAY 24, 1948) SUPERSEDINGFed. Spec. OC-P-SM February 5, 1915 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR PAPER; BUILDING, WATERPROOFED TM$ specification was approved on the above date by the Director, Bureau of Federal Supply, for the use of all departments and establish ments of the Government, and shall become effective not later than August. 16, 1948, for use in procurement initiated on or after that date. It may* bo put inta effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION A--I. The following Federal Specification, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall form a part of this speci fication: ' UU-P-31--Paper; General Specifications. B. TYPES, CLASSES, AND WIDTHS B-L Types.--Waterproofed building paper in accordance with this specification shall be furnished in the following types, as spe cified m the invitation for bids: , - Type I. --Uncreped, not reinforced. Type IL --Uncreped, not reinforced, saturated, or saturated and coated on both sides. Type III.--Creped one direction, not reinforced. Type IV.--Uncreped, reinforced. Type V.--Creped one direction, reinforced. Type VT.--Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in lie other direc tion, not reinforced. .- - Type VILd-Creped two- directions, or creped' in one direc tion and pleated or corrugated in the.other direction, reinforced. B-2. Classes.--Waterproofed building paper in. accordance with this specification, shall be-furnished in the following classes, as specified in the invitation for bids: Class A.--For uses-where a high, degree, of water-vapor , resistance iai required.! ...... Class. B.--For uses where only- a moderate-degree, of watervapor resistance .or. high'.water resistance is required- V 751479--48--(246) BIRD 006315 UU-P-14T--Z FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Hay ms) (Section IV, Prt 6) Class G.--For uses where only a moderate degree of water resistance iB required. Class D.--For uses where high permeability to water vapor is required. B-3. Widths.--Unless otherwise specified, waterproofed build ing paper shall be furnished in the following widths, as specified in the invitation for bids: 36 inches 72 inches 40 inches 84 inches 48 inches 96 inches 60 inches C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP C-l. Material.--The material shall consist of paper made waterresistant with asphalt, or other treating or combining agents equal in all respects to asphalt. All papers except type U shall be free from groundwood pulp. C-2. Workmanship.--The paper shall be free from visible de fects and shall have a uniform appearance. It shall not stick to gether to an extent that will cause tearing on unrolling. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Stretch.--If paper is creped, pleated, or corrugated, it shall have a stretch in each creped, pleated, or corrugated direc tion of not less than 10 percent. D-2. Reinforcing.--If paper is reinforced, it shall be reinforced with cords or strands of fibers imbedded in the combining agent, running in any two directions of the paper, and averaging not less than 10 or 20 cords or strands per foot in each, direction, as specified. D-3. Pliability.--Except for type II, the paper shall not crack when bent. (See par. F~3d.) D-4. Basis of purchase.--Purchase shall be on a basis of 100 square feet. For calculation of the number of square feet in a shipment, the contractor shall inform the purchaser of the tare weight per roll of paper. D--5. Tolerance in width.--A tolerance of plus or minus % inch shall be permitted in the width specified E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E-l. Class A.--Class A paper shall have a minimum tensile strength in each direction of either 36 pounds per inch width or 20 pounds per inch width, as specified in the invitation for bids. Paper of both strengths shall have a minimum water resistance of 24 hours and a maximum water-vapor permeability of 4 grams per square meter pen 24 hours. E-2. Class. B.--Class B paper shall have a minimum tensile strength in each direction of .either 35 pounds per inch width or 20 pounds per inch width, as specified in the invitation-for bids. Paper of both strengths shall have a minimum water resistance of 16 hours, and a maximum water-vapor permeability of 6 grams per square meter per 24 hours. BIRD 006316 ' ' r. .: / /;' 'A-;. '-iS,? JrttoK#AI< I w i'Vu- "i:;' '' ?" Section IV (PlrtQr FEDERAL SPEGOTeATlDH^-';;; -* ' fob PAPER; BUILDING, WATERPROOFS^, 3 M'0k mm txatecron op irtep t&&4ftte..: it mu M ptitiato^Beet ton ' .''. - v^r^T , , The following changa-afiall fie. mad#:In Fedsif* .-; . J P-14T,' dated May *ft ..;.vf. Paga,.W-P-14r-?i -3 %T Faragrapttlf.lr-.,**1 7?J .< >;.,- Linef B%9!wng:-^ciq**f' ln|rf& < '' ' I1 ffnonoftpnnewr hhronniPr fTon Atan c1 maTlnc1uiTllalfitaerdr !ni hual11ii <11fl v,V V mercury)'."'^. ... >, V 'ri*..r-"rv.'v -.**', -'!1,.Pa. raLgirnaeph6,!-ffW. ldw-.linVg. n<w* forae! * -'.'llili''/''" '' fbotper.bonr foaa'^tt.,.T ' c .Page Utr-P-liTrSir" ' ' Paragraph. E-4i ~' l Line tfc1 - foot per Hoar-'fopja ciaiftiriated .. f-'{t-'Y Ip* V v *'*' ! *'L - / i^yxJh To , \/,. : - ^..1 -'A '} i.'Os rO '.-.' A*\ * ,k- %. tJt.k#I%-f'i'''"-..-. .*/*iAv*',.-jv,*iiSsi BIRD 006317 r* m Bp* iy FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG UU-P-14T--3 (Section IV, Tart 5) (Stay l*W E-3. Class C.--Class C paper shall have a minimum tensile strength in each direction of either 35 pounds per inch width or 20 pounds per inch width, as specified in the invitation for bids. Paper of both strengths shall have a minimum water resistance of 8 hours. E-4. Class D.--Class D` paper shall have a minimum tensile strengthen each direction of 20 pounds per inch width. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 10 minutes and a minimum water-vapor permeability of 35 grams per square meter per 24 hours. V. METHODS OF SAMPLING. INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Sampling.--The samples shall consist of not less than 10 sheets of each type and class delivered. Each sheet shall be not less than 1 square foot, and each shall he taken from a different -roll, after removing at least three outer turns. P-2. Inspection.--Deliveries shall he inspected with respect to type, width, and workmanship. (See pars. B-l, B-3, C-2, and D-5.) P-3. Tests.--For additional details of tests, see applicable pro cedures described in Federal Specification UU-P-31. F-3a. Tensile strength and stretch.--Tensile strength and stretch shall be determined simultaneously in a pendulum type of machine. The stretch shall be recorded at the instant of rupture of the paper under the tensile stress. When stretch is to be de termined, care shall be taken to apply no more initial tension to the test strip before damping it than is required to straighten it. The test strips shall be 2 inches wide. The damps of the testing machine shall be initially set not less than 5% inches apart, and the stressing damp shall be operated at a speed of 12 inches per minute until the test specimen breaks. The stretch is measured either by means of a recording chart attached to the machine or by measuring between reference marks on the specimen with a scale. Not less than 10 specimens shall be tested, and.the average of the test values shall he reported as the tensile strength and stretch. The tensile strength average test value is divided by 2 to obtain the value per inch width. Report the stretch as a per centage of the length of the strips between the clamps. F-3b. Dry indicator test.--The water resistance shall be de termined by the dry indicator method as follows: F-3b(l). Indicator.--The dry indicator shall be made of pure cane sugar, pure soluble starch, and methyl violet, as follows: Grind each ingredient separately until it passes through a No. 100 screen and completely dry it in a desiccator over Cadi before making the mixture. When dry, weigh and mix the following proportion by weight: Sugar ................... ....................................-.......... 45 Soluble starch ....... .............................. ...... ....... 5 Dye .........--...................... -....................... ....... 1 Mix the ingredients by screening repeatedly through a No. 0 screen until the mixture is uniform. Keep the indicator in a desiccator when it is not being used. 1 BIRD 006318 UTJ-P-I47--4 (Mag 1CW FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part B) F-3b(2). Procedure.--The indicator reagent shall be sprinkled evenly over approximately a 2-inch-square area in the center of a specimen 2.5 inches square. Care should be taken to apply thiB reagent as evenly as possible since bunching or piling of the re agent causes different values. A 2-inch water glass shall be needed over the indicator powder using a mixture of 50 percent beeswax and 50 percent rosin. The edges shall be turned up or dipped in wax to prevent contact of the water with the adhesive, and the specimen floated on tap water maintained at 73" 1"F. The time required for a definite development of color to appear in the indi cator shall be noted and recorded as the penetration time. Not less than five tests shall be made on each side of the paper, and the average shall be reported as the water resistance. F-3c. Water-vapor permeability.--The test specimen having an area of at least 50 square centimeters, shall be sealed on the mouth of a dish containing calcium chloride. The seal shall be made with wax composed of 60 percent refined amorphous wax and 40 percent of refined crystalline paraffin wax. The dish shall be exposed to an atmosphere of 73 dr 3.5"F. and 50 dr 2 percent relative humidity until a constant rate of gain in the weight of the dish is attained. The average constant weight of gain for at least four test speci mens shall be reported as the water-vapor permeability of the material in terms of grams per square meter, per 24 hours. Both sides of the' material, in equal number, shall be exposed towards the calcium chloride. F-3d. Pliability test.--The test for pliability shall be made as follows: Cut five strips, 6 inches by 1 inch, in the machine direc tion of the paper. Bend them over a %g-inch mandrel at 32F., through an arc of 180" at a uniform rate in 2 seconds. All strips shall remain uncracked. F-3e. Amount in shipment.--The number of square feet in the shipment shall be calculated as follows: (1) Obtain percent tare from the weight of 5 rolls of paper taken at random from the shipment and the tare weight stated by the contractor. (2) Using this percent tare, obtain net weight of the whole shipment from the gross weight of the whole shipment. (3) Obtain average weight per square foot of the paper from the sample sheets. (4) Calculate the square feet in the shipment by dividing the net weight of the whole shipment (item 2) by the average weight per square foot (item 3J^ G. PACKING AND MARKING FOB SHIPMENT G-l. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the paper shall be furnished in commercial rolls. G-2. Marking.--The type and class and the contents in square feet shall be plainly marked on the outside of each roll. EL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-OL The following departmental specifications, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements. \ r' > IK- /^S Spl 1* 'i.i Q FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part S) DIMP-M7--5 shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification by the respective depart ments: H-2. Army and Air Force.--U. S. Army Specification 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments by Contractors, copies of -which may be obtained without cost upon application to the procuring agency. H--3. Navy.-- H-3a. Applicable specification'.-- Navy Department Specification.'. General Specifications for Inspection of Material. Copies of Federal specifications (required for Navy purchases) ana Navy Department specifications may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington 25, D. C., except that Naval activities should make application to the Supply Officer in Command, Naval Supply Center, Norfolk 11, Va. When requesting specifications, refer to both title and number (or symbol). NAVI! AS V L NOTES 1-1. Purchasers should exercise any desired options offered herein, and should specify the type, class, width, reinforcing, and (for classes A, B, and C) tensile strength of paper required. See pars. B--1, B--2, B~3, D--2, 3--1, E--2, E--3, and G--1.) 1-2. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any-particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the speci fication to apply in all other respects. 1-3. Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated -by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. 1-4. An Index of Federal Specifications may be purchased as noted in the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Su perintendent of Documents. 1-5. Copies of this specification and of UU-P-31 may be ob tained upon application, accompanied by postal note, money order, coupon, or cash, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents each. BIRD 006320 CU-P-147--6 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Mau 19W (Section XV, Part 6) Notice.--'When Government drawings, specifications, or other data ore used for any purpose, other than In connection with a definitely related Govern ment procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that Urn Gov ernment may have formulated, furnished, or In any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, Is not to be regarded by Implication or otherwise as In any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use or sell any patented invention that may In any way be related thereto. 1 -s _ A ) U. M. GOVERNMENT PRINTING ORRIOKt t04 --7B<4?(24*) For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. CL Price 5 cent*. BIRD 006321 SS-C-153 AUGUST 1, 1933 SUPERSEDING P.S. No. 980 January 25, 192$ FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Parts) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB CEMENT; BITUMINOUS, PLASTIC This specification was approved far 7 '"nolgation by the Federal Specifications Board on August 1,1933, (or the use 0 -isrertmcnts and Independent estab lishments of tho Government In the pn: v ?/'*rtPodity, and shall become mandatory for all departments and fm ments of the Govern ment not later than February 15.19'ri. to effect, however, at any earlier date, alter promulgation. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Special requirements of individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. TYPES B-l. Bituminous plastic cement shall be of two types. Type I. Asphaltic base. Type II. Coal-tar base. The type or types desired shall be specified in the invitation for bids. MATERIAL C-1. Bituminous plastic cement shall be composed of a suitable in organic filler, a suitable solvent, and a nonvolatile bituminous binder. The binder in type I shall be mainly asphaltic, and. in type II mainly coal tar, but the manufacturer may add other organic products to either of these binders to produce a cement of better working and lasting properties. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Basis of purchase.--Material is to be purchased by net weight. 417572 0- 41 BIRD 006322 SS-C-KJ-3 (Auf. 10SS) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 0 E. DETAIL fiEQUIBEMENTS E-l. Condition in container.--The plastic cement shall be a smooth uniform mixture, not thickened or Iivered, and showing no separation which cannot be easily overcome by stirring. , E-2. Nonvolatile matter.--The plastic cement shall yield not less Vthan 70 percent of nonvolatile matter when 10 grams are heated in an oven at 105*-H0 C. (221<>-230o F.) for 24 hours. y E-3. Inorganic fitter.--The plastic cement shall yield on ignition not less than 13 percent nor more than 45 percent of ash. E-4. Workability.--The plastic cement shall spread readily without drawing or pulling when applied with a trowel to prepared roofing, asphalt-saturated felt, and to metal surfaces. E-5. Behavior at 60 C. (.140 F.).--Test pieces prepared as in E-4 on smooth-surfaced prepared roofing, asphalt-saturated flashing felt and steel, and exposed for 60 minutes in a well-ventilated room and then in an oven at 60 C. (140 F.) for 5 hours shall show no blistering and not more than one fourth inch sagging or slipping, and no appreciable absorption of the cement by the prepared roofing or saturated felt. E-6. Behavior at 0 C. (8 F.).--Metal-test pieces from E-5 when bent quickly over a mandrel 1 inch in diameter, immediately after exposure to a temperature of 0 C. (32 F.) for 1 hour, shall, show no cracking of the cement, and no separation of metal and cement. F. METHODS OF SAMPLING AND TESTING Deliveries will in general be sampled and tested by the following methods, but the .purchaser reserves the right to use any additional information to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. P-i. Sampling.--Ftom each shipment the inspector shall take at random a number of packages equivalent to one half the cube root of the total number of packages in the lot. If this proves to be a fractional number it snail be expressed as the next higher whole number. The contents of each package selected shall be thoroughly stirred until a homogeneous mixture is obtained. One pint of the cement shall then be immediately drawn from each, package and transferred to a clean receptacle of a suitable size which shall be kept tightly covered except while the cement is being introduced. After ail the pint samples have been entered the contents of this container shall be thoroughly stirred and two 1-quart samples of the composite sample shall be transferred to clean dry containers, shall immediately be stoppered with new clean corks or well fitting covers or caps, sealed, and distinctly labeled. One sample shall be trans mitted to the testing laboratory and the other retained for check analysis in case of dispute. F-2. Laboratory examination.-- F-2a. Condition in container.--The plastic cement should be of a smooth uniform mixture* not thickened or Iivered, and showing no separation which cannot be easily overcome by stirring; F-2b.' Nonvolatile matter.--Weigh about 10 grams of the sample in a weighed flat-bottomed metal disc about 5 to 8 centimeters in diameter or a friction top can plug. Heat the dish with its contents FEDERAL BTANDAIU) STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 6) in an oven maintained at 105--110 C. (221-230 F.) for 24 hours, cool and weigh. From the weight of the residue left in the dish and from the weight of the original sample taken compute the percentage of nonvolatile matter. JT-2c. Ash.--Transfer from 5 to 10 grams of the sample (accurately weighed) to a porcelain crucible and neat at a low temperature (not above a dull red) until all carbon is consumed, cool, weigh, and compute the percentage of ash. F-2d. Workability.---Spread the cement with a trowel to a thick ness of l.S to 3 milimeters (K to % inch) upon smooth-surfaced asphalt prepared roofing (heavyweight), asphalt-saturated flashing felt and a plate of clean steel. The steel plates should be about 0.4 millimeters (0.016 inch) thick. A convenient size for all the test pieces is 10 by 15 centimeters(4 by 6 inches). Note whether the cement spreads easily at room temperature without drawing or pulling.. Embed a thread in each coating extending across the coating at a distance of not more than 5 centimeters (2 inches) from, the top of the test piece and meas ure its distance from the top. F-2e. Behavior at 60 C. {140 F.).--After exposing the test pieces prepared in F-2d for 60 minutes in a h'orizontalposition in a well ven tilated room at a temperature not below 15 Cf. (59 F.), but not in the direct rays of the sun, suspend them vertically for 5 hours in an oven at 60 <3. (140 F.). Remove the test pieces from the oven after' 5 hour's heating and examine for blistering and absolution of cement and for slipping by comparing the distance of the thread from the top of the test piece -with its distance at the beginning of the test. F-2f. Behavior at 0 C. (32 F.).--Cool the metal test pieces from F-2e to room temperature and immerse them in a water bath at 0 C. (32 F.) for 1 hour. Immediately after their removal from the bath bend the panels at a uniform rate, in approximately 2 seconds- time, over a mandrel 1 inch in diameter, with the metal next to the mandrel. Dry thoroughly and examine.' G. PACKAGING. PACKING, AND MARKING 0-1. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack ages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity shall be delivered in standard commercial containers, so constructed as to insure acceptance by common carriers, for safe transportation, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery. 0-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight or net liquid measure of the contents, and some means of identification of "the particular contract on which purchase and shipment were made."' Each shipment .of the material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. . K. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental' specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. . , , ' ; ! ! | -j .! 1 j j BIRD 006324 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (SeoUon IV, Pert 6) H-la. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for marking shipments. H-lfa. Navy.--Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, roofing, siding, and sheet-metal work; dampproofing and membrane waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D.C. L NOTES 1-1. Bituminous plastic cement is intended for use in the con struction of plastic flashings in conjunction with bituminous roofing, for the repair of asphalt and metal roofing and as an expansion joint material for concrete and masonry. 1-2. The inorganic filler in satisfactory plastic bituminous cement is generally wholly or in part asbestOB. 1-3. Type 1 should be used with Federal specification flashing felt. Either type may be used on ooal-tar pitch, for repair of metal roofing, or as expansion joint material for concrete and masonry. 1-4. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally.no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine com pliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should, be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. X-5. This specification governs all United States Government pur chases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this specifi cation in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-6. Interested parties are advised that an alphabetical index of Federal specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-7. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. Price S cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or otherdata ate used for any pur poseother than In connection witha definitely related Government procurement operation, the United states Government thereby incurs no responsibility or any obligation whatso ever; and the (act that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings,specifications, orother data, is not to he regarded by Implication or otherwise os la any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sellany patented Invention that may in any way be related thereto. 0 S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1941 For sale by the Superintendent ol Documents, Washington, D.C Price 5 cents ' j.st -csa Hfl-Fil91i* AMENDMENT * NOVEMBER 22,19S4 SUPERSEDING Amendment--1 Jane iff, 1951 '-'si -4 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION v 1 FELT; ASPHALT-SATURATED (FOR) FLASHINGS, ROOFING, AND WATERPROOFING j 4 AiBmaw^nt, wfctoh forma a, part of Ifafarftl ffpwHftmtlfin gg.gn^ A*irA` September a, 1013; vm Rps0TOd dt tibt CommfasSoMr. Ttdscil SnpDfiFSdCTlc*. Qeagal 8egvf<n* ArtmfnMiittan, jbrtiMiofngedequigPCte<; - - Page 2, paragraph E-2, make tire following changes to table: -.* J. 1 $ -f Gross weight of roll Aba.), Type 1,15-lb type and ,TypcII^,`; 30-lb. type, Minimum: Delete ``61" for-.each; tope and substitute^':;; "56". T Weight per lOT square feet, exelurivff .wrapping- pact etc. (lbs.). Minimum: Delete "14." for -Type. ! ' "28" for Type- IL-30-lb. type and substitute Jot- >^-Ji i&mw lMbJmeiBd^2fc' for Type'll, 3p4b,type^ ----- Weight of moisture-free, desatursted-felt (lbs.). Minimum: Delete "10.4"Jpr TrjmJJt,. stitute "10.0". - P^hw'^aDe^h"lT^aiideubeiftute Itoe St Delete "28" and substitute "281V.., Page & paragraph 0-2: Delete'S, ite'e"' following: ;' G-2. Packing*--Unless ottfetwlse i modity shall be prepared toe shipmto ,, , carrier' for transportation: at.thlnwria&''f afford maximum proteotionfrom sqrmal j on- -, Psge 8, paragraph H-2: following: .. , H-2. Arriv^^ - umara Sped^ftioni'^ "4?W MIL-B-3m^P*i*a(rinanF ptouMteLJ.......___ (Copftc tbc ooptri^feifeB^ra tboconfi i tiiur# fcftog;i I* ''dr-'air' E&SfS M:S I I HH-F-191* % H-3b. Packaging and packing for oversea* shipment.--Unless otherwise specified in the contract or order, asphalt-saturated felt Khali be packaged in conformance with Specification MEL-P-3423. H-2o. Marking. H-3o(l). Interior containers.--Each package and overwrap shall be marked or labeled to indicate the item and quantity contained therein. H-2o(2). Shipping containers.--Xn addition to any- special marking required by the contract or order, shipping containers shall be marked in accordance with Military Standard MILSTD-129, Marking for Shipment and Storage. Page 6, paragraphs X-fi and 1-7: Delete and substitute; (Activities outside the Federal Government may obtain copies of Federal Specifications and Standards as outlined under "General Information'* hr the Index of Federal Specifications and Standards and at the prices indicated in the Index; The Index, which inchtdea cumulative monthly supplements as issued, is for sale on a subscription- basis by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. (Single copies of this specification and other product specifica tions required by activities outside the Federal Government for biddingpurposes are available without charge at the GSA Regional Offices in Boston-, New York, Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City-Mo., Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Seattle and Wash ington, D. C. (Federal Government activities may obtain copies of Federal Specifications and Standards and the Index of Federal Specifica tions and Standards from established distribution points in their agencies.) Page Qi. following.paragraph 1-8: Insert new paragraph 1-9 as follows: 1-9 Transportation Dttcripiion.---Transportation Description ap plicable to this item is: Roofing; /composition or prepared, not otherwise indexed by name.- '' Carload weight 40,000'pounds- - Truckload weight 40,000 pounds Page 6, following Notice,.,adefc. MILITARY INTEREST; . Army--R .- Page 8, bottom of page: Defete-"Fir Safe" statement and' sub stitute: .. V- "Copies of this specification may be purchased for GcenW;: / -1 BIRD 006327 HH-F-191a AMENDMENT--1 JUNE 25, 1951 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB FELT; ASPHALT-SATURATED (FOR) FLASHINGS, ROOFING, AND WATERPROOFING This amendment wan approved on the above date by the Com missioner, Federal Supply Service, General Services Administra tion, for the use of all Federal agencies. The following changes Shall be made in Federal Specification PH-F191a, dated September 29,1942: Page HH-P-191a--2: Paragraph E-2: Table: Cross weight of roll (lbs.). Type I, 15-lb. type and Type H, 30-lb. type, Minimum: Delete "61" for each type and substitute "56". er Weight per 100 square feet, exclusive of wrapping; packing; etc. (lbs.). Minimum: Delete "14" for Type 1,15-lb. type and "28" for Type IX, 80-lb. type and substitute "13" for Type 15-lb. type and "26" for Type EC, 30-lb. type. Weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per 100 square feet (lbs.). Minimum: Delete "10.4" for Type n, 80-lb. type and substitute `T0.0". Page HH-F~181a--3: Paragraph P-Zc: Dine 4: Delete "14" and substitute "18". Line 5: Delete "28" and substitute Y26". Page HH-F-191a-5: Paragraph H--2. Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: H-2. Army. H-SSa. Applicable specifications. Military Specification: MIIi-P-3423--Packaging of Roofing; Asphalt-Prepared; Asphalt and Asbestos-Prepared (In Rolls) Including Nails and Cement, for Overseas Shipment. XT. B. Army Specification: 100-2--Standard Specification for Marking Shipments by Contractors. (Copies of specifications should be obtained from the procuring agency or as directed by that agency. -Both the title and identifying symbol or number should be stipulated when requesting copies.) 8O05T8--51--(No. 384) .--~ FEDEHAIi STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Am. ItSlV (Section IT, Part 5) H-2b. Packaging and packing for overseas shipment.--Unless other wise specified in the contract or order, asphalt-saturated felt shall be packaged in conformance with Specification MnV-P-3423. - H--2c. Marking. H-2e (1). Interior containers.--Each package and overwrap shall be marked or labeled to indicate the item and quantity contained therein. H-2c (2). Shipping containers.--In addition to any special marking required by the contract or order, shipping containers shall be marked in accordance with Specification 100-2. f I I I . .9 wwiku wmtn emeit tii ,,.. .t-oA^-Yrri'Mr-- BIRD 006329 MIL--A--140A 23 NOVEMBER 1951 SUPERSEDING JAN-P-140 16 October 1946 MILITARY SPECIFICATION ADHESIVE, WATER-RESISTANT, WATERPROOF BARRIER-MATERIAL This specification was approved by the Departments of the Army, the Navy, and the Air Force for use of procurement services of the respective Departments. 1. SCOPE 1.1 Scope.--The water-resistant adhesive covered by this specification is intended for application to the seams in the manufacture and in the closure of waterproof paper bags, wraps, and case liners. ification.--Water-resistant adhesive shall be furnished in the following types, grades, and classes, as specified (see 6.1) : Type I--For application by machine. Type II--For application by hand. Grade A--For subsistence items. Grade B--For other than subsistence items. Class 1--Solvent-base adhesive. Glass 2--Water-emulsion adhesive. Class 3--Hot melt adhesive.2 2. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, DRAWINGS, AND PUBLICA TIONS SPECIFICATIONS Military JAN-P-110 --Packagingand Packing for Overseas Shipment -- Drums; Metal, 55-Gallon (For Other Than Petroleum Products). JAN-P-124 --Packaging and Packing for Overseas Shipment -- Containers (Cans, Pails, and Drums), MetaI.,{JTor Other Than Subsistence Items) JAN-P-125 --Packaging and Packing for Overseas Shipment--Barrier-Ma terials, Waterproof, Flexible. Navy Department General Specifications for Inspection of Material. STANDARDS Military MIL-STD-129 --Marking of Shipments. (Copies of specifications, standards, and drawings required by contractors in connection with specific procurement functions should be obtained from the procuring agency or as directed by the contracting officer.) 2.1 The following specifications and stand ard, of the issue in effect on the date of invitation for bids, form a part of this speci fication : 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Qualification__ The adhesive shall be a product which has been tested and bas BIRD 006330 MIL-A-140A passed the qualification tests specified in 4.4.1 (see 6.2). 3.2 Fungi resistance.--The adhesive shall show no growth of fungi when tested as speci fied in 4.4.3. 3.9 Consistency (type II, classes 1 and 2). --The adhesive shall have a consistency at 60 to 100 F. which will permit easy brush application on case liners without heating. 3.10 Odor and toxicity. 3.3 Low temperature flexibility.--The ad hesive bond shall not separate from the paper or fracture when tested as specified in 4.4.4. 3.4 Water penetration. -- The adhesive bond shall have a minimum penetration time of 8 hours when tested as specified in 4.4.5. 3.5 Adhesion. 3.5.1 After water immersion.--The bond shall not shear under a tension of less than 10 pounds when tested as specified in 4.4.6.1. 3.5.2 After heat aging.--The bond shall not shear under a tension of less than 7.5 pounds when tested as specified in 4.4.G.2. 3.6 Initial tack (type II only).--The adhe sive shall develop sufficient adherence in 90 5 seconds from the time of application to sustain for 60 seconds a suspended load of 12 ounces when,tested as specified in 4.4.7. 3.7 Resistance to flow.--The dried adhe sive film shall show no separation or flow of adhesive when tested as specified in 4.4.8. 3.10.1 Grade A.--The liquid adhesive shall not have an odor which is disagreeable or persistent. A dried film of the adhesive shall be odorless. 3.10.2 Grade B.--The liquid adhesive and dried film shall be free from objectionable or obnoxious odors. 3.10.3 Grades A and B.--The manufac turer shall furnish the contracting officer with a certificate stating the adhesive, when applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, is nontoxic for the purpose intended. 3.11 Solids content.--The adhesive, when tested as specified in 4.4.10, shall have a total solids content which does not vary more-than 10 percent of the value established for the adhesive at the time of qualification. 3.12 Workmanship. -- All work shall be done in a manner consistent with good prac tice in the manufacture of adhesives. 4. SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TEST PROCEDURES 3.8 Stability (type II only). 3.8.1 Resistance to heat. -- The adhesive, shall conform to 3.4 and 3.6 when tested as specified in 4.4J).l. 3.8.2 Resistance to freezing (class 1).-- The adhesive shall conform to 3.4 and 3.6 when tested as specified in 4.4.9.2. 3.8.3 Shelf life.--The adhesive shall con form to 3.4 and 3.6 when tested as specified in 4.4.9.3. 4.1 Lot.--A lot shall consist of the adhe sive manufactured from one batch and offered for delivery at one time (see 6.3). 4.2 Sampling. 4.2.1 Sampling for inspection tests (see 4A.2).--From each lot submitted for accept ance, the Government inspector shall take a 1-pint specimen representative of the adhe sive from randomly selected containers in ac cordance with table I. 2 i BIRD 006331 Table I.--Sampling. No. of containers in lot No. containers to be sampled TTp tin 100 imtn9.no 1 2 3 MEL-A--140A 4.4.2.2 Type II. -- Inspection tests shall consist of the tests specified in 4.4.5, 4.4.7, 4.4.8, and 4.4.10, on each 1-pint specimen to insure that the material submitted is essen tially the same as previously qualified. 4.4.3 Fungi resistance. Prior to sampling, the adhesive in the con tainer from which the specimen is taken shall be thoroughly mixed. During mixing the material shall be observed for compliance with see 3.10. The 1-pint specimens shall be .placed in separate wide-mouth glass or metal, multiple-friction-top 1-pint containers, and the containers identified as to the manufac turer, contract, specification number, type, lot, and batch number. 4.3 Inspection. 4.3.1 Packing and marking.--The inspec tor shall inspect the packing and marking for compliance with section 5. 4.3.2 Inspection procedures. -- For Naval purchases, general inspection procedures shall be in accordance with General Specifications for Inspection of Material. 4.4 Tests. 4.4.1 Qualification tests. 4.4.1.1 Type I. -- The qualification tests shall consist of tests for all the requirements of this specification, excepting those' specified in 3.6, 3.8,-and 3.9 (see 6.2). 4.4.1.2 Type II. -- The qualification tests shall consist of tests for all the requirements of this specification (see 6.2). 4.4.2 Inspection tests. 4.4.2.1 Type I.--Inspection tests shall con sist of the tests specified in 4.4.5, 4.4.8, and 4.4.10, on each 1-pint specimen to insure that the material submitted is essentially the same as previously qualified. 4.4.3.1 Test organisms. a. Aspergillus niger USDA TC-2154247 or ATCC 6275. b. Aspergillus flavus ATCC-1003. c. Penicillium USDA 1336.2. 4.4.3.2 Preparation of inoculum. -- Place 40 milliliters (ml.) of the following composi tion in three 250-ml. Erlenmeyer flasks: NH4N03------------------------- 3.0 grams. K2HP04------------------------- 2.1 grams. KH2P04------------------------- 2.7 grams. MgS04.7H20------------------- 2.2 grams. Glucose-----------------------------20.0 grams. Agar-------------------------------- 20.0 grams. Distilled water--Sufficient to make 1 liter of solution. Stopper with a cotton plug and sterilize with steam at 15 pounds pressure for 15 minutes. When the agar is cool, inoculate each of the three flasks with one of the three pure cultures mentioned above. Incubate the flasks for 1 week at 28 to 30 C., when abun dant sporulation should have taken place. 4.4.3.3 Apparatus. a. Petri dishes 10 centimeters (cm.) in diameter with tight fitting covers and with a layer of glass beads in the bot tom and an amount of water slightly less than is necessary to cover the beads. b. Microscopic slides. c. Camel's-hair brush. 4.4.3.4 Preparation of test specimens.-- Apply a thin (approx. 0.5 millimeter (mm.)) film of the adhesive to one surface of each of three clean microscopic slides. A layer of cul ture media specified in 4.4.3.2 shall be simi larly prepared and used as a control. 3 BIRD 006332 MIL-A-140A 4.4.3.5 Test procedure.--Without steriliz ing, place each of the glass slides, adhesive film uppermost, on top of the beads in a petri dish. Using a small camePs-hair brush, dust the adhesive surface very lightly with spores of each of the test fungi. Incubate in chamber for 10 days at 28 to 30 C. and relative hu midity of 85 to 90 percent. 4.4.3.6 Interpretation.--There shall be no fungus growth perceptible to the naked eye on the surface of the treated test specimens. Unless the control specimen shows an abun dant growth of fungi, the test shall be con sidered inconclusive. 4.4.4 Low-temperature flexibility. 4.4.4.1 Material.--Use types H-3 and L-2 barrier-materials conforming to Specification JAN-P-125. All tests on type H-3 barriermaterial shall be made by bonding the two test specimens placed so that the crepe direc tion is perpendicular to the seam length. All tests on type L-2 barrier-material shall be made with the adhesive applied to the un treated surface, and bonded to the treated surface. 4.4.4.2 Preparation of specimens. -- Cut the barrier-material into two 21/2- by 8-inch pieces. Apply the adhesive in a smooth con tinuous film in the thickness recommended by the manufacturer and 1 inch in width along the 8-inch edge of a test strip of barrier-ma terial. Allow to stand for 30 seconds, then place an uncoated similar sheet of the paper over the first sheet so that all edges coincide. Subject the bonded area to a uniform pres sure of 0.5 pounds per square inch (p.s.i.) for 24 hours at a temperature of 73 2 F. Re move the pressure and allow to set for an ad ditional 24-hours* at a temperature of 73 2 F. and a relative humidity of 50 2 per cent. Cut 1 inch from each end of the bonded specimens perpendicularly to the seam and discard. Then cut the remainder into two spe cimens 3 inches long. 4.4.4.3 Test procedure. -- Condition the specimens for at least 2 hours at 0 2 F. and flex immediately through 180 degrees over a %-inch mandrel at 0 d= 2 F., with the length of the seam perpendicular to the man drel. Straighten and turn the specimen over without changing the direction of the seam. Flex once through 180 degrees and slowly re turn the specimen to its original position. The flexing operation shall be performed in not less than 3 nor more than 5 seconds with a maximum time interval of 5 seconds between flexures. Observe the bond for separation from the paper and for fracture. If the bonded specimens conform to 3.3, the speci mens shall be allowed to set for a minimum of 2 hours at 73 rfc 2 F. and used for the water penetration test specified in 4.4.5. 4.4.5 Water penetration. 4.4.5.1 Preparation of specimens. -- Open up the specimens used for tests in 4.4.4.3 (for inspection tests, use specimens prepared as specified in 4.4.4.2) to form a 3- by 3-inch specimen having a 1-inch fin seam. A dry indicator reagent which Changes color due to the permeation of moisture (see 4.4.5.3) shall be sprinkled evenly over approximately a 2inch square area in the center of the 3- by 3-inch flat surface of the T-shaped specimen. Care should be taken to apply this reagent as evenly as practicable since bunching or piling of the reagent causes different values. Place a 2-inch watch glass over the reagent and approximately in the center of the 3- by 3inch surface of the test specimen. Brush away the reagent outside the watch glass and seal the watch glass to the test specimen using a mixture of equal weights of beeswax and resin. The outer (4 inch of the 3-inch edges shall be coated on both sides with the wax mixture but no wax shall be applied to the cut edges of the adhesive seam. 4.4.5.2 Test procedure. -- The specimens shall then be floated on fresh tap water main tained at 70 5 F. with the fin seam down. The test shall be conducted with both type H-3 and L-2 barrier-material. The time re quired for a definite development of color to appear in the indicator shall be noted and re corded as the penetration time. 4 i i i BIRD 006333 r^ C 4.4.S.3 Dry indicator,--The dry indicator shall be made of cane sugar, soluble starch, and methyl violet as follows: a. Grind each ingredient separately un til it passes through a No. 100 U. S. Standard sieve and completely dry it in a desiccator over calcium chloride before making the mixture. When dry, mix the following proportions by weight: Sugar___. 45 Soluble starch-------------------- 5 - Dye----------- -------------------- 1 b. Mix the ingredients by sieving repeat edly through a U. S. Standard No. 60 sieve until the mixture is uniform. Keep the indicator in a desiccator when not in use. 4.4.6 Adhesion. 4.4.6.1 After water immersion.--Conduct separate tests on types H-3 and L-2 barrier.material (see 4.4.4.1) at 73 2 F., and a relative humidity of 50 2 percent. Cut the barrier-materiaL into two 4- by 12-inch speci mens (the 4-inch edge in the direction of the greater tensile strength). Apply the adhesive in a smooth, continur"s film, in the thickness recommended by the manufacturer, on an outer 1-inch portion of the untreated side of one 12-inch edge of the specimen. Allow to stand for 30 seconds, then make a lap bond by placing 1 inch (treated side) of an un coated similar specimen of the barrier-ma terial over the adhesive on the first specimen. Subject the bonded area to a uniform pres sure of 0.5 p.*s.i. for 24 hours. Remove the weight and allow to stand for an additional 24 hours. Cut the bonded specimens, in a direction perpendicular to the bond, into 12 test specimens. Submerge the specimens in tap water (70 5 F.), for 4 hours in such a manner that there is no contact between individual specimens. Remove the specimens, one at a time, from the water and immedi ately absorb the surface water by blotting each specimen for 1 minute with absorbent MIL-A-140A paper. Within 3 minutes of the time of re moval from the water, test the specimen in a tensile tester. Center 1 inch of each end of the specimen in the flat jaws of the machine; tighten the jaws and separate at a rate of 12 inches per minute. Record the tension, loca tion, and nature of the break. If tension on any specimen falls below 10 pounds, the test shall be repeated on double the number of specimens. If any specimen on retest does not meet the requirement, the material shall be rejected. (Note.--If the barrier-material por tion of the wet specimen consistently breaks at less than 10 pounds tension and the bond is undamaged or partly damaged the adhesive shall be considered as meeting the adhesive requirement.) 4.4.6.2 After heat aging.--Prepare 12 dry test specimens from both H-3 and L-2 type barrier-material as specified in 4.4.6.I. Place in a circulating air oven for 30 . 2 days at 120 2 F., remove and condition at 73 2 F. for 24 hours. Examine the specimens for separation and flow of adhesive, then con duct the shear test specified in 4.4.6.I. If ten sion on any specimen falls below 7.5 pounds, the test shall be repeated on double the num ber of specimens. If any specimen on retest does not meet the requirements, the material shall be rejected. (Note.--If the barrier-ma terial portion of the dry specimen consist ently breaks at less than 7.5 pounds tension and the bond is undamaged or partly dam aged, the adhesive shall be consitU - a as meeting the adhesive requirement.) 4.4.7 Initial tack (type IIonly).--Conduct separate tests on types H-3 and L-2 barriermaterial (see 4.4.4.1) at a temperature of 73 d= 2 F., and a relative humidity of 50 -- 2 percent. By means of a suitable adhesive, securely bonded the waterproof barrier-ma terial to one end of each of two steel cylinders having a diameter of 1 inch and weighing 12 ounces (approx. 3 inches long). The ends of the cylinders shall be squared perpendicularly to their length. Care should be taken to in sure that the outer surface of the barriermaterial is free from wrinkles and other im- 5 BIRD 006334 MIL-A-140A perfections, exclusive of the creping or pleat ing. Trim the bonded paper so that a disk is formed having a diameter of 1 inch. With a cylinder in an upright position apply a film of the adhesive as recommended by the man ufacturer, to the barrier-material on the end of one of the cylinders and allow to air dry for 30 seconds, the time being determined from the beginning of the adhesive applica tion. Immediately place the second cylinder on top of the first so that the cylinders are alined and the barrier-material surfaces are in contact with the adhesive film,, being care ful not to apply any pressure other than the weight of the cylinder. Sixty seconds after placing the cylinders together, raise the up per cylinder so that the bottom cylinder is free from any supporting surface. The lower cylinder shall be sustained by the adhesive for the period of time specified in 3.6. Tests for initial tack on type H-3 barrier-material shall be performed using twice the weight for the upper cylinder by applying an additional load of 12 ounces to the upper cylinder. The crepe direction on the barrier-material on the cylinders shall be in the same direction. For qualification tests, a total of 15 determina tions shall be made of which not more than three shall fail to meet the requirements. For inspection tests, a total of five determinations per sample of adhesive shall be made of which not more than one shall fail to meet the re quirements. 4.4.9.1 Resistance to heat. -- Approxi mately 1 pint of adhesive shall be placed in a wide-mouth glass container, sealed tightly and placed in a circulating air oven for 2 weeks at 120 2 F. It shall then be removed from the oven and allowed to cool to 73 2 F. After the adhesive has cooled, the tests specified in 4.4.5 and 4.4.7 shall be conducted. 4.4.9.2 Resistance to freezing. -- Allow a 1-pint specimen of adhesive to cool to 0 2 F. in a closed wide-mouth glass container and condition the specimen at this temperature for a minimum of 16 hours. Allow to stand for 8 hours at 73 2 F. and repeat for a total of 3 cycles. Then condition the specimen for 24 hours at 73 2 F. The adhesive shall be tested as specified in 4.4.5 and 4.4.7. 4.4.9.3 Shelf life.--Approximately 1 pint of adhesive shall be placed in a wide-mouth glass 1-pint container, sealed tightly and shelf-aged at 73 2 F. for a minimum of 12 months from the date of manufacture. The - adhesive shall then be thoroughly mixed and tested as specified in 4.4.5 and 4,4.7 during the thirteenth month after the dafSTof manu facture. Adhesive conforming to all other re quirements of this specification shall be quali fied prior to the completion of this test. Adhe sive failing to conform to 3.4 and 3.6 after shelf-aging, shall be removed from the quali fied products list. 4.4.8 Resistance to flow. -- Following the aging and conditioning period specified in 4.4.6.2, examine the specimens visually for conformance to 3.7. Then prepare an addi tional 12 dry test specimens from both H-3 and L-2 types of barrier-material as specified in 4.4.6.1 and trim edges of specimens to re move excess, adhesive. Attach a paper clip to one free end of the specimen and suspend the specimen by means of the clip in a circulating dry air oven at 140 2 F. for at least 24 hours. Remove specimen from the oven and examine specimen for seam separation and flow of adhesive. 4.4.9 Stability (type II only). 4.4.10 Solids content.--Transfer approxi mately 10 grams (gm.) (weighed to the near est centigram) of each specimen to separate tared weighing bottles. Weigh the bottle and contents, remove cover and heat to a constant weight in an oven maintained at 215 5 F. Cover the bottle, cool in a desiccator at room temperature and reweigh. Calculate the per cent solids as follows: 100 A Percent total solids =----------- W where: A = weight of residue. W = weight of sample. I 1i 1 I BIRD 006335 7^ i \ > ML-A-140A 4.5 Rejection and resubmission.--If a spe cimen of adhesive selected in accordance with 4.2.1 fails to conform to this specification, the entire lot shall be rejected. The contractor may, at no expense to the Government, test each container in a rejected lot, remove nonconforming containers, and resubmit the re maining containers for acceptance. Lots re submitted for acceptance shall be sampled and tested as specified in 4.2.1 and 4.4.2, re spectively. Failure on retest shall result in final rejection of the lot. 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY 5.1 Packing (for domestic or overseas shipment).--The adhesive shall be packed in round 5-gallon metal containers conforming to Specification JAN-P-124 or in 0.0478 0.0050-inch (18-gage) 55-gallon metal drums conforming to Specification JAN-P-110. Con tainers shall have a full-removable-head clos ure, except that when the viscosity of the ad hesive is such that it will readily flow from a small opening, a closed top container with a nozzle and screw-cap closure, or flange-andplyg^clpewre' may be used. Neither the 5gallon containers nor the 55-gallon drums re quire overpacking. 5.1.1 Rubber base solvent adhesives shall be packed only in round 5-gallon metal con tainers specified in 5.1. 5.2 Marking.--In addition to any special marking required by the contract or order, all shipping containers shall be marked in ac cordance with Standard MIL-STD-129. In addition the following marking shall appear on each container: STORE IN A COOL PLACE - KEEP FROM FREEZING DATE OF MANUFACTURE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE TYPE___:___GRADE______ CLASS Adhesive which does not meet the require ments for grade A adhesive for subsistence items, shall bear the following marking: WARNING THIS ADHESIVE IS NOT TO BE USED ON CASE LINERS FOR SUBSISTENCE ITEMS 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering data. -- Procurement docu ments should specify the following: (a) The title, number, and date of this specification. (b) Type, grade, and class of adhesive (see 1.2). (c) Size of container (see 5.1). 6.2 Qualification.--In the procurement of products requiring qualification the right is reserved to reject bids on products that have not been subjected to the required tests and found satisfactory for inclusion on the Mili tary Qualified Products List. The attention of suppliers is called to this requirement and manufacturers are urged to communicate with the Commanding Officer of the Chemical Procurement District in which the supplier is located and arrange to have the products that they propose to offer to the Army, the Navy, or the Air Force, tested for qualification in order that they may be eligible to be awarded contracts or orders for the products covered by this specification: At least 1 gallon of ma terial will be required for qualification tests. Information pertaining to qualification of products covered by this specification may be obtained from the Commanding Officer of the Chemical Procurement District in which the supplier is located. 6.3 Batch. -- A batch is defined as that quantity of material which has been subjected to some unit chemical or physical mixing process intended to make the final product substantially uniform. 6.4 Sampling and testing.--When, the con tractor consistently produces high-quality material and operates under a system of qual ity control acceptable to the Government, the 7 BIRD 006336 M3L-A--140A Government, at its discretion, may modify, in whole or in part, the sampling and testing procedures specified herein. However, the Government reserves the right to return at any time, without previous notice to the con tractor, to the sampling and testing proce dures specified in this specification. 6.5 Inspection.--Inspection will not neces sarily include all drawing and specification requirements. However, the omission of in spection does not constitute a waiver of these requirements. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifica tions, or other data are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Govern ment procurement operation, the United States Gov ernment thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Govern ment may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. Custodian: Army--Chemical Corps Other interest: Army--QESigCOT Navy--SAMdOrSHYMC Air Force. * U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : I95Z o--212700 8 BIRD 006337 HH-F-182 JUNE 20, 1947 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR FELT, ASBESTOS; ASPHALT-SATURATED AND ASPHALT-COATED, FOR BUILT-UP ROOFING This specification was approved on the above date by the Director, Bureau of Federal Supply, for the use of all de partments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effective not later than September IS, 1947 for use in procurement initiated on or after that date. It may be put into effect, `however, at any earlier date after promul gation. A APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. The following Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., publication, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall form a part of this specification. List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials. B. CLASSES, 'WIDTHS. AND GRADE B-l. Classes.--Coated asphalt-saturated asbestos felt in ac cordance with this specification shall be furnished in the following classes, as specified in the invitation for bids, contract, or purchase order. Class A--20-pound (one side coated). Class B.--50-pound (both sides coated), B-2. Width of felt.--Unless otherwise specified, coated asphaltsaturated asbestos felt in accordance with this specification shall be famished in rolls 36 inches % inch or 32 inches (4 inch wide, as specified in the invitation for bids, contract, or purchase order. B-3. Grade.--Coated asphalt-saturated asbestos felt in ac cordance with this specification shall be furnished in one grade only. C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP C-I. Material.--The material shall be a felt made essentially of asbestos fibers, impregnated with asphalt, and coated (on one side for class A felt and on both sides for class B felt) with asphalt. The coated surfaces may have a light surfacing of silica or other mineral matter which will not interfere with adhesion between the felt and the plying cement, to prevent sticking in the rolls. 751469--47--(2) BIRD 006338 a federal standard stock catalog (June ISM (Section XV. Part 6) C-2. Workmanship.--Coated asphalt-saturated asbestos felt shall be uniform throughout and shall be free from visible defects such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, blisters, breaks, rents, cracks, and indentations. The coating and mineral surfacing shall be uni formly applied and shall extend to the edge of the sheet. The surface shall be free from areas or patches of unabsorbed saturant, unequally distributed coating, and superficial dry spots. D. GENERAL REQ.DXREIHENTS D-l. Underwriters' Laboratories requirements.-- D-la. The contractor shall submit proof to the purchasing agency that the material he furnishes under this specification con forms to the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., regarding fire and casualty hazards. The label, listing, marker, or certified report of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., will be accepted as evidence of compliance with this requirement. D-lb. In lieu of Underwriters' Laboratories evidence, the con tractor may submit evidence from other sources that his material conforms to the Underwriters' Laboratories requirements. The acceptance or rejection of such proof of conformance shall he decided by the purchasing agency. D-Ic. Compliance with the Underwriters' Laboratories require ments regarding fire and casualty hazards does not absolve the contractor from complete compliance with the requirements of this specification in order to secure the acceptance of his material. In the event of difference between any of the requirements of this spcification and those of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., the re quirements of this specification shall govern. D-2. Fabrication.--The unsaturated felt shall he produced by "felting" at least 85 percent by weight of asbestos fiber. D-3. Condition.--The felt shall not crack or be so sticky as to be damaged when unrolled at temperatures between 50 and 90 F. FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part 6) (June law E. DETAIL REROIREMENTS E-l. The felt shall comply with the requirements shown in table L Table I.--Physical requirements. Class A, 20-pound Class B, 60-pound Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Net weight per roll*.........pounds Saturated and coated felt: Weight per 10Q square feet (par. F-2a) ..................pounds Pliability at 25 C. (par. F-4c) Volatile matter (105 to 110. C.) ...........percent by weight Saturation of felt (coating-free basis) ......... percent by weight Desaturated felt: Weight per 100 square feet ........................................pounds Ash...............percent by weight Thickness ............................. Inch Weight of mineral surfacing per 100 sauare feet...............pounds 70 3 55 65 17 Shall pass test, 40 2180..05 0.02 10 54 50 17.5 *70.0 0.04 1 The net weight per roll is computed on a basis of 324 square feet per roll of 20-pound felt, and 108 square feet per roll of 50-pound felt. i Equivalent to an asbestos content of approximately 85 percent by weight. E-2. Piecing.-- E-2a. Class A.--No roll shall contain more than two pieces, and not more than 3 percent of the rolls in any one shipment shall contain two pieces. E-2b. Class B.--Rolls may be scored or cut into pieces ap proximately 20 feet in length. Uun mV FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part 5) P. METHODS OP SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment or fraction thereof representing a product of the same class, a number of rolls shall be taken at random, equivalent to one-half the cube root of the total number of rolls included in the lot, except that in lots of 1,000 or less five rolls shall be taken. If the cube root as calcu lated proves to be a fractional number, it shall be expressed as the next higher 'whole number. For convenience, the following table is given, showing the number of rolls to be taken from shipments of various sizes: Rolls in shipment: Up to 1000 1001-1728 1729-2744 2745-4096 4097-5832 5833-8000 8001-10648 10649 and over Number of rolls taken 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 F-2. Inspection.---The sample rolls taken shall be inspected to determine compliance with this specification with respect to work manship, condition, width, and weight. F-2a. Net weight of roll.--Bach sample roll taken shall be weighed intact to the nearest % pound, numbered, and its weight recorded. F--2b. Weight per 100 square feet of saturated and coated felt.-- The width and length of each sample roll taken shall be measured to the nearest hi inch. From these measurements and the weight obtained in paragraph F-2a, calculate the weight per 100 square ' feet of saturated and coated felt by the following formula: We_ig--ht -i-n---p--o--u-n--d--s----------------.--.-.------- x..1.0.0,=. . We..ig.ht per 100 width in inches Length in feet x - square feet . 12 If the calculated weight per 100 sqnare feet of saturated and coated felt of any sample roll is less than 17 pounds for the 20pound class (class A) or less than 50 pounds for the 50-pound class (class B), additional rolls equal to twice the nnmber origi nally sampled shall be inspected. If the calculated weight per 100 square feet of any of these additional rolls is less than the mini mum specified, the entire lot shall he rejected by the inspector and no samples taken for laboratory examination. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the sample rolls, examined in sampling for inspection, select one the weight of which is nearest the average weight of the whole lot. Unroll, and at approximately 10 feet from the outside end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long. The sheet shall be cut at right angles to the edge of the roll. Measure aud weigh the strips and calculate the weight per 100 square feet of each. Discard any strip whose weight varies by more than 0.5 pound from the weight obtained in paragraph F-2b. Divide each strip into four equal parts, identifying the inside of the roll and f " / " ' FEDERAL. STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part E) fJhmeWO the direction of the fiber grain on each section. (The direction of the fiber grain is parallel to the edge of the roll.) Label and pack flat between supports wide and stiff enough to prevent crashing. Transmit one sample .(the four sections cut from one sheet) to the testing laboratory and retain the other for check tests if necessary. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- F--la. Weight.--Assemble the pieces and trim the sample so that it is 36 inches long and the full width of the rolL Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest gram (16 grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per 100 square feet by the following formula: W--e-i-g--h--t--i-n---g--r-a--m--s---x---3--1-.-7-=.- W_eig. h,t . m. pounds, per 100 square fe.et.. Area in square inches The weight so determined is to be used in selecting samples for laboratory examination and shall not be used as a basis for ac ceptance or rejection. (See par. F-2b.) F-4b. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sample to de termine compliance with the requirements of paragraph C-2. F-4c. Pliability.--At a distance not less than 3 inches from the edge of the sample cut five strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the fiber grain, and immerse them in water at 26 C. (77 F.) for 10 to 16 minutes. Remove the strips individually from the water and immediately bend each strip, with the surface corresponding to the inside of the roll uppermost, through an arc of 90 over the rounded comer of a block (radius as speci fied below) at a uniform speed in approximately 2 seconds' time. Dry thoroughly and examine. If one or more of these five strips crack on this test, cut 10 strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these strips crack, the material shall be reported as failing in the pliability test. Cracks less than % inch in length at the edge of the test strip shall be disregarded. Class A--%-inch radius. Class 5--%-inch radius. F-4d. Volatile matter at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.).-- Cut two strips of the felt 6 inches wide and 12 inches long, weigh the strips separately to the nearest 0.1 gram and suspend them for 5 hours in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F,). Remove from the oven, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Compute the loss in weight for each strip and report the average as the percentage of volatile matter in the sample. F--le. Weight of desaturated felt--Cut a strip 2 inches wide representing the full width of the sample, measure to the nearest inch, and weigh to the nearest milligram. From this data calculate the weight of 100 square feet of material. If this weight varies by more than 0.6 pound from that determined in paragraph F-4a, discard and cut additional strips until one within this limit is obtained. BIRD 006342 HH-F-18Z-- FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (June m (Section IT. Part S) F-4e(l). Extract with benzol (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, or carbon bisulfide will usually give the same result, but benzol shall be used in case of dispute) in a suitable extractor until the solvent runs through colorless. Remove the desaturated felt from the extraction apparatus, dry in air until free from solvent, and carefully brush off any adhering particles of foreign matter. Place the desaturated felt in a tared weighing bottle, heat in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 P.) for not less than 1 hour, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Compute the weight of the moisture-free desaturated felt by the following formula: \ Weight of desaturated felt to grams x 31.7 Area in square inches 10 -- Weight square feet in pounds\per F--4f. Ash content of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Incinerate 10 grams of desaturated felt as obtained in paragraph F-4e(l) to constant weight in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over on open flame at a temperature of not less than 800 C. Cool in a desiccator, weigh, and compute the percentage ash in the de saturated felt. F~4g. Thickness of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Determine the thickness of the desaturated felt aB obtained in F-4e(l) at not less than 10 points equally spaced along the strip by any ac ceptable method. Report the average of these readings. F-4h. Saturation of felt.--Cut three strips 2 inches wide and 8 inches long at random from the sheet and warm to an oven at about 80 C. (176 F.) until the coating asphalt can be easily stripped from the saturated felt. In removing the coating asphalt care should be taken to remove as little felt as possible and that none of the coating asphalt remains on the felt. Weigh the coat ing-free felt and'extract with benzol (carbon tetrachloride, chloro form or carbon bisulfide will usually give the same results, but benzol should he used in case of dispute) in a suitable extraction apparatus until the solvent runs through colorless. Place the de saturated felt in a tared weighing bottle, heat in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for not less than 1 hour, cool to a desiccator, and weigh. The percentage saturation of the moisturefree felt is calculated as follows: Weight of extracted material Percentage saturation = x 100 ght of moisture-free desaturated felt F--ii. Mineral surfacing__ Cut a strip 2 inches wide representing the full width of the sample, measure to the nearest Vs inch, and weigh to the nearest milligram. From this data calculate the weight of 100 square feet of material. If this weight varies by more than 0.5 pound from that determined in paragraph F-4a, discard and cut additional strips until one within the limit is obtained. BIRD 006343 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part s) (June mi F--li(l). Incinerate in a 3-inch evaporating dish in a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all organic matter is destroyed. Brush adhering mineral from the felt, taking care to exclude any asbestos fiber. Combine all mineral matter (other than felt) and weigh. Calculate its weight per 100 square feet by the following formula: Weight of mineral matter _______ fa grams x 31.7__________Weight of mineral surfacing Area in square inches ~ fa pounds per 100 square feet a. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MARKING FOR SHIPMENT G-l. Packaging,--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack ages sure acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the rolls shall he securely taped or some other equally protective wrapping shall be employed. A standard label shall be attached to each roll to identify the material. The ends of the rolls need not be covered. G-3. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified, each package shall be marked with the name of the material, the class, width, and quantity contained therein, as defined by the contract or order under which the shipment is made, the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. H. KEtiranEMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications and other pub lications, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification by the respective departments. H-2. Army.--U. S. Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Harking Shipments by Contractors, copies of which may be obtained without cost npon application to the pro curing agency. H-3. Navy.-- H-3a. Applicable specifications and other publications.-- Joint Army-Navy Specifications: JAN-P-106--Packaging and Packing for Overseas Ship ment--Boxes; Wood, Nailed. JAN-P-132--Packaging and Packing for Overseas Ship ment-Crates, Unsheathed, Wood, Nailed (for Maximum Net Load of 2,500 Pounds). Navy Department Specification: General Specifications for Inspection of Material. Bureau, of Supplies and Accounts Publication: Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. Copies of Federal and Joint Army-Navy specifications (required for Navy purchases). Navy Department specifications, and the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy BIRD 006344 Wtfnfiiw)--8 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG 11 (Section TV, Part 5) Department, Washington 25, D. C., except that Naval activities should make application to the Supply Officer in Command, Naval Supply Depot, Bayonne, N. J. H-3b. Packing.-- H-3b(l). For domestic shipment.--Unless otherwise specified, felt packaged as described in paragraph G-l shall be packed in substantial commercial containers of the type, size, and kind commonly used for the purpose, so constructed as to insure ac ceptance and safe delivery by common or other carriers, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery. H--3b(2). For overseas shipment.--Unless otherwise specified, felt packaged as described in paragraph G-l shall be packed in nailed wood boxes or unsheathed nailed wood crates conforming to the requirements of Joint Army-Navy Specifications JAN-P-106 and JAN-P-132, respectively. H-3b(3). For domestic and overseas shipment.--Where prac ticable, shipping containers shall be of uniform size, and shall con tain the same number of items. Containers shall be designed to fit the contents in a compact manner. H-3c. Marking.--fin addition to any special marking required by the contract or order, marking of interior packages and shipping containers shall conform to the requirements of the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. H-3d. Ordering information.--Requests, requisitions, schedules, and contracts or orders should specify whether the subject com modity is to be packed and shipping containers marked for do mestic or overseas shipment. (See pars. H-3b and H-3c.) I. NOTES I--1. Purchasers should exercise any desired options offered herein, and should specify the class and width required. (See pars. B--1, B--2, G--1, G--2, G-3, H--3b (1), and H--3b (2) ) 1-2. Basis of purchase should be by the roll or the weight as may be agreed between purchaser and seller. (See par. E-l.) 1-3. Coated asphalt-saturated asbestos felt is intended for use with asphalt in the construction of built-up roofing. 1-4. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples wifi be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specifica tion to apply in all other respects. 1-5. Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, . grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are in tended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Gov eminent requirements. f 1 r r 0 ^< <, < BIRD 006345 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) ilH-F-XSZ--0 (June mV 1-6. An Index of Federal Specifications may be purchased as noted in the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Super intendent of Documents. 1-7. Copies of the listings of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., referred to herein, may be obtained without cost from the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago 11, Illinois. 1-8. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by postal note, money order, coupon, or cash, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. G. Price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than In connection with a definitelyrelated Government procurement operation, the United States Gov ernment thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatso ever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, fur nished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as In any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. U. . OOVERNHEKT PRINTING OFFICE, 1947--79T4E9[2, For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents BIRD 006346 HH-F-185 JUNE 20, 1947 FBOEBMi STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV * (Part 6) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION m FELT, ASBESTOS; ASPHALT-SATURATED, UNCOATED, FOR FLASHINGS, ROOFING, AND WATERPROOFING This specification was approved on the above date by the Director, Bureau of Federal Supply, for the use of all de partments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effective not later than September 15, 1947 for use In procurement initiated on or after that date. It may be put Into effect, however, at any earlier date after promul gation. A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS A-L There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2.' The following Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., publication, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, snail form a part of this specification: List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials. B. TYPES, CLASSES, 'WIDTHS, AND GRADE B-l. Types and classes.--Uncoated asphalt-saturated asbestos felt in occordance with this specification shall be furnished in the following types and classes, as specified in the invitation for bids, contract, or purchase order. Type L---Perforated. Class A.--15-pound. Type II.--Plain. Class A.--15-pound, Class B.--35-pound. B-2. Widths of felt--Uncoated asphalt-saturated asbestos felt in accordance with this specification shall be famished in widths of 36 inches % inch or 33 inches % inch, as specified in the invitation for bids, contract, or purchase order. B-3. Grade.--Uncoated asphalt-saturated asbestos felt in ac cordance with this specification shall be famished in one grade only. 7514*9--47--(S) BIRD 006347 3 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Jung 19ft) (Section IV. Part B) O. MATERIAI. AND WORKMANSHIP C~l. Material.--The material shall be a roofing felt made essentially of asbestos fibers, impregnated with asphalt. The use of silica or wood flour to prevent sticking in the rolls will be per mitted. C-2. Workmanship.---The asphalt-saturated asbestos felt shall be uniform throughout, and shall be free from visible defects such as holes (other than perforations in type I felt), ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, or indentations. The surface shall be uniformly smooth and free from areas or patches of unabsorbed saturant and superficial dry spots. D. GENERAL BEmUEEMEHTO 0-1. Underwriters' Laboratories requirements.-- D-la. The contractor shall submit proof to the purchasing agency that the material he furnishes under this specification con forms to the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Ine., regarding fire and casualty hazards. The label, listing, marker, or certified report of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Lie., will be accepted as evidence of compliance with this requirement. D-lb. In lieu of Underwriters' Laboratories evidence, the con tractor may submit evidence from other sources that his material conforms to the Underwriters' Laboratories requirements. The acceptance or rejection of such proof of conformance shall be decided by the purchasing agency. D-lc. Compliance with the Underwriters' Laboratories require ments regarding fire and casualty hazards does not absolve the contractor from complete compliance with the requirements of this specification in order to secure the acceptance of his materiaL In event of difference between any of the requirements of this specification and those- of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., the requirements of this specification shall govern. D-2. Fabrication.--The unsaturated felt shall he produced by "felting" at least 85 percent by weight of asbestos fiber. Type 1 felt shall be perforated with holes Vie inch or less in diameter spaced approximately on %-inch centers. The holes in adjacent lines shall be staggered. D-3. Condition.--The felt shall not crack or be so sticky as tobe damaged when unrolled at temperatures between 50* and 90 F. D-4. Piecing.--No roll shall contain more than two pieces, and not more than 3 percent of the rolls in any one shipment may con tain two pieces. federal standard stock catalog (Section 17, Fart 5) HH-F-188--3 (June tai/t) B.' DETAIL REQUIREMENTS ' E-l. The felt shall meet the requirements shown in table I. Table I.--Physical requirements. Class A. 15-pound Class B. 35-pound Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Net weight per roll1 .... pounds Saturated felt: Weight per 100 square feet (oar. F-2b) ............. ..pounds Pliability at 26' C. (par. F-4c> Breaking strength: With fiber grain ....pounds Across fiber- grain '...........do Volatile matter at 105 to 110' C.............. percent by weight Saturation of felt ...............do Desaturated felt: Weight par 100 square feet ............................................ pounds ABh .............percent by weight' Thlokness ............................. inch 0 ... 5 ... -- ... 42 70 13 t . . . Shall pass test. 20 ... 10 . . . . 40 * 5 8.5 *70 0.02 ... 64 30 40 20 . 60 17.5 *30 <0.04 i The net weight per roll is computed on a basis of 324 square feet per roll of 15-pound felt, and 218 square feet per roll of 35-pound felt. * Equivalent to an asbestos content of approximately 85 percent by weight. F. METHODS OF SAMPLING. INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment or fraction thereof representing a product of the same type and class, a number of roils shall be taken at random, equivalent to one-half the cube rtot of the total number of rolls included in the lot, except that in lots of 1,000 or less five rolls shall be taken. If the cube root as calculated proves to be a fractional number, it shall he expressed as the next higher whole number. For con venience, the following table Is given, showing the number of rolls to be taken from shipments of various sizes: Rolls in shipment: Number of rolls taken Up to 1000 5 1001-1728 6' 1729*2744 7 2745-4096 8 4097-5832 9 5833-8000 10 8001-10648 11 10649 and over 12 F-2. Inspection.--The sample rolls taken shall be inspected todetermine compliance with this specification with respect to work manship, condition, width, and weight. F-2a. Net weight of roll.--Each sample roll taken shall be weighed intact to the nearest Y*. pound, numbered, and its weight recorded. ?MtF7n,5f~4 federal standard stock catalog (June IStf) (Section IT. Tart 6) F-2b. Weight per 100 square feet of saturated felt.--The width and length of each sample roll taken shall be measured to the nearest hi inch. From these measurements and the weight ob tained in paragraph F-2a, calculate the weight per 100- square feet of saturated felt by the following formula: Weight in pounds width in inches Length in feet x------------ -------------- = Weight per 100 square feet If the calculated weight of 100 square feet of saturated felt of any sample roll is less than 13 pounds for the 15-pound class or less than 30 pounds for the 35-pound class, additional rolls equal to twice the number originally, sampled shall be inspected. If the calculated weight per 100 square feet of any of these additional rolls is less than the minimum specified, the entire lot shall be rejected by the inspector and no samples taken for laboratory examination. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the sample rolls examined in sampling for inspection, select one the weight of which is nearest the average weight of the whole lot. Unroll, and at approximately 10 feet from the outside end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long. The sheet shall be cut at right angles to the edge of the rolL Measure and weigh the strips and calculate the weight per 100 square feet of each. Discard any strip whose weight varies by more than 0.5 pound from the weight obtained in paragraph F-2b. Divide each strip into four equal parts, identifying the inside of the roll and the direction of the fiber grain on each section. (The direction of the fiber grain is parallel to the edge of the rolL) Label and pack fiat between supports wide and stiff enough to prevent crushing. Transmit one sample (the four sections cut from one sheet) to the testing laboratory and retain the other sample for check tests if necessary. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- F-4a. Weight.--Assemble the pieces and trim the sample so that it is SS inches long and the full width of the roll. Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest gram (16 grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per 100 square feet in the following manner: Weight in grams x 31.7 -------------------------:--:-----= Weight in pounds per 100 square feet. Area m square inches The weight so determined is to be used in selecting samples for laboratory examination and shall not be used as a basis for ac ceptance or rejection. (See par. F-2b.) F-4b. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sheet for uni formity of saturation throughout and freedom from visible de fects, such as holes (other than perforations in type I felt ), ragged or untrue edges, patches of unabsorbed saturant, and superficial dry spots. FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section XV. Fart 5) HH-F--18S--5 (June mi) F~4c. Pliability.--At a distance not less than 3 inches from the edge of the sample cat five strips 1 inch -wide and 6 inches longin the direction of the fiber grain, and condition them in. water at 26 1 C. (.77 1.8 F.) for 10 to 15 minutes. Remove the strips individually from the water and immediately bend each strip, with the surface corresponding to the inside of the roll uppermost, through an arc of 90* over the rounded comer of a block (radius as specified below) at a uniform rate in approxi mately 2 seconds' time. Dry thoroughly and examine. If one or more of the five strips crack on this test, cut 10 additional strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these strips crack, the material shall be reported as fail ing in the pliability test. Cracks less than % inch in length at the edge of the test strip or any slight lifting of the surface fibers shall be disregarded. Class A--(4-inch radius. Class B--%-inch radius. F-4d. Breaking strength.--At a point not less than _ 3 inches from the edge of the sample, cut 10 strips of the felt 1 inch by 6 inches with the fiber grain and 10 strips of the same size across the fiber grain. Condition both sets of strips at a temperature of 25* 1* C. (77* IB* E.) and a relative humidity of 60 6 percent for not less than 5 hours before testing. F-4d(l). Test both sets of strips at 25* 1* C. (77* 1.8" F.) and relative humidity of 60 5 percent in a Scott or similar test ing machine of the inclination-balance type having a capacity of not less than 160 pounds. The test strip shall be gripped 1% inches from each end leaving 8 inches between the clamps, and the lower jaw shall travel at the rate of 12 inches per minute. If any strip Breaks nearer than % inch to either clomp it shall be dis carded and an additional strip tested in its place. The average of the 10 readings in each direction shall be taken as the breaking strength in that direction. F-4e. Volatile matter 'at 10B to 110 C. (221" to 230 F.).-- Cut two strips of the asphalt-saturated felt 6 inches wide and' 12 inches long, weigh the strips separately to the nearest 0.1 gram, and suspend them for 6 hours in an oven at 108* to 110* C. (221* to 230 F.). Remove from the oven, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Compute the loss in weight for each strip and report the average as the percentage of volatile matter in the sample. F-4f, Weight of desatwrated felt.--Cut a strip 2 inches wide, representing the full width of the sample, measure to the nearest % inch,' and weigh to the,nearest milligram. From this data calculate the weight of 100 square feet of saturated felt. If this weight varies by more than 0.5 pound from that determined in paragraph F-4a, discard and cat additional strips until one within the limit is obtained. F-4f(l). Extract with benzol (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, or carbon bisulfide will usually give the same result,, but benzol shall be used in case of dispute) in an extractor that will retain finely divided surfacing material if present. Continue the extrac tion until the solvent runs through colorless. Remove the desaturated frit from the extraction apparatus, dry in air until free from (June WftJ FEDERAL standard stock catalog (Section IV. Part 5) solvent, and brush off any adhering particles of foreign matter. Place the desaturated felt in a tared weighing bottle and heat in an oven at 105 to 110* C. (221 to 230* F.) for not less than 1 hour, then cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Compute the .weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per l'OO square feet by the following formula: Weight of moisture-free de saturated felt in grams x 31.7 Weight in pounds per Area in square inches ^ square feet. F-4g. Saturation of moisture-free felt.--The weight of saturant in the felt is the difference in weight between the original sample taken for extraction (see par. F-4f) and the weight of the de saturated felt (plus any surfacing material present). ' The per centage saturation of the moisture-free felt is calculated as follows: I Weight of extracted material Percentage saturation =------ , ---------- ----- --------------x 100 Weight of moisturefree desaturated felt P--ih. Ask content of desaturated felt.--Incinerate 10 grams of the desaturated felt as obtained in paragraph F-4f(l) to constant weight at a temperature of not less than 800 C. in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over an open flame. Cool in a desiccator, weigh, and compute the percentage ash in the de saturated felt. F-4i. Thickness of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Determine the thickness of the desaturated felt as obtained in paragraph F-4f(1), at not less than 10 points equally spaced along the strip. Report the average of these readings. O. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND HARKING FOR SHIPMENT G-l. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack ages are acceptable under this specification. G--2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the corners of the felt on the outside of each roll Bhall be turned in and the roll* shall be taped, or some other equally protective wrapping shall be employed. A standard label shall be attached to each roll to identify the material. The ends of the rolls need not be covered: G-3. Markina.--Unless otherwise specified, each package shall be marked with the name of the material, the type, class, width, and'quantity contained therein, as defined by the contract`or order under which the shipment is made, the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. 11. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABI.E TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-L The following departmental specifications and other pub lications, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification by the respective departments: ^ *s .7 'l BIRD 006352 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK .CATALOG (Section rv. Part 5) (fvnelap) H-2. Army.--U. S. Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments by Contractors, copies of which may be obtained withont cost upon application to the pro curing agency. H-3. Navy.-- ff-3a. Applicable specifications and other publications.-- Joint Army-Navy Specifications: JAN-P-106--Packaging and Packing for Overseas Ship^ ment--Boxes; Wood, Nailed. JAN-P-132--Packaging and Packing for Overseas Ship ment---Crates; Unsheathed, Wood; Nailed (for Maximum Net Load of 2,500 Pounds). Navy Department Specification: General Specifications for Inspection of Material. Bureau, of Supplies and Accounts Publication: Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. Copies of. Federal and Joint Army-Navy specifications (required for Navy purchases), Navy Department specifications, and the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington 25, D. C., except that Naval activities should make application to the Supply Officer in Command, Naval Supply Depot, Bayonne, N. J. H-3b. Packing.-- H-3b(l). For domestic shipment.--Unless otherwise specified, felt packaged as described in paragraph G-l shall be packed in substantial commercial containers of the type, size, and kind commonly rued for the purpose, so constructed as to insure ac ceptance and safe delivery by common or other carriers, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery. H-3b(2). For overseas shipment.--Unless otherwise specified, felt packaged as described in paragraph G-l shall be packed in nailed wood boxes or unsheathed nailed wood crates conforming to the requirements of Joint Army-Navy Specifications JAN-P-106 and JAN-P-132, respectively. H-3b(3). For domestic and overseas shipment.--Where prac ticable, shipping containers shall be of uniform size, and shall contain the same number of items. Containers shall be designed to fit the contents in a compact manner. H-3c. Marking.--In addition to any special marking required by the contract or order, marking of interior packages and' shipping containers shall conform to the requirements of the Navy Ship ment Marking Handbook. H~3d. Ordering information.--Bequests, requisitions, schedules, and contracts or orders should specify whether the subject com modity is to be packed and shipping containers marked for do mestic or overseas shipment. (See pars. H-3b and H-3e.) BIRD 006353 (Junemv a FEDERAL standard stock catalog (Section IV, Part 6) I. NOTES 1-1. Purchasers should exercise any desired options offered herein and should specify the type, class, and -width desired. (See pars. B-l, B-2, G-l, G-2, G-3, H-3b(l) and H-3b(2).) 1-2. Basis of purchase should be by the roll or by the weight as may be agreed upon between buyer and seller. (See par. B-l.) 1-3. Class A, 15-pound, asphalt-saturated asbestos felt is in tended for use with asphalt in the construction of built-up roofing and membrane waterproofing. 1-4. Class B, 35-pound, asphalt-saturated asbestos felt is In tended for use with asphalt in the construction of built-up roofing and flashings, and under slate. 1-5. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any par ticular purpose, samples with bids are necessary they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid samples should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-6. Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. 1-7. An Index of Federal Specifications may be purchased as noted in the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Super intendent of Documents. 1-8. Copies of the listings of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc^ referred to herein, may be obtained without cost from the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago II, Illinois. 1-9. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by postal note, money order, coupon, or cash, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents. Ifotlce,--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Gov ernment thereby Incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatso ever: and the fact that the Government may have formulated, fur nished, or In any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, Is not to be regarded by Implication or otherwise as In any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented Invention that may in any way be related thereto. U. *.' GOVERNMENT PRISTINCt OFFICK, IW-1SMi(l) For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents HH-F-191a SEPTEMBER 29, 1942 SUPERSEDING FED. SPEC. HH-F-I9I Aagoat 1.1933 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR FELT; ASPHALT-SATURATED (FOR) FLASHINGS, ROOFING, AND WATERPROOFING This specification was approved on the above date by the Director of Procure* meat for the use of all departments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effective not later than March L 1943. It may be pat into effect, hovover, at.any earlier dote after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There arc no other Federal Specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Non-Governmental Specifications or Standards. A-2a. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.: Standard for Rag-Felt Roof Covering Materials for Use in Con-, struction of Built-Up Roof Coverings. ^List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and. Materials. (See A-2a (1). The bidder shall submit to the purchasing agency proof that the material he proposes to supply under this specification con forms to the standards of the Underwriters' Laboratories for asphaltsaturated felt for use in the construction of built-up roof coverings, as regards fire and casualty hazards. The label or listing of the Under writers' Laboratories will be accepted as conforming to this require ment. A-2a (2). In lieu of the label or listing the bidder may submit independent proof satisfactory to the purchasing agency that his material conforms to the published standard, including methods of test, of the Underwriters' Laboratories. A-2a (3). Compliance with the above preliminary requirements, as regards fire and casualty hazards, does not absolve the bidder from complete compliance with the other requirements of this specification in order to secure the acceptance of his material. A-3. Any special requirements of the individual agencies of the Government are noted under Section H. 850856 (29) 0 - 49 acNERAl SERVICES AOMIKiSiRATlQN Sirtuwss Sp'v-cb Sei-ier BIRD 006355 HH-F-H1*--2 (Sep*. 19(8) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) B. TYPES AND GRADE B-1. Asphalt-saturated felt shall be of the following types (the type or types desired shall be stated in the invitation for bids): Type I, 15-lb. Type--Asphalt-saturated felt for mineral-sur faced built-up roofing and for membrane water-proofing. Type II, 30-Id. Type--Asphalt-aaturated felt for built-up roofing and flashings, B-2. Material shall be of but one grade. C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP 0--1. Material.--Shall be composed of roofing felt made of organic fibers, impregnated with an asphaltic saturant. C-2. Workmanship.--See paragraph E-l. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. See E, Detail Requirements. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E-l. Appearance.--Asphalt-saturated felt of both types shall be free from visible external defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, or indentations, and shall be uniform throughout. The felt shall not crack or be so sticky as to cause injury when un rolled at temperatures of 50 and 90 P. The surface of the felt shall not be coated or covered with substances which would tend to inter fere with the adhesion between the felt and the plying cement. The use of silica or wood flour will be permitted. The surface shall be uniformly smooth and shall be free from areas or patches of unabsorbed Baturant and superficial dry spots. E-2. Physical and chemical requirements.--Material shall meet the following requirements: r- rK r r Type L IWb. type Type H, 30-lb. type Width (Inches) 38 or 32K, as called tat lyfurfrnnm Mfalnmni MsllmUm MlnfTrnittt Gross weight of roll (lbs.) Weight of wrapping, packing, etc. (lb.}.. Weight per 100 square feet, exclusive of wrapping, packing, etc. (lbs.)................ Pliability st ^CTar F.). No cricking or bending(w over aroondad eomerof radios (inch)________________________ Average breaking strength: With fiber grain (lbs.)_____________ Across fibergrain (lbs.)----------- -------Volatile matter at 105-110" O. (221-230 F.) (percent by weight)-------------- ... Wefgbt or moisture-free desaturated felt per 100 sanare feet (lbs.)_____________ Saturation el moisture-free felt (percent by wefgbt)...........--........... ...................... Ash of desaturated Celt (percent by weight) tTA'er /a tt is 5.2 140 80 eokTC a XL at- 40 20 /c*tm 150 10 i Tbe gross weight of roll Is based on 432 square feet per roll of lftpound felt and 210 square feet per roll of 30-pound felt. Where the production of rolls containing less than 432 square feet of 15-pound felt or 215 square feet of 30-pound felt Is standard commercial practice, these will be acceptable under Government contracts. In snob cases the minimum weight per roll shall be decreased proportionately. BIRD 006356 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) "Sw? F. METHODS OF SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Sampling far inspection.--From each shipment of more than l,Q00rolla, take at random a number of rolls of felt equivalent to one-half the oube root of the total included in the lot. If this proves to be a fractional number, express it as the next higher digit. From each ship ment of 1,000 rolls or less take five rolls at random. F-2. Determination of weight, width, and appearance.--The weight per 100 square feet of material, and its variation in weight; the width and its variation must be determined by the inspector and the results transmitted to the testing laboratory with the sample. Material which doe3 not conform to the specification in these respects shall be rejected by the inspector and only deliveries which conform in these respects sampled for laboratory tests. F-2a. Remove wrappers, cores, and other packing material from each roll taken and weigh the roll and the packing material, etc., separately, to the nearest one-fourth pound. Then unwind each roll and measure the length of the roll and the width at each end of the roll to the nearest one-fourth inch, and reroll. Observe the appear ance of the material while unrolling and rerolling. F-2b. The finished material shall be free from visible external defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, or indentations. The surface shall be uniformly smooth and shall be free from areas or patches of unabsorbed saturant and superficial dry spots. The roll3 shall be capable of being unrolled easily at 50 and 90 F. without cracking or sticking to such an extent as to cause injury. The surface of the felt shall not be coated or covered with substances which would tend to interfere with the adhesion between the felt and the plying cement. The use of silica or wood flour will be permitted. F-2c. Compute the weight per 100 square feet of each roll examined, and from these weights compute the average weight of the shipment. , If the calculated weight per 100 square feet of any roll examined is les3 ' J - "than pounds per 100 square feet for type I, 15-lb. type, and less - I- than pounds for type II, 30-lb. type, this shall be cause for the ^ rejection of the whole shipment. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the rolls examined In sampling fgr inspection, select one the weight of which is nearest the average weight Of the whole lot. Unroll, and at approximately 15 feet from one end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long. The sheet shall be cut at right angles to the edge of the roll. Measure and weigh the strips and calculate the weight per 100 square feet of each. Discard all strips whose weight varies by more than 0.5 pound from that obtained in F-2a. Divide each strip into four equal parts, marking the surface on the inside of the roll and the direction of the fiber grain on each section. (The direction of the fiber grain is always parallel to the edge of the sheet.) Label, and pack flat between supports wide enough to prevent crushing. Transmit one sample (four sections) to the testing labora tory and retain the other for check tests in case of dispute. F--4. Laboratory Examination.-- F-4a. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sheet of felt and note for uniformity of color and texture. The felt shall be thoroughly and BIRD 006357 jSwT4 fbdbbal standard stock catalog (Section IY. part 5) uniformly impregnated and shall show no unsaturated spots at any point. F-4b. Weight.--Trim the sample so that it can he measured accu rately,. and weigh to the nearest gram (IS grains). From the measure ments and weight so obtained compute the weight per 100 square feet. The weight so determined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. (See F-2). F-4c. Pliability. F--4a (1). Type I, t5-lb. type.--At a point not less than 3 inches from the edge of the roll, cut 10 strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the fiber grain and condition them for 10 to 15 minutes in a water bath at 26 1 C. Remove the strips from the water individually, and bend each strip immediately over the rounded comer of a block (rounded to a radius of A inch) in approximately 2 seconds time. The surface of tho test piece corresponcungto the inside of the roll shall be uppermost when making the, test. Dry thoroughly and examine. If one or more of these strips crack the material is reported as failing in the pliability test. Any crack less than % inch in length originating at the edge of the test strip, or any slight lifting of the surface fibers, shall be disregarded. F-4c (2). Type II, 80-lb. type.---Use the same procedure as described under F-4c (1), type I, 15-lb. type above, except that the comer of a block that has been rounded to a radius of inch shall be used. 3?-4d. Breaking Strength.--At a point not less than 3 inches from the edge of the roll, cut 10 strips of the felt 1 inch by 6 inches with the fiber grain and 10 strips of the same size across the fiber grain. Condition both sets of strips at a temperature of 26 C. 1 C for not less than 4 hours before testing. F~4d (I). Test both sets of strips at 25 C. (77 F)l C. in a Scott or similar testing machine of the inclination-balance type having a capacity of not less than 150 pounds. The test strip shall, be gripped 1A inches on each end, leaving 3 inches between the clamps, and the lower jaw shall travel at the rate of 12 inches per minute. H any strip breaks nearer than one-haif inch to either clamp, the reading shall be disregarded and an additional strip tested in its place. The average of the 10 readings from strips cut in one direction shall be taken as the breaking strength of the sample in that direction. F-4e. Volatile matter.--Cut two strips of the asphalt-saturated felt 6 inches wide and 12 inches long, weigh the strips separately to the nearest 0.1 gram, and suspend them for 5 hours in an oven at 105" to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.). Remove from the oven, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Compute the percentage loss in weight for each sample and report as volatile matter the average loss of the two samples. F-4f. Weight of desaiwated felt.--Cut a strip 2 inches wide repre senting the full width of the sampte, measure accurately and weigh to the nearest milligram. From this data calculate the weight of 100 square feet of saturated felt. If this weight varies by more than 0.5 pound from that calculated in F-4b, discard and cut additional strips until a sample within the limit is obtained. Extract with benzol (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, or carbon bisulfide wiU usually give the same results but benzol shall be used in case of dispute) > BIRD 006358 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. n*rt B) isept. eh) in a suitable extraction apparatus until the solvent runs through colorless. Remove the desaturated felt from the extraction apparatus, dry in air until free from the odor of solvent, and brush off any adhering particles of foreign matter. Place the desaturated felt in a tared weighing bottle and heat in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one-half hour, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Calculate the per centage of moisture-free felt in the sample taken for extraction and eompute the weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per 100 square feet from the weight obtained in F-4b. F-4g. Saturation of moisture-free fell.--The weight of saturant in the felt is the difference in weight between the original sample taken for extraction in F--if and the weight of the desaturated felt (plus any surfacing material present). The percentage saturation of the moisture-free felt is obtained by the following formula: Weight of Weight of saturant moisture-free desaturated felt X100= percentage saturation F-4jf (1). Nature of saturant.--Test to identify the saturant as asphalt. J?-4b. Ash of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Incinerate the felt obtained in F-4f in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all of the organic matter is consumed. Cool, weigh, aid compute the percentage ash of the moisture-free desaturated felt. G. PACKAGING, packing and masking fob shipment Q--1. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. . &-/&} Packing.--TtuyfoIIs of saturated" feltuhall be securely wrapped -g, in aWbstantiaf grada'bf paper of the^atpe widtij/aa te fabric;/ Tjje wrapper shaly completely encircle tb overlap in amoannyr which will prey&n/it shift, i of the rolls deed tun be covered/ No i vo pushes an^therqfshall nq/pe more tfian three percent fcontaining two pieces in any aliment. G-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of the contents, and some means of identification of "the particular contract on whioh purchase and shipment were made." Each shipment of the material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. H. BEQtJIKEMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification by the respective departments: S-3. Navy.--`For administrative reasons Navy purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y--Roofing, Siding, SheetMetal Work; Dampproofing and Membrane Waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained, without cost, upon application to the Bureau BIRD 006359 FEDERAL standard stock catalog (Section IV, port 5) of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D. C. The technical requirements of the Bureau of Yards and Docks specification conform in detail with the technical requirements of this Federal specification. I. NOTES 1-1. Type I, 15-lb. type, asphalt-saturated felt is intended for use with asphalt for mineral-surfaced roofing and asphalt for waterproofing and dampproofing in the construction of built-up roofing and membrane waterproofing respectively. 1-2. Type II, 30-lb. type, asphalt-saturated felt is intended for use in the construction-of built-up roofing, for flashings, and as an underlay material under slate, tile, etc. 1-3. Basis of purchase should be by the roll of not less than 432 square feet for type I, 15-lb. type and of not less than 216 square feet for type II, 30-lb. type; or by the square (100 square feet); or by weight, according to agreement between the purchaser and the seller. 1-4. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-5. Federal Specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifica tions, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. 1-6. An index of Federal Snacificationp-may be purchased^aspated* in the paragraph betyw, price/to be obtained fromtjie Superintendent of Documents. / 1/ j / /[ J / (j / 1-7. Copies of tma specification may Me obtained upon application, accompanied by money oyder, coupon/or cashf-fo Supfegateadeot^of Documents^ Government? PriWng^Olnoar-WSshjngtoB/D. 0. Price 5 cents. \ , 1-8. Copiesr of the standard and listings of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., referred to herein, may be obtained without cost from the Underwriters' Laboratories, Lac., 207 East Ohio Street, - Notlee^-When Government drawings,--sp--e-c-ifi-c-ations, or other data ore used tor toy par* note other than (a connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United State* Government thereby incnn no responsibility nor any obligation what soever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, famished, or In any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or iny other person or corporation or con veying any rights or permission to msmfactare, use. or seU any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 0--1949 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents. Washington. D. G. Price 8 cents HH-F-191a SEPTEMBER 29, 1942 SUPERSEDING FED. SPEC. HH-F-191 August 1.1933 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Parts) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR FELT; ASPHALT-SATURATED (FOR) FLASHINGS, ROOFING, AND WATERPROOFING This specification was approved on the above data by the Director of Procure ment for the use of ail departments and establishments of the Government, and shall bocorne effective not later than March 1, 1943. It may be pot into effect,however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal Specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Non-Governmental Specifications or Standards. A-2a. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.: ' Standard for Rag-Felt Roof Covering Materials for Use in Con struction of Built-Up Roof Coverings. List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials. (See 1-8.) A-2a (1). The bidder shall submit to the purchasing agency proof that the material he proposes to supply under this specification con forms to the standards of the Underwriters' Laboratories for asphaltsaturated felt for use in the construction of built-up roof coverings, as regards fire and casualty hazards. The label or listing of the Under writers' Laboratories will.be accepted as conforming to this require ment. A-2a (2). In lieu of the label or listing the bidder may submit independent proof satisfactory to the purchasing agency that his material oonforms to the published standard, including methods of test, of the Underwriters' Laboratories. A-2a (3). Compliance with the above preliminary requirements, as regards fire and casualty hazards, does not absolve the bidder from complete compliance with the other requirements of this specification in order to secure the acceptance of Ms material. A-3. Any special requirements of the individual agencies of the Government are noted under Section H. 488271--11 HH-F-191*--! (Sept. 19**) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) B. TYPES AND GRADE B-1. Asphalt-saturated felt shall be of the following types (the type or types desired shall be stated in the invitation for bids): Type I, 16-lb. Type--Asphalt-saturated felt for mineral-sur faced built-up roofing and for membrane water-proofing. Type II, 30-lb. Type--Asphalt-saturated felt for built-up roofing and flashings. B-2. Material shall be of but one grade. a MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP 0-1. Material.--Shall be composed of roofing felt made of organic fibers, impregnated with an asphaltic saturant. C-3. Workmanship.--See paragraph B-l. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. See E, Detail Requirements. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS B-l. Appearance.--Asphalt-saturated felt of both types shall be free from visible external defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, or indentations, and shall be uniform throughout. The felt shall not crack or be so sticky as to cause injury when un rolled at temperatures of 60 and 90 B. The surface of the felt shall not be coated or covered with substances which would tend to inter fere with the adhesion between the felt and the plying cement. The use of silica or wood flour will be permitted. The surface shall be uniformly smooth and shall be free from areas or patches of unabsorbed saturant and superficial dry spots. E--2. Physical and chemical requiremenle.--Material shall meet the following requirements: Type L 164b. type Width (Inches) 36 sfcW or32M, as called lor Marfmum Minimum Typo n, 30-lb. typo Gro weight of roll Obs.)-Welght of wrapping, padtta_ Weight per too square feet, i__ wrapping, packing, etc. (lbs.)--........... PUabaity at 25" C. (77 F.). No cracking or bonding 90' over a rounded comerof radios (inch) Average break!___ With fiber grain (Ha.). Across fiber grain Oba.,_________ Volatilematterat 105-110'' C. (221-230aF.) (peroent by weight)-----------------------Weight of meistura-Reo deeatuiated felt per 100 square feet (lba.)----------------Saturationofmolature-treofelt (percent by weight)__________________________ Ash of dessturated felt (percent by weight) 80 181 $4 i'ft 1* --%----------__ :d= 5.2* 110 10 10 <01 28 40 20 10.4 150 > The gross weight of roll Is baaed on 432square feet per roll of 18-potmd felt and 216 square feet per roU of 30-pound felt. Where the production of relit containing less than <32 square feet of 16-pound felt or 216 square feet of 30-fiound felt la standard commercial practice, these will be eoeeptable under Government contracts. In such cases tbs minimum weight perroll shall bo decreased proportionately. FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG HH-F-I91*--S {Beet. CUZ) (Section IT, part 6) n F. METHODS OF SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment of more than 1,000rolla, take at random a number of rolls of felt equivalent to one-half the cube root of the total included in the lot. If this proves to be a fractional number, express it as the next higher digit. From each ship ment of 1,000 rolls or less take five rolls at random. F-3. Determination of weight, width, and appearance.--The weight per 100 square feet of material, and its variation in weight; the width and its variation must be determined by the inspector and the results transmitted to the testing laboratory with the sample. Material which does not conform to the specification in these respects shall be rejected by the inspector and only deliveries which conform in these respects sampled for laboratory tests. F-2a. Remove wrappers, cores, and other packing material from each roll taken and weigh the roll and the packing material, etc., separately, to the nearest one-fourth pound. Then unwind each roll and measure the length of the roll and the width at' each end of the roil to the nearest one-fourth inch, and rerolL. Observe the appear ance of the material while unrolling and rerolling. F-2b. The finished material shall be free from visible external defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, or indentations. The surface shall be uniformly smooth and shall be free from areas or patches of unabsorbed saturant and superficial dry spots. The rolls shall be capable of being unrolled easily at 50 and 90 F. without cracking or sticking to such an extent as to cause injury. The surface of the felt shall not be coated or covered with substances which would tend to interfere with the adhesion between the felt and the plying cement. The use of silica or wood flour will be permitted. F~2c. Compute the weight per 100 square feet of each roll examined, and from these weights compute the average weight of the shipment. If the calculated weight per 100 square feet of any roll examined is less ` i than '44-pounds per 100 square feet for type I, 16-lb. -type, and less than 38' pounds for type II, 30-lb. type, this shall be cause for the ^ rejection of the whole shipment. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.*-From the rolls examined in sampling for inspection, select one the weight of which is nearest the average weight of the whole lot. Unroll, and at approximately 16 feet from one end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long. The sheet shall be cut at right angles to the edge of the roll. Measure and weigh the strips and calculate the weight per 100 square feet of each. Discard all strips whose weight varies by more than 0.6 pound from that obtained in F-2a. Divide each strip into four equal parts, marking the surface on the inside of the roll and the direction of the fiber grain on eaoh section. (The direction of the fiber grain is always parallel to the edge of the sheet.) Label, and pack flat between supports wide enough to prevent crushing. Transmit one sample (four sections) to the testing labora tory and retain the other for check tests in case of dispute. F-4. Laboratory Examination.-- F-4a. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sheet of felt and note for uniformity of color and texture. The felt shall be thoroughly and FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) uniformly impregnated and shall show no unsaturated spots at any point. F-4b. Weight.--Trim the sample so that it can be measured accu rately, and weigh to the nearest gram (15 grains). Prom the measure ments and weight so obtained compute the weight per 100 square feet. The weight so determined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall not he used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. (See F-2). F-4c. Pliability. F-4c (1). Type I, 154b. type.--At a point not less than 3 inches from the edge of the roll, cut 10 strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the fiber grain and condition, them for 10 to 15 minutes in a water bath at 25 1 C. Remove the strips from the water individually, and bend each strip immediately over the rounded comer of a block (rounded to a radius of )4 inch) in approximately 2 seconds time. The surface of the test piece corresponaingto the inside of the roll shall be uppermost .when making the test. Dry thoroughly and examine. If one or more of these strips crack the material is reported as failing in the pliability test. Any crack less than % inch in length originating at the edge of the test strip, or any slight lifting of the surface fibers, shall be disregarded. F-4c (2). Type II, 304b. type.--Use the same procedure as described under F-4c (1), type I, 15-lb. type above, except that the comer of a block that his been rounded to a radius of ^ inch shall be used. F~4d. Breaking Strength.--At a point not less than 3 inches from the edge of the roll, cut 10 strips of the felt 1 inch by 6 inches with the fiber grain and 10 strips of the same size across the fiber grain. Condition both sets of strips at a temperature of 25 C. 1 C for not less than 4 hours before testing. F-4d (1). Test both sets of strips at 25 C. (77 F)l C. in a Scott or similar testing machine of the inclination-balance type having a capacity of not less than 150 pounds. The test strip shall be gripped 1)4 inches on each end, leaving 3 inches between the clamps, and the lower jaw shall travel at the rate of 12 inches per minute. If any strip breaks nearer than one-half inch to either clamp, the reading shall be disregarded and an additional strip tested in its place. The average of the 10 readings from strips cut in one direction shall be taken as the breaking strength of the sample in that direction. F-4e. Volatile matter.--Cut two strips of the asphalt-saturated felt 6 inches wide and 12 inches long, weigh the strips separately to the nearest 0.1 gram, and suspend them for 5 hours in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.). Remove from the oven, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Compute the percentage loss in weight for each sample and report as volatile matter the average loss of the two samples. F-4f. Weight of desaturated felt.--Cut a strip 2 inches wide repre senting the full width of the sample, measure accurately and weigh to the nearest milligram. From this data calculate the weight of 100 square feet, of saturated felt. If this weight varies by more than 0.5 pound from that calculated in F-4b, discard and out additional strips until a sample within the limit is obtained. Extract with benzol (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, or carbon bisulfide will usually give the same results but benzol shall be used in case of dispute) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) HH-F-191*--S (Sept, fits) in a suitable extraction apparatus until the solvent runs through colorless. Remove the desaturated felt from the extraction apparatus, dry in air until free from the odor of solvent, and brush off any adhering particles of foreign matter. Place the desaturated felt in a tared weighing bottle and heat in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 P.) for one-half hour, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Calculate the per centage of moisture-free felt in the sample taken for extraction and compute the weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per 100 square feet from the weight obtained in F-4b. F-4g. Saturation of moisture-free felt.--The weight of saturant in the felt is the difference in weight between the original sample taken for extraction in F-4f and the weight of the desaturated felt (plus any surfacing material present). The percentage saturation of the moisture-free felt is obtained by the following formula: __________ Weight of Weight of saturant moisture-free desaturated felt X100=percentage saturation F-4g (1). Nature of saturant.--Teat to Identify the saturant as asphalt. F-4.li. Ash of moisture-free desaturated fell.--Incinerate the felt obtained in F--if in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all of the organic matter is consumed. Cool, weigh, and compute the percentage ash of the moisture-free desaturated felt. G. PACKAGING. PACKING AND MASKING FOR SHIPMENT Q-l. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.--The rolls of saturated felt shall be securely wrapped in a substantial grade of paper of the same width as the fabrio. The wrapper shall completely encircle the roll and. shall be pasted at the overlap in a manner which will prevent it shifting from position. The ends of the rolls need not be covered. No roll shall contain more than two pieces and there shall not be more than three percent of rolls containing two pieces in any shipment. G-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of the contents, and some means of identification of "the particular contract on which, purchase and shipment were made." Each shipment of the material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification by the respective departments: H-3. Army.--united States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-3. Navy.--For administrative reasons Navy purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y--Roofing, Siding, SheetMetal Work; Dampproofing and Membrane Waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained, without cost, upon application to the Bureau FEDERAL standard stock catalog (Section 17. sorts) of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D. 0. The technical requirements of the Bureau of Yards and Docks specification conform in detail with the technical requirements of this Federal specification. I. NOTES I-l- Type I, lfi-lb. type, asphalt-saturated feLt is intended for use with asphalt for mineral-surfaced roofing and asphalt for waterproofing and dampproofing in the construction ofbuilt-up roofing and membrane waterproofing respectively. 1-2. Type II, 30-lb. type, asphalt-saturated felt is intended for use in the construction of built-up roofing, for flashings, and as an underlay material under state, tile, etc. 1-3. Basis of purchase should be by the roll of not less than 432 square feet for type I, 15-Ib. type and of not less than 216 square feet for type II, 30-lb. type; or by the square (100 square feet); or by weight, according to agreement between the purchaser and ihe seller. 1-4. It Is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessanr prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-5. Federal Specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifica tions, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. 1-6. An index of Federal Specifications may be purchased as noted In the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-7. Copies of this specification may be obtained npon application, accompanied by money order, coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents. 1-8. Copies of the standard and listings of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc,, referred to herein, may be obtained without cost from the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago, Hi. T Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications,or other data ere need for any parpose other than In connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation what soever; and the (Set that die Government mar have (wmnlatecL tarnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data la not to ba regarded by tmpUcatton or otherwise as in any maimer licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or con veying any rights or permission to mannfaetnra, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. v. a. corziNMCxT mania ornen list For sale by ihe Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price S cents v > oo oo BIRD 006367 HH-F-201 JUNE 6,1933 SUPERSEDING F-S.No.81 December 29,1823 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR FELT; COAL-TAR-SATURATED (FOR) ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING This specification was approved for promulgation by the Federal Specifications Board on June , 1933, for tba use of the departments and independent establish ments of the Government In the purchase of this commodity, and shall become mandatory for all departments and independent establishments of the Govern ment not later than December 1, 1933. It may be pat into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the Government are noted under section H.' B. TYPES B-l. Coal-tar saturated felt shall be of but one type. . C. MATERIAL 0-1. Material shall be composed of roofing felt made of organic fibers, impregnated with a coal-tar saturant. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Basis of purchase shall be by the roll or by the square (100 square feet) according to agreement between purchaser and the seller. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS B-l. Appearance.--Coal-tar saturated felt shall be free from visible external defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, or indentations, and shall be uniform through out. When unrolled at temperatures between 50 and 90 F., it shall not stick to such an extent as to cause Injury. The surface 1316983 0--41 BIRD 006368 cjSTmhT* federal standard stock catalog (Section IV, Fait 6) of the felt shall not be coated or covered with talc or other substances which might tend to interfere with the adhesion between the felt and the plying cement. The surface shall be uniformly smooth and shall be free from areas or patches of unabsorbed saturant and superficial dry spots. E-2. Physical and chemical requirements shall meet the following requirements: 1 Maxi- Mini mum mum, Gross weight o[ roll............. ................. -.............. ............. Weight par 100 square feet, exclusive at wrapping, packing, etc______ do___ Pliability at 25 C. (77 F.), (cracking on bending over a Ha-inoh mandrel. Average breaking strength: Ash ol desaturatod felt. ................................. ............................. 80 45 15H 13 30 16 0.036 10 F. METHODS OF INSPECTION, DETERMINATION OF WEIGHT AND WIDTH. SAMPLING, AND TESTING Deliveries will, in general, be sampled and tested by the following methods, but the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional infor mation to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment of more than 1,000 roils take at random a number of rolls of felt equivalent to one half the cube root of the total included in the lot. If this proves to be & fractional number, express it as the next higher digit. From each shipment of 1,000 rolls or less take at random five in each case. F-2. Determination of weight and width.--The weight per 100 square feet of material, and its variation in weight; the width and its variation must be determined by the inspector and the results transmitted to the testing laboratory with the sample. Material which does not conform to the specification in these respects should be rejected by the inspector and only deliveries which conform in these respects sampled for laboratory tests. F-2a. Remove wrappers, cores, and other packing material from each roll selected and weigh the roll and the packing material, etc., separately to the nearest one fourth pound. Then unwind each roll and measure the length and the width of each end of the roll to the nearest one fourth inch and reroll. Observe also the appear ance of the material while unrolling and rerolling. The finished material should be free from visible external defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, or indentations. The rolls should be capable of being unrolled at temperatures between 50 and 90" F. without sticking to such an extent as to cause injury. < Width (Inches) 38+H Inch or 32+X Inch u celled (or. HH-F-20I AMENDMENT--1 SEPTEMBER 14, 1943 SUPERSEDING EMERGENCY ALTERNATE FED. SPEC. E-HH-F-201 April 1. 1942 4 % a I f! FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION POE FELT; COAL-TAR-SATURATED, (FOR) ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING* ' This amendment was approved os tha above date by the Dlrector of Procurement, for tile use of all departments' and establish. meets of the Government, and shall become effective not later than Nov. 10. 1948. It may be put Into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. . v j.'\ v- The following changes shall be made In Federal Specification <1 HH-F-20I, dated June 6,1033: Pagel: Paragraph B-l. Delete paragraph and substitute: B-l. Coal-tar-saturated felt shall be of the following" types, as specified, in the Invitation for bids: ./A Type I, 16-lb.-type. Type II,. 30-lb.`type. W't : :1 Wt Certain provisions of this amendment are intended to conserve critical ai strategic materials. When the present emergency la over, this amendment wUI:i' be considered for revision. 5.12301--43 BIRD 006370 HH-F-J01 fgj?Ifawi* FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG < Section ry. part 5) Page HH-F-201--2: Paragraph E-2. Delete paragraph in its entirety and substitute: S-2. Physical and chemical requirements: , Type I, 15-lh. I Type II. 30-lb. ' ype , type 1 Mail- Mini- Maxi Mini j mum mum mum mum (Width (incite#) 30 M Inch nr32 H Inch as called Tor) Otoas weight of toll-- ................................... pounds. > Weight per LOO square feet, exclusive of wrapping, pack ing, etc................................................... . pounds. FUoEillty at25* C.(77 F.) (tracking on bending. Type L over a M*tucb mandrel* through an arc of 180, and Type n, through an are of 00 over a rounded corner of 15 Average breaking strength: with the fiber grain......... ............... pound*.. ..... v Thickness of saturated felt (Type'll). ....do-- Ash of deoatnrated fell (TypeI)-.................... percent.. "io" 15 80 H 13 None 30 15 0.025 ........... 4 55 25 None 0.050 Page HH-F-201--3: Paragraph F-2a: Lines 8, 9, and 10. Delete sentence beginning "In no case," and substitute, "If the calculated weight per 100 square feet of any roll examined is less than 13 pounds for Type I, 15-pound type, or less than 28 pounds for Type II, 30-pound type, the whole shipment does not meet the specification and this may be made the cause for rejection." Paragraph F-4c: Line 1. After ``Pliability" Insert "Type I,15-pound type." Insert subparagraph F--4c (1) as follows: - F--4c (1). Pliability, Type II, 30-pound type.--Use the same procedure as described under F-4c, except that, the strips shall be bent through an arc of 90 over the rounded corner of a block (rounded to a radius of % inch). The surface of the test piece corresponding to the inside of the-roil shall be uppermost In making this test If one or more of these stripe crack, the material is reported as falling In the pliability test- * Paragraph F-4e: . Line 1. After "Thickness of. desaturated feltInsert "Type T tfl.nniinA hmpw :r>- 1 ; . ;l. ' `''k '4 '8 . } ! BIRD 006371 n FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) HH-F-m Page HH-F 201- -1: Paragraph F--le: Insert subparagraph F--4a (1) as follows: F--4e (1). Thiekness of saturated felt. Type II,'30-pound type.--Cut a 2-inch strip tie full width of the roll and caliper it at IS equally spaced points through the center of the strip with a inioninierer having flat bearing surfaces at each con tact point. Average tin* readings. Paragraph F--If: Line 1. After "Ash of mot si lire-free desaturated felt," Insert "Type I. 13-pound type" Insert suhparagrapii F--4f (1) as follows: F-4f (1). Ash of saturated felt, Type II, 30-pound type.-- Weigh accurately the 2-ittch scrip of saturated felt obtained in F--le (1), and incinerate it in a weighed crucible In a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all of the organic matter is consumed. Cool, weigh and compute the percentage ash of the saturated felt. Paragraph G--2a. Delete paragraph and substitute: G-2a. The corners of the felt on the outside of each roll shall be turned in and the rolls shall he taped, or some other equully protective wrapping employed, which will Insure aceptnoce and safe delivery by common or other carriers at the lowest rate to tbe point of delivery called for lu the contract or purchase order. A standard label shall be attached to each roll to identify the material. The ends of the rolls seed not be covered. No roil sball contain more than two pieces and there shall not be more than 3 percent of rolls containing two pieces in any shipment. [ ' * ..J 7 i i r BIRD 006372 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Pvt 5) HH-F-aei-i (June JSttS} The surface of the felt should not be coated or covered with talc or other substances which might tend to interfere with the adhesion between the felt and the plying cement. The surface should be uniformly smooth and should be free from areas or patches of unab sorbed saturant and superficial dry spots. Compute the weight per 100 square feet of each roll examined and bom these weights compute the average weight of the shipment. In no case should this weight be less than 13 pounds per 100 square feet, and any roll examined whose weight per 100 square feet is leas than 13 pounds shall be cause for the rejection of the whole shipment. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the rolls ex amined for sampling, select one the weight of which is near the average weight of the whole lot. Unroll and at approximately 25 feet from the end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long, label, roll carefully but do not crease, wrap, and transmit one to the testing laboratory. Retain the other sample for check analysis in case of dispute. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- F-4a. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sheet of felt and note for uniformity of color. The felt should be thoroughly and uniformly impregnated and should show no unsaturated spots at any point. F-4b. Weight.--Trim the sample so that it is 36 inches long and the full width of the roll. Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest gram (15 grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per 100 square feet. The weight so determined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. (See F-2.) F-4o. Pliability.--Cut five strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the fiber grain and immerse in water at 25 C. (77 F.) for 10 to 15 minutes. Remove the strips from the water and immediately bend each strip over a mandrel one-sixteenth inch in diameter through an arc of 180 at a uniform rate in approximately two seconds time. Dry thoroughly and examine. If one or more of these five strips crack on tins test, cut ten strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these trips crack the material is reported as failing on the pliability test. F-4d. Breaking strength.--Cut 10 strips of the felt 1 inoh by 6 inches with the fiber grain and 10 strips of the same size across the fiber grain. Test both sets of strips at 21 C. (70 F.) in a Scott or similar testing machine of the inclination balance type having a capacity of 100 to 150 pounds. The test strips shall be gripped IX inches on each end leaving 3 inohes between the clamps, and the lower jaw shall travel at the rate of 12 inches per minute. If any strip breaks nearer than one-half inch to either clamp, the reading shall be disregarded and an additional strip tested in its place. The average of the 10 readings from strips cut in one direction shall be taken as the breaking strength of the sample in that direction. F-4e. Thickness of desalurated felt.--Cut a 2-inch strip the full width of the sample and extract with carbon bisulphide or benzol in HH-F-ZOI--4 IJmulSSS) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 3) a suitable extraction apparatus until the solvent contains not more than a trace of soluble matter. Remove the desaturated felt from the extractor, allow to stand in air until the odor of the solvent has disappeared, and brush off the carbonaceous matter and other in* soluble matter adhering to the felt. Caliper the felt at 15 equally spaced points, at least three fourths inch from a cut edge, with a micrometer having flat bearing surfaces at each contact point. Average the readings. In case an extraction apparatus of sufficient size to accommodate the whole strip is not available, the felt may be cut into squares approximately one inch on each side. In this case extract and air-dry os described above, mix thoroughly and take at random 15 pieces of felt. Caliper each piece at its center with a micrometer having flat bearing surfaces at each contact point. Average the readings. F-4f. Ash of moisture-free desaturated fell.--Cut the desaturated felt obtained in F-4e into squares about 1 cm on each side and mix thoroughly. Take at random enough pieces to weigh about 10 grams, dry in an oven at 105 to 110" C. (221 to 230s F.) for one half hour, cool in a desiccator, weigh accurately, and incinerate in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all of the carbon is consumed. Cool, weigh, and compute the percent age ash of the moisture-free desaturated felt. G. PACKAGING. PACKING. AND MASKING G-l. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack ages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.-- G-2a. The rolls of saturated felt shall be securely wrapped in a substantial grade of paper of the same width as the fabric. The wrapper shall completely encircle the roll and shall be pasted at the overlap in a manner which will prevent it shifting from position. The ends of the rolls need not be covered. No roll shall contain more than two pieces, and there shall not be more than three percent of rolls containing two pieces in any shipment. G-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of the contents, and some means of identification of "the particular contract on which purchase and shipment were made." Each shipment of the material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. H. HZQUIKEMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. H-la. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2, stand ard specification for marking shipments. H-lb. Navy department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, Roofing, Siding, and Sheet Metal Work; Damp- /~\ **\ ') BIRD 006374 S' n r'' FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) (jjJnTrtts? proofing and Membrane Waterproofing, (copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D.C. I. NOTES X-l. Coal-tar saturated felt is intended for use with coal-tar pitch for roofing and coal-tar pitch for waterproofing and dampproofing in the construction of built-up roofing and membrane waterproofing, respectively. 1-2. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-3. This specification governs all United States Government purchases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this specification in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-4. Interested parties are advised that an alphabetical index of Federal specifications may be obtained upon application, as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-5. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superin tendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. Price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than In connection with a definitelyrelated Government procurement opera* tlon, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility or any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, Is not to be regarded by im plication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other personor corpora tion, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use or sell any patented inven tion that may In any way be related thereto. U.S<GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1933 Forsale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C. - - - . Price 5 cents BIRD 006375 UU-P-271a MAY 7,1943 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spee. UU-P-271 Sept. SO. 1336* and EMERGENCY ALTERNATE E--UU-P-271 November 20.1942 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB PAPER; KRAFT, WRAPPING, WATERPROOFED* This specification was approved on the above date by the Director of Procure meat, for the use of an departments and establishments of the Government, and shah become effective net later than July IQ, 1913. It may be put Into effect, however, at any culler date alter promulgation. A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION. A-I. The following Federal Specification of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids shall form a part of thi3 specification: UIT-P-31-Paper; General Specifications B. TYPES AND GRADES. Construction Duplexed-creped one direction. Duplexed-creped both directions, or craped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction. E-l E-2, F____ G-IArG-IB. G-IC. G-1D. Duplexed-uncreped. Duplexed-reinforced one direction, uncreped. Duplexed-reinforced one direction, creped one direction. Duplexed-reinforced any two directions, uncreped. Duplexed-reinforced any two directions, creped one direction. Coated, cotton scrim-lined, uncreped. Coated, 10 ounces burlap-lined, uncreped. Coated, 1% ounces burlap-lined, uncreped. Coated, 40 inches, 2.05 yards Osnaburg-lined, uncreped. Coated, 40 inches, 7 ounces Osnaburg-lined, un creped. 'Certain provisions of this specification are Intended to conserve critical or strategic materials. When the present emergency Is over, this specification will he considered lor revision. 527713--43 yS^llSf-2 federal standard stock catalog ( Vm (SectionIT, parts) Type designation: Construction G-2A_______Coated, 10 ounces burlap-lined, ereped one direction. G-2B_______Coated, 7J4 ounces burlap-lined, ereped one direction. G-2CCoated, 40 inches 2.05 yards Osnaburg-lined, ereped one direction. G-2D______ Coated, 7 ounces 40 inches Osnaburg-lined, ereped one direction. G-3A_______ Coated, 10 ounces burlap-lined, ereped in two directions, or ereped in one direction and pleated or aorrugated in the other direction. G-3B_______Coated, 7J4 ounces burlap-lined, ereped in two directions, or ereped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction. G-3C_______Coated, 40 inches 2.05 yards Osnaburg, ereped in two directions or ereped in one direction and pleated or corrugated m the other direction. G-3D_____ Coated, 7 ounces 40 inches Osnaburg, ereped in two directions or ereped in one direction and and pleated or corrugated in the other direction. H-l\_______ Triplexed-creped both directions, or ereped one H-2J direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction. ITriplexed-creped in one direction. J--XIQuadruplexed-creped in both directions, or ereped J-2j in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction. K-lSingle sheet uncreped, coated, saturated or infused on one side with asphalt K-2Single sheet unoreped, coated, saturated or infused on both sides with asphalt. K-3Single sheet ereped, coated, saturated or infused on one side with asphalt. K-4Single sheet ereped, coated, saturated or infused on * both sides with asphalt. L-11_______ Duplexed-uncreped, one sheet coated, saturated or L-2/ infused with asphalt. L-3Duplexed-crened, one sheet coated, saturated or infused with asphalt. L-4Duplexed-creped, coated, saturated or infused on both sides with asphalt. MTriplexed-uncreped. C. MATERIAL AMD WORKMANSHIP O-l. Shall be free from visible defects and have a uniform appear ance. The paper shall not stick together to an extent that will cause tearing when unrolled. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D-l. Stock.--Shall be 100 percent unbleached sulphate fibers. D-2. Purchase basis.--Shall be 100 square feet. D-3. Cut.--Shall be in rolls or fiat cuts as specified in invitation for bids. FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) D-4. Sizes.--Widths, 36, 48, 54, 60, 72, 84 and 96 inches or as specified in invitation for bids. D-5. Bleeding,--When specified in the inquiry for bid or on pro curement orders, all types of paper except types F and G, and except any types whioh are coated, saturated, or infused on an exposed surface, shall show no substantial bleeding of aaphaltum when heated to 170 Fahrenheit for 5 hours under the conditions specified in paragraph F-6. (See par. 1-1.) E. DETAIL EEQBIBEMENTS. E-l. Construction.--Shall be as follows: E-la. Type A.--Type A paper shall consist of two sheets of paper eemented together with asphaltum and creped in one direction. B-lb. Type B-l, B~8, B~$, and B-4.--Types B-I, B-2, B-3, and B-4 papers shall consist of two sheets of paper cemented together with asphaltum and creped in both directions of the paper, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction. B-lo. Type C.--Type C paper shall consist of two sheets of paper cemented together with asphaltum. E-ld. Type D-l.--Type D-l paper shall consist of two sheets of paper cemented together with asphaltum in whioh are imbedded cords or strands of fiber running the long direction of the paper. The distance between the cords or strands shall be specified by tne purchasing officer as either not more than % inch or not more than IK inches. E-le. Type D-8.--Type D-2 paper, same as type D-l, but with paper creped one direction. E-lf. Type E-l.--Type E-l paper shall consist of two sheets of paper cemented together with asphaltum in which are imbedded cords or strands of fiber running in any two directions of the paper as specified. The distance between the cords or strands shall be specified by the purchasing officer as either not more than % inch or not more than 1% inches, unless otherwise specified. E-lg. Type E-8,--Type E-2 paper, same as type 1, but with paper creped one direction. E-lb. Type F.--Type F paper shall, consist of a single sheet of paper, coated on one side with asphaltum in which is imbedded cotton scnm, having not less than eight strands to the inch in each direction. E-li. Types O--IA, Q--lBf Gf--lCj and G--1D.--Types G-1A, G--IB, G-lC, and G-1D papers shall consist of a single sheet of uncreped paper, coated on one side with asphaltum in which is imbedded one of the types of burlap or osnaburg listed in paragraphs E-lk (1). E-Ik (2), E-lk (3), and E-lk (4). E-lj. Types G-8A, G-8B, G-SC and G-8D.--Types G-2A, G-2B, G-2C, and G-2D papers shall consist of a single sheet of paper, creped in one direction, coated on one side with asphaltum in which is im bedded one of the types of burlap or osnaburg listed in paragraphs E-lk (1), E-lk (2), hf-lk (3), and E-lk (4). BIRD 006378 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) E-lk. Types G-3A, 0-3B, G-SC, and GSD.--Types G-3A, G-3B, Q-30, and G-3D papers shall consist of a single sheet of paper, creped in two directions or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, coated on one side with asphaltum in which is imbedded one of the types of burlap or osnaburg listed in paragraphs E-lk (1), E-lk (2), E-lk (3), and E-lk (A). E-lk (1).--Grade A shall be burlap of 10 ounces per linear yard (40-inch basis) with commercial tolerance (other widths prorated to 40 inches). B-lk (2).--Grade B shall be burlap of 7J ounces per linear yard (40-inch basis) with commercial tolerance (other widths prorated to 40 inches). Elk (3).--Grade O shall be 40-incK 2.05-yard Osnaburg (other widths prorated to 40 inches) with commercial tolerance. B-lk (4).--Grade D shall be 7-ounce 40-inch Osnaburg (other widths prorated to 40 inches) with commercial toleranoe. E-ll. Types E-l and H-2.--Types H-l and H-2 papers shall consist of three sheets of paper cemented together with asphaltum and creped in both directions of the paper, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction. E-lm. Type I.--Type I paper shill consist of three sheets cemented together with asphaltum and creped in one direction of the paper. E-ln. Types J-l and J-S.--Types J-l and J-2 papers shall consist of four sheets of paper cemented together with asphaltum and creped in both directions of the paper, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction. B-lo. Type K--l.--Type K-l paper shall consist of a single sheet of uncreped paper coated, saturated or infused on one side with asphalt. E-lp. Type K-8.--Type K-2 paper shall consist of a single sheet of uncreped paper coated, saturated or infused on both sides with asphalt. E-lq. Type K-8.--Type K-3 paper shall consist of a single sheet of creped paper coated, saturated, or infused on one side with asphalt. E-lr. Type K-4.--Type K-4 paper shall consist of a single sheet of creped paper coated, saturated or infused on both sides with asphalt. E-ls. Types h-l and L-8.--Types L-l and L-2 papers shall consist of two sheets of paper uncreped, cemented together with asphaltum and having one sheet ooated, saturated, or infused with asphalt. E-lt. Type L-8.--Type L-3 paper shall consist of two sheets of paper cemented together with asphalt, having one sheet coated, saturated, or infused with asphalt, and creped in one direction. B-Iu. Type L~4.--Type L-4 paper shall consist of two sheets of creped paper cemented together with asphalt coated, saturated or infused on both sides with asphalt. E-lv. Type M.--Type M paper shall consist of three sheets of paper cemented together with asphaltum. E-2. Average tensile strength, water resistance, and stretch.--Shall be as follows: FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Utf-F-STla--5 (MVJV) (Section 17, part 5) Type Tensile Water resist strength per ance, dryinch width, indicator minimum method each direction (minimum) Stretch In eachcreped or pleated direction (minimum) Basis weight Basis weight ofasphaltom of paper 24 x 36-500, 24x36-500, per ply of per ply of paper before paper before combiningor combining or crepingt** creping* (minimum) (ffllnitnnm) A.......................... B-l....................... B-2....................... B-3....................... B-4....................... 0.......................... D-l....................... D-2...................... E-l....................... E-2....................... F.......................... a-iA.................... G-1B--................ a-ic.................... G-1D.................... a-2A.................... a-2B.................... a-20.................... a-2D................... 0-3A.................... Q-3B.................... G-3C--................ G-3D................... H-l...................... H-2...................... I........................... J-l........................ J-2........................ K-l...................... K-2...................... K-3...................... K-4...................... L-l....................... L-2....................... Ir-3....................... tr-4....................... M......................... Pounda IB 12 12 12 15 20 20 15 30 30 20 85 65 75 65 85 65 75 65 85 65 75 65 IS 25 20 24 35 13 13 8 8 20 40 15 ' 20 80 Bonn IQ 8 8 48 48 15 24 12 24 12 4 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 48 48 24 48 48 4 12 4 4 24 48 12 24 48 Percent 30 30 16 20 15 none none 10 none 10 none none none none none m v) V/ V/ (v1)) () a> 15 15 20 15 none none 30 30 none none IQ 10 none Pounda 15 15 15 50 50 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 50 60 20 50 50 5 10 5 10 20 27 20 20 20 Pounda 30 30 30 30 60 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 30 30 60 40 40 40 40 30 60 30 40 30 1 WbeieTer asphaltum Is specified as a combining agent, any other combining agent equal in all respects to asphaltom may be substituted. Any of the papers specified herein may be additionally impregnated or coated with any suitable material. Any substitute material must meet ail the requirements specified herein. * This does not require that the double coating process be used. A single coat ofasphaltum of doable the weight specified may be used* * These are included as a matter of information only and are not requirements. * The papers of Types G-ZA, G-2B, G-20, and G-2D shall hare sufficient stretch that when the tensile test is applied, in the craped direction, the paper shall not break before the burlap or osnaburg breaks. * The papers of Types G-3A. G-SB, G-30 and G-3D shall hare sufficient stretch, that when, the tensile test is applied in each direction parallel with the strands, the paper shall not break before the burlap or osnaburg breaks in either direction. (Uay^V) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. part 5) F. METHODS OF SAMPLING. INSPECTION. AND TESTS. F-l. All tests not herein specified shall be made in accordance with Federal Specification (J U-P-31, Paper; General Specifications. P-2. Each Bample shall consist of not less than fire sheets, each not less than three sanare feet, and each taken from a different roil. F-3. Water resistance shall be determined by the dry-indicator method as specified in T. A. P. P. I. standard method T-433-m-41 using the method specified in Paragraph 1 of Procedure B. The time for transudation shall be reported as the point for the appearance over the entire area of the indicator of an easily perceptible color change of the dry indicator particles when compared with a similar specimen prepared in the same way but not exposed to the water. Five tests shall be made on each side of the paper and the average time for the 10 specimens shall be reported. F-4. The number of square feet in the shipment shall be calculated from the weight of the entire shipment, the net weight of the sample rolls, and the weight per foot of paper calculated from the weight of the sample sheets. F-5. Tensile strength and stretch shall be determined simultaneously with a pendulum type of instrument having a device for indicating the amount of stretch. The stretch shall be recorded at the instant of rupture of the paper under the tensile stress. When stretch is to be determined, care must be taken to apply no more initial tension to the test strip before clamping it than is required to straighten it. Strips 2 inches wide and not less than 5% inches between jaws, shall be used for these tests. The test values for tensile strength are divided by 2 to obtain the values per inch width. F-6. The test for bleeding of the asphalt will be as follows: When specified in the inquiry for bid or on procurement orders, the paper snail show no substantial bleeding due to asphalt penetration when tested by suspension for 5 hours in air uniformly heated to 170 F. G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MASKING FOB SHIPMENT. G-l, Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, paper shall be fur nished in commercial rolls or containers. G-2. Packing.--If containers are used for packing, they shall be of the type, size, and kind commonly used for the purpose, so constructed as to insure acceptance and safe delivery by common or other carriers, at the lowest rate, to point of delivery called for in the contract or purchase order. G-3. Marking.--The rolls or containers shall be marked with the name of the material, size, type, and quantity contained therein as defined by the contract or order under which shipment is made, the name of the contractor, mid the number of the contract or order. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. H-l. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made-, under this specification by the respective departments: H-2. Army.--XJ. S. Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Spe cification for Marking Shipments, insofar as the terms are applicable. BIRD 006381 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG UU-F-2T1*--7 {Uavmsi (Section IT, pact 5) copies of which may be obtained on application to the Quartermaster General, War Department, Washington, D. C. SC-3. Navy.--Navy Department General Specification for Inspec tion of Material, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department Washington, D. C. H-4. Marine Corps.--Instructions issued by the Quartermaster's Department, U. S. Marine Corps, 1100 South Broad Street, Philadel phia, Pa. I. NOTES. I-1. For shipment in climates or for use under conditions where high temperatures are to be encountered, the requirement under paragraph D-5 is recommended. Wherever the product paoked may be damaged by asphalt, an underwrap of suitable material should be used. 1-2. Federal Specifications do not include all types, olasses, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the tides of the specifica tions, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. 1-3. An Index of Federal specifications may be purchased as noted in the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-4. Copies of this specification and of UU-P-31 may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order, coupon or cash, to. Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washing ton, D. C., Price 5 cents each. Notice.--Whan Government drawings, specifications, or other data arc used (or any purpose, other than In connection with a definitely related Government Procurement opera tion, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded, by impli cation or otherwise, as in any manner licensing theholder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use or sell any patented Invention that may in any way be related thereto. U. S, GOVERNMENT ERIKTIHS OfFtCE l 194E For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents SS-S-284 JANUARY 3, 1945 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR SHEETS (CORRUGATED) AND SHAPES; CEMENT-ASBESTOS This specification was approved oa the above date by the Direc tor of Procurement, for the use of all departments and estab lishments of the Government and shall become effective not later than Marcil IS, 1945. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS. A--1. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. B. TYPES. B--1. This specification covers corrugated cement-asbestos sheets of two types as specified in the invitation for bids: Type L Pitch of corrugations, 42 inches. Type H. Pitch of corrugations, 2.620 inches. C. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. C-l. Each sheet and supplementary shape (corner roll, ridge roll, louver, etc.) shall be composed of a uniform mixture of Portland cement and asbestos fiber, with or without the addition of a curing agent, formed under pressure and thoroughly cured. At least oue side shall be smooth. The sheets shall be free from defects which detract from their serviceability or the appearance of the smooth side. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D--1. Fastener*.--Unless otherwise specified, fasteners shall be fur nished. These shall be of ferrous metal,' zinc coated, or cadmium eoated after fabrication or of non-ferrous metal, as specified. Lead washers and metal washers of the same materials as the fasteners shall be furnished for use under the heads of all fasteners. When lead-headed fasteners are furnished,- the lead washers may be omitted. Allowance shall be made for at least 3 percent waste of fasteners and washers. E. DETAIL requirements. E-l. Color.-.--The color of-the sheets shall be normal cement gray or buff. 024502--45------12 BIRD 006383 SS-S-284--2 (Jan, 1945) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IT, Part 5) B-3. Size.--Each sheet shall be not less than 41% Inches nor more than 42% inches wide; The length of each sheet shall be one of the customary commercial lengths as specified in the invitation for bids. E-3. Thickness.--The thickness of each sheet shall be.not less than Inch at the crest and vale and not less than %2 inch midway between crest and vale. E--4. Corrugations.--The depth of the corrugations from the top- of the crest to the bottom of the vale shall be uniform and as follows: Type I sheets, minimum l%s Inches (nominal 1% inches). Type II sheets, minimum l%<* inch (nominal 1 inch). E-5. Absorption.--The average absorption shall not exceed 20 per cent and the absorption of any one sheet shall not exceed 25 percent. (See P-3). E-6. Strength, dry.--The maximum load supported by each dry- specimen in the transverse strength test shall be not less than 300 pounds per foot of width for Type I sheets, and not less than 250 pounds per foot of width for Type II sheets. (See paragraph P-4). E-7. Strength, saturated.--The maximum load supported by each saturated specimen in the transverse strength test shall be not less, than 180 pounds per foot of width for Type I sheets, and not less than 150 pounds per foot- of width for Type U sheets. (See F-4a). F. METHODS OF SAMPLING. INSPECTION, AND TESTING. F--1. Sampling.--From each lot of 1,000 sheets or fraction thereof of the same type, 10 specimens shall he selected by the inspector. Not more than two specimens shall be taken from the same sheet. Each specimen for a strength test shall be 30 inches long and' from 12 to 16 inches wide. The longer edges shall be parallel to. the corrugations and at the bottom of a vale, so that each specimen is symmetrical about its longitudinal axis. Additional specimens may be taken at the discretion of the inspector. F-2. Preparation of specimen*.---Immediately before testing, each, specimen shall be dried for 24 hours in a ventilated oven or room at a temperature between 220" and 230" F. F--3. Absorption test.--Specimens for the- absorption test shall besound pieces having an area of % to 1 square foot and may he cut from undamaged portions of specimens previously subjected to thestrength test. Five of the dried specimens shall be weighed sepa rately. Weighings shall be accurate within 05 percent. These spec!-mens shall be submerged for 24 hours in tap water at 60" to 80 F. They shall then be removed from the water, wiped with a damp cloth and again weighed. The difference between the weight afterimmersion and the weight when dry, multiplied by 100 and divided by the dry weight, shall be taken as the absorption in percent F-4. Strength test.--The transverse strength of each of five of thedried specimens shall be determined by placing the specimen on a span of 30 inches on supports which cannot exert longitudinal constraint on the specimen (rocker-type knife edges, rollers, etc.) and applying the load at midspan through a similar edge bearingagainst the smooth side of the specimen. The load line and supports shall be parallel. The load Bfiall he applied at a uniform rate such as to result in. failure of the specimen in 1 to 2 minutes. The error in the load reading shall not exceed 2 percent of the specified mini mum load. (See E-6 and E-7). The maximum load in pounds- 'A BIRD 006384 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) divided by the width in feet of the specimen at znldspan shall lie reported. 3?--4a. The transverse strengths of the other live specimens shall be determined in a similar manner following their immersion in water for 24 hours. G. PACKING AND MARKING FOB SHIPMENT. G--1. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity shall be so packed or bundled as to insure acceptance and safe delivery by common or other carriers, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery called for in the contract or purchase order. G--2. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified each delivery shall be identified with the name of the material, the thickness, type, and the quantity contained therein, as defined by the contract or order under which the shipment is made, the name of the contractor, and thg number of the contract or order. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. H--1. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification by the respective departments: H--3. Army.--Standard Specifications No. 10D-2 for Marking Ship-' ments (copies of which may be obtained, without cost, upon applica tion to the Quartermaster General, Washington, D. C.). H-3. Navy.-- H-3a. Navy Department specifications.-- General Specifications for Inspection of Material. 39P16--General Specification for Packaging and Packing for Overseas Shipment. Copies of these specifications and of the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook may be obtained without costs upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington .25, D. C. H-Sb. Packing.-- H-3b (1). Bor domestic shipments.-- H-3b (l)a. Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity if shipped in quantities of less than 10,000 pounds, shall be packed in unsheathed crates made of well-seasoned lumber, free from defects' which would tend to weaken the crate. Sufficient number of sheets shall be packed per crate so that the depth shall be not less than 3 inches. The minimum thickness of the framing members forming the sides and ends of the crates shall be.1% inches and the minimum dimensions of the top and-bottom sheathing members shall be 3%Inches wide by %-Incb thick. Cement-coated or chemically-etched cooler or sinker nails shall be used. The nails used to attach the sides to the ends shall be not less than 12D. Not less than 7D nails shall be used to attach the sheathing members to the sides and ends. Sufficient straight slots or diagonals shall be used to adequately pro tect the contents. The gross weight shall not exceed approximately I. 500 pounds. H-3b (l-)b. Unless otherwise specified, the subject-commodity if shipped in quantities of 10,000 pounds or more, shall be shipped loose, or crated as described In paragraph H-8b (l)a. If shipped loose, the sheets -shall be so loaded in the car or truck as to prevent damage In transit SS-S-2S4--I {Jan. ms) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Dart 5) H-3b (2). For overseas shipment.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity shall be packed in usheathed crates made of wellseasoned lumber free from defects which would tend to weaken the crate. Sufficient number of sheets shall be packed per crate so that the depth shall not be less than 3 inches. The minimum thickness of the framing members forming the sides and ends of the crate shall be 1% inches and the minimum dimensions of' the top and bottom sheathing members shall be 5% inches wide by %-ineh thick. Only cement-coated or chemically etched cooler or sinker nails shall be used. Not less than sixteenpenny nails shall be used to attach the sides to the ends. Not less than eightpenny nails shall be used to attach the sheathing members to the sides and ends. The maximum open space between the sheathing members shall be 14 inches. Containers shall be strapped in conformance with the requirements of the appendix of Section VI of Navy Department Specification 39P16 except that not more than four straps will be required. Straps shall be stapled to the sheating members at intervals of not more than 12 inches. In addi tion to the foregoing, four short straps shall be used per crate. They shall be placed at approximately 3 inches from the extremities of each end and shall extend over the adjoining sheathing member and be securely nailed to It. The gross weight shall not exceed approxi mately 1,500 pounds. H-3b (3). For domesUo or overseas shipment.--Where practicable, shipping containers shall be of the same uniform size and contain the Identical number of items of one type and size. Containers shall be designed to fit the contents in a compact manner. H-3c. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified, each shipping con tainer shall be plainly marked In black with the following informa tion completed: Material----------------------------------------------------------------------Size----------------------------------------------------------------------------Type---------------------------------------------------------------------------Quantity Contractor Manufacturer Contract No Gross weight_______________________________________ __ In addition to the foregoing, marking shall conform to the require ments of the latest Issue of the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. L NOTES. I--1. Purchases should specify the following: (a) Either the number of sheets of each size (see E-2) or the area to be covered. (b) Type of corrugated sheet (SeeB-1). (c) Kind of fasteners. (See D-l). (d) Kind and amount of supplementary shapes, Including the lengths of comer and ridge rolls and of filler strips. (e) Samples required, if any, and purpose. 1-2. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior, to award, to determine compliance with, this specification. If, for any particular purpose, y BIRD 006386 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Sectloa IV, Fart S) samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-3. Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades,, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifica tions, or which are commercially available, but are Intended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government require ments. 1-4. An Index of Federal specifications and also a Quarterly Sup plement Index of Emergency Alternate Federal Specifications may be purchased as noted in the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-5. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application accompanied by money order, coupon, or cash, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. 0. Price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data, are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no re sponsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded by Implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder, or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. 0. s. COVEEKT PRIMTIKG OFFICE, Mil For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents BIRD 006387 SS-S-291a JANUARY 3, 1945 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spec. SS-S-M1 Uar 1, 1315 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR SHINGLES; ROOFING, CEMENT-ASBESTOS This specification was approved on the above date by the Di rector of Procurement, for the use of all departments and estab lishments of the Government, and shall became effective not later than March 15, 1945. It mar be put Into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A- APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION. A-l. The following Federal Specification of the Issue In effect on date of invitation for bldH shall form a part of this specification: FF-N-IOl-Nalls; Spikes; Staples; and Tacks. B. TYPES. B--1. This specification covers five types of cement-asbestos shingles for roofing, .as may be specified In the invitation for bids. B-Ia. Type I.--Shingles are tapered In thickness from butt to head, rectangular In shape, have smooth, granular or textured ex posed surface and even or irregular edges, and are designed to be laid with head lap according to the "American" method. B-th. Type II.--Shingles are uniform In thickness from butt to head, rectangular In shape, have smooth, granular, or textured ex-' posed surface and even or irregular edges, and are designed to be laid with head lap according to the "American" method. Class A. Individual units. Class B. Duplex units. Individual units (Class A) shall be furnished, unless otherwise specified. B--lc. Type III.--Shingles are uniform in thickness, square or rec tangular in shape, have smooth, granular, or textured exposed sur face and straight, square, or Irregular edges, and are designed to be laid with combined head and side lap according to the "Dutch" or "Scotch" method. They may have one clipped corner. B-ldL Type IV.--Shingles are uniform in thickness, square In shape, have smooth, granular, or textured exposed surface and straight, square edges, and are designed to be, laid according to the "hexag8X4502--45----- No.1* FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Fart 6) onal" or "French" method. Not less than three corners shall he cat to give the desired pattern. B-le. Type V.--Shingles are uniform in thickness from butt to head, irregular in shape, have smooth, granular, or textured exposed surfaces and are designed to be laid according to the "American" method so as to give a finished appearance similar to that of In dividually laid shingles. C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP. C-l. Each unit shall be composed of a uniform mixture of Portland cement and asbestos fiber, with or without the addition of a curing agent, pigments, mineral granules, or mineral fillers as may be nec essary to produce specified colors, formed under pressure and thor oughly cured. The shingles shall be free from defects which detract from their serviceability or the appearance of the exposed face. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D-l. Breakage.--Shingles shall be whole and clean. Rejection or replacement may be required If more than 2 percent of the shingles are broken. B-2. Supplementary shape*.--Materials for starters and rolls used as hip and ridge finish shall have the same characteristics as those of the shingles. D-3. Nails anti fastenings.--Nalls, storm nails, clips, and other fastenings for shingLes, starters and rolls shall be supplied in proper quantity and size. Allowance shall be madefor at least 5 percent waste of these items. The nails shall be diamond-point slating nails with fiat heads and shall be long enough for properly securing the shingles to the construction. Unless otherwise specified, the nails shall be zinccoated (hot-dipped) steel. Storm nails for shingles and clips for ridge or hip rolls shall be of copper. D-4. Color and finish,-- D-4a. The color or colors shall be as specified. Colors other than the normal cement gray or buff shall be obtained by embedding limeproof mineral pigments or mineral granules, or both in the exposed face, or by chemical Impregnation. The color shall cover butt edges which are % inch (nominal) or more in thickness. D--4b. The exposed shingle surface shall be smooth, granular or textured by pits or ridges as specified. Granular surfacing shall be obtained with mineral granules embedded to give a rough surface. Shingles having mineral grannies embedded but presenting a smooth exposed surface shall be considered as smooth-surfaced. A -s 1 j -a j BIRD 006389 nSDEHAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG . (Section. IV. Part 5) E. DETAIL KEQOIKKMENTS. E--X. Dimension*.--Shingles shall conform to the dimensional re quirements of table I, except as noted in E-lb and E-la Tabus I.--Dimensions Type Width (borlzontal) Length. Nominal frhlnfcnaaa Minimum aver age thickness of any one ahlngle * Butt Head I________________ IV Indus 8 or 9--............ Ifi __ _.......... lAnrlft 16. ..........____ 16,24,30, or32____ Indus 16 or 18--------IftmnR ........ 1R Ifl ..... -- . Variable ___ Inch Inch } 0.23 ' Ho ___ tta--------------- .15 .15 .16 .15 .15 Im* a 12 .15 .15 .15 .15 .15 i The thickness of rough-surfaced shingles shall be taken as the weighted average at pro lections and depressions. E-la. The average thickness of any one shingle shall not differ by more than 0.03 Inch from the average thickness for the lot. E-lb. The average width and the average length of each shingle shall be within % inch of the specified dimensions. E-la Where optional dimensions are permitted (table 1), the roof area that can be covered by the shingles shall be not less than for the ordered quantity of shingles of specified size. E-ld. Duplex units (Type II, Glass B) shall he designed to simu late in appearance individual shingles of Type XX, Class A, E-2. Boles for fastening and laps.--Shingles, starters, and rolls shall be furnished with holes for fastening; E-2a. The holes in Type I and Type n shingles shall be located, to give head laps in the range 2 to 3 inches. E-2b. Holes in Type in shingles shall he located to give overlap at the head of at least 3 inches and a side lap of % or % of the width, as specified. E-2a Holes In Type IV shingles shall be located so that they Will be laid with a 3-inch overlap on two edges to give a 13- by 13-inch exposed surface. E-2&. Holes in -Type V shingles shall be so located that an overlap ot at least 2 inches is obtained at the bead. E-3. Absorption.--The average absorption shall be not more than 17% percent, except for Type V shingles the average absorption shall be not more than 22% percent. (See F-3.) * BIRD 006390 . FEDERAL STANDABD STOCK CATALOG WW (Section IT, Part 5) E-4. Strength.--Shingles shall conform to the strength require ments of table U. Table II.--Fleamral strength (See F-4) Minimum modulus of rupture jgsunds pec square in Average of four sped* mens Anyone specimen 3.000 1.000 3,000 2,500 1,250 2,600 F. METHODS OF SAMPLING. INSPECTION, AND TESTS. F--1. Sampling.--From each lot of 50,000 shingles or fraction thereof of the same type, 12 shingles shall be selected by the inspector. Addi tional shingles may be taken at the discretion of the inspector. If-2. preparation of specimens.--Six pairs of specimens shall be prepared for testing. Each specimen shall be approximately 3 inches wide and from 8 to 12 Inches long; the longer dimension of one of the specimens of each pair shall be parallel to the length of the shingle and that of the other at right angles thereto. Immediately before testing, each specimen shall be dried to constant weight in a ven tilated oven at a temperature between 220 and 230 F. If--3. Absorption test.--Two pairs of the dried specimens shall be weighed, each specimen separately- Weighings shall be accurate within 0.5 percent. These specimens shall be submerged for 24 hours in tap water at 60 to 80 F. They shall then be removed from the water, wiped with a damp doth and again weighed. The difference between the weight after immersion and the weight when dry, multi plied by 100 and divided by the dry weight, shall be taken as the absorption in percent P-4. Strength test.--The modulus of rupture of each specimen of two pairs of the dried specimens shall be determined by placing the specimen on supports which cannot exert longitudinal constraint (rocker type knife edges, rollers, etc.) and applying the load at mid span through a similar edge bearing ogainst the finished surface of the specimen. The span shall be not less than 7 inches nor more than Id inches, and the load line and supports shall be parallel. The load shall be applied at a uniform rate such as to result In failure of the specimen In 1 to 2 minutes. The error in the load reading shall not exceed 2 percent of the specified minimum load. F--4a. The modulus of rupture shall be computed by the formula: r_JWL " 2BD1 B--Modulus of rupture, pounds per square inch. W=Maximnm load, pounds. L=Span, inches. B=Width of specimen, inches. D=Weighted average thickness of specimen at midspan, inch. D D 3 BIRD 006391 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Pert 5) OD*O WU'^l (J'an. 1H() P-4b. The modulus of rupture of each of the four specimens, pre viously tested for absorption, shall he determined In a similar manner while Hie specimens are saturated. P--4c. The remaining four specimens (two pairs) shall be heated for 4 hours in a muffle furnace at a temperature of 600 IP. plus or minus 20 F. The specimens shall be shielded from direct radiation of the heating element or flames. After cooling to room temperature, the modulous of rapture shall be determined as described above; G. PACKING AND MARKING FOR SHIPMENT. G--i. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity shall be so packed or bundled as to Insure acceptance and safe de livery by common or other carriers, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery called for in the contract or purchase order. G'-2. Harking.--Unless otherwise specified, each package or bundle shall be marked with the name of the material and type as defined by the-contract or order under which the shipment Is made, the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. H--1. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification by the respective departments. H-2. Army.--Standard Specifications No. 100-2 for Marking Ship ments (copies of which may be obtained, without cost, upon applica tion to the Quartermaster General, Washington, D. C.). H-3. Navy.-- H-3a. Navy Department specifications.-- General Specifications for Inspection of Material. 39P16--General Specification for Packaging and Packing for Overseas Shipment Copies of these specifications and of the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bu reau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department Washington 25, D.O. H-3b. Packing.-- H-3b (1). For domestic shipment.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity shall be bundled or palletized as follows: H-3b (1) a. Bundles shall have sufficient wire ties of an annealed wire of not less than 0.09150.003 inch (13 gage) or shall be strapped with not less than % by 0.020 inch fiat metal strapping to form a com pact rigid bundle. The top and bottom shall have suitable slats of wood of not less than % inch thickness and extending the fall width of the shingles or a suitable fiberboard folder to protect edges. The gross weight shall not exceed 150 pounds. Nails and fastenings shall be packed in a suitable cloth bag and attached securely to each bundle. H--3b (1) b. Bundles whose lengths are 48 inches or less may be palletized. All bundles shall be stacked flat, with not more than one type, color, shape, or length on any one pallet The palletizing shall conform to the requirements of the Navy Handbook on Packaging and Materials Handling entitled Palletizing for Overseas Shipment. 88-S-XMa--4 (Jan. liS) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Tart 8) H-Sb (a). For overseas shipment.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity, bundled as described in paragraph H-3b (1) a, shall be palletized as described in paragraph H~3b (1) b, or shall be packed in unsheathed crates made of well seasoned lumber, free from knots and other defects which would tend to weaken the crate. Three-way comer construction shall be used. The minimum size of edge members and intermediate struts shall be % by 2% inches for gross weights of approximately 250 pounds; or % by 3% lnehes for heavier weights. Crates of gross weight exceeding approximately 400 pounds shall be of the heavy duty type with suitable slats, diag onals and skid construction. Only cement-coated, chemically-etched box, cooler, or sinker nails of not less than 8D shall be used. On crates of less than 400 pounds gross weight, at least one diagonal brace shall be placed on each face, except that diagonals shall not be required on two faces if the ontside width of face does not exceed 16 Inches. In no case shall the angle between the edge members and diagonals be less than 30" nor more than 60'. No waterproof paper liners will be required. Crates shall be strapped In accordance with the appen dix of section VT of Navy Department Specification 39P16. Nails and fastenings shall be packed as described in paragraph H-3b (1) a. The gross weight shall not exceed 500 pounds. H-3b (3). For domestic and overseas shipment.--Where practicable, shipping containers shall be of uniform size and contain the same num ber of items of one type, class, size, and color. Containers shall be designated to fit the contents in a compact manner. H-3c. Harking.--Unless otherwise specified, each bundle and crate shall be plainly marked In black with the following information completed as indicated: TIDE CLASS SIZE COLOR QUANTITY CONTRACTOR___________ CONTRACT NO.____________ _________________________ GROSS WEIGHT CUBE-------------------------------------------------------------------------- In addition to the foregoing; marking shall conform to the requirements of the latest Issue of the Nary Shipment Marking Handbook. n NOTES. 1-1. Purchasers should specify the following: () Quantity of shingles and of accessories and supplementary shapes of each kind and lengths of hips and ridges, if any. () Type and class of shingles. (See B-l). (o) Butt edge, even or irregular. (See B-l). (d) Method of laying, "American", "Dutch", "Scotch", "hexag onal" or "French". (See B-L) (e) Color. (See D~4a). If) Finish, smooth, granular or textured (rough). (SeaD-4b). (y) TTInri of nniTHj fifAAl fintw) Mnnnj* bronze, copper-clad steel J _j . .- , ; i i ! [ i J j !, i -' ] ! BIRD 006393 r r ir i^ 'V r FKDEBAL STANDAHD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Put 5) {Jam. lii) (A) Either the lengths of the nails or the use (siding, roofing; etc) and the base (wood sheathing, gypsum sheathing, old shin gles, Insulation board, etc.). (<) Amounts of head and side laps. (See E-2.) (j) Samples required, If any. and purpose. 1-3. Manufacturers' lists should be consulted to ascertain whether or not the contemplated requirements for shape, color, and finish would unduly restrict competition. 1-3. To avoid discoloration, shingles should be kept dry until laid. X-4. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that nor mally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine com pliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bidB, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-5. Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, rises, etc., of the commodities Indicated by the titles of the specifica tions, or which are commercially available, but are Intended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government require ments. 1-8. An Index of Federal Specifications and also a Quarterly Sup plement-Index of Emergency Alternate Federal Specifications may he purchased as noted In the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1--7. Copies of this specification and of FF-N-101 may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order, coupon, or cash to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washing ton, D. O. Price 5 cents, FF-N-101,10 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than In connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no re sponsibility or any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise aa In any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. O. . SOVtRKKCRT MlSTtt* SmCIilKS i Far sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. GovernmentPrinting Office Waablngton 26, D. C. - Price 6 cents i 1 BIRD 006394 SS-S-291 MAY 7, 1935 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Parts) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR SHINGLES; ROOFING, CEMENT-ASBESTOS This specification was approved by the Director of Procurement for the use of all departments and establishments of the Government and shall become effective not later than December 1, IMS. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date after promoljation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A-l. Federal Specification FF-N-I01 for nails is applicable to this specification. A-2. Any special requirements of individual departments of the Government are noted in section H. B. TYPES B-l. This specification covers four general types of cement- asbestos Bhingies determined by variations in thickness and method of laying: Type A.--Shingles of type A are tapered in thickness from butt to head, rectangular in shape, have smooth or rough exposed surface and even or irregular edges, and are designed to be laid with head lap according to the "American'' method. Type B.--Shingles of type B are uniform in thickness from butt to head, rectangular in shape, have smooth or rough exposed surface and even or irregular edges, and are designed to be laid with head lap according to the "American" method. Type C.--Shingles of type G are uniform in thickness, square in shape, have smooth, granular, or rough exposed surface and straight, square edges, and are designed to be laid with combined head and side lap according to the "Dutch" or "Scotch" method. They may have one clipped comer. Type D.--Shingles of type D are uniform in thickness, square in shape, have smooth, granular, or rough exposed surface and straight, square edges, and are designed to be laid according to the "hexagonal" or "French." method. Not less than three comers shall be cut to give the desired pattern. 137897--3S SS-S-2S1--2 (Mat ISIS) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part S) C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP C-X. Cement-asbestos shingles shall be made of Portland cement and asbestos fibers or these with the addition of such pigments and/or mineral granules as may be necessary to produce specified colors. They shall have a dense, hard structure. They shall be thoroughly seasoned. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D--1. Breakage.--Shingles shall be whole and clean. Not more than 2 percent of broken shingles will be accepted. D-2. Supplementary shapes.--Starters and shapes and rolls used as hip and ridge finish shall be of the same materials as the shingles. D-3. Holes for fastening and laps.-- D-3a. Shingles, starters, and rolls shall be furnished with holes for fastening. The holes in type A and type B shingles shall be located to give head; laps in the range_ 1 to 3 inches. D-3b. Holes in type C shingles shall be located to give overlap at the head of 3 inches and-a side lap of one-fourth or one-third of the width of the shingles as specified. D-3c. Holes in type jD shingles shall be located so they will be laid with a 3-inch overlap on two edges to give a 13 by 13 inch ex posed surface. B-4. Nails and fastenings.--Nails for shingles and rolls ("needle point") shall be furnished in proper quantity and length. They shah have fiat heads and shall be long enough to properly secure the shingles to the sheathing. Nails shall be either hard copper, copperclad, zinc-coated, or cadmiun plated steel as specified, conforming with Federal specifications. Copper storm anchors or hooks shall be provided for type C and type shingles. Copper dips shall be supplied for ridge rolls. D--5. Color and finish.-- D--6a. The color or colors shall be as specified. Colors other than the normal gray shall be obtained by embedding lime-proof mineral pigments or mineral granules, or both, in the exposed face, or by chem ical impregnation. The color shall cover butt edges that are Yi inch or over in thickness. The colors shall not fade appreciably on exposure to light and atmospheric conditions. D-5b. The exposed shingle surface may be smooth or slightly roughed by pits or ridges. Granular surfacing shall be obtained with mineral granules embedded to give a rough surface. Shingles having mineral granules embedded but presenting a smooth exposed surface, shall be considered as smooth-surfaced. D-6. Sizes.--The standard sizes shall be as specified below. A plus tolerance of not more than Yia inch and a minus tolerance of Ytt inch shall be allowed for individual shingles on all thicknesses. The average thickness of the butts for a given sample shall not be less than the specified thickness. For the rough-surfaced shingles, the thickness Bnall be taken as the average at projections and depres sions. The thickness at the top of taperea shingles shall not be less than % inch. A plus-or-minus tolerance of % inch will be per mitted in the widths and lengths supplied without requiring adjust- t i 1/ I BIRD 006396 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part S) SS-S-2M--J (Mat ISIS) ment in number of shingles or area covered. Type A and type B shingles exceeding the specified width by not more than l}i inches and the length by not more than 2J4 inohes, and type C exceeding by not more than 1 inch in both dimensions, shall be accepted, but both the total area of the number of shingles supplied and the roof area that can be covered shall be not less than those for the number requisitioned of standard size. D-0a. Type A shingles shall have butt thickness of either V< inch or Via inch, as specified. They shall be 8 inches in width by 16 inches in length. D-6b. Type B shingles shall be or % inch in thickness, as specified. They shall be 8 inches in width by 18 inches in length. D-8c. Type C shingles shall be %i inch thick and 16 by 16 inches. D-6d. Type D shingles Bhall be Yu inch in thickness and 16 by 16 inches. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E-l. Absorption.--The average absorption of the shingles shall be not more than 17J4 percent Of their dry weight as determined by the test described in paragraph F-2. E-2. Strength.--The average modulus of rupture of the shingles shall not be lower than 3,000 pounds per square inch as tested dry according to paragraph F-3a, 1,260 pounds per square inch as tested after immersion according to paragraph F-3b, and not lower than 3,000 pounds per square inch as tested dry after subjection to the heat test described in paragraph F~3c. P. methods of sampling, inspection, and tests P-1. Sampling.--Ten shingles selected so as to be representative of a quantity not exceeding 60,000 pieces shall constitute a sample. Additional samples representative of the material as delivered may be taken at any time or place at the discretion of the inspector. Immediately before test the sample shall be dried to constant weight at a temperature between 212 and 220 F. P-2. Absorption test.--Three shingles or representative pieces thereof, previously dried, shall be weighed separately on scales sensitive to within one-half of 1 percent of their weight. Pieces from the modulus of rupture test on dry or saturated shingles may be used. They shall then be completely immersed in soft, distilled, or rain water at room temperature (60 to 80 F.) for 24 hours. They shall then be removed from the water and again weighed separately after wiping the surface with a damp cloth. The differ ence between the weight after immersion and the weight when dry, multiplied by 100 and divided by the dry weight shall be taken as the absorption in percent. P-3. Modulus of rupture test.--The loads shall be applied without impact by means of equipment having accuracy and sensitivity within 1 pound or 2 percent of the minimum breaking load. The specimen for each type of transverse test shall consist of not less than 4 pieces 3 inches wide, taking 2 from each shingle at right angles, and shall be tested on a span of not less than 7 or more than 10 inches. The test piece shall be supported on 2 knife edges of SS-S-291--( (Mat tSiS) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, psrt 5) the rocker type adjusted perpendicular to its long dimension. The load, W, shall be applied through the third knife edge at the middle of the specimen along a line parallel to the supporting knife edges, the finished surface of the specimen to face downward. The modulus of rupture E is computed by the formula, 3WL_ 2BD where L is the distance in inches between the lines of support, B is the width of the specimen, and D is the average thickness under the middle knife edges, both in inches. The average thiokness shall be determined to the nearest 0.002 inch. F-3a. Modulus of rupture test of dry shingles.--The specimen for this test shall be tested after cooling from the drying treatment specified in paragraph F-l. F-8b. Modulus of rupture test after saturation.--The specimens for this test shall be tested after immersion in water for 24 hours as outlined in paragraph F-2. The samples from the absorption test may be used. F-3c. Modulus of rupture lest after heat exposure.--The specimens for this test shall be tested after cooling following heating for 4 hours in a muffle furnace maintained at an average temperature of 00 F. within 20 F., for the space occupied by the samples. The speci mens shall be shielded from direct radiation from heating element or flames. G. PACKING AND MARKING 0-1. Any special requirements of the individual departments are noted under section H. 0-2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity shall be delivered in standard commercial containers, so constructed as to insure acceptance by common or other carriers, for safe trans portation, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery. G--3. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified,.shipping containers shall be marked with the name of the material and type as defined by the contract or order under which the shipment is made, the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids shall form a part of this specifica tion: H-la. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2b, Standard Specification for Marking of Shipments. H-lb. Navy.--Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, Hoofing, siding, and sheet metal work; dampproofing and membrane waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D. C. r r" r. FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) S8-S-25I--5 {May 1936) L NOTES 1-1. Items to be specified.--Purchasers should exercise all options specified herein and should specify type; method of laying; color; surface finish as smooth, granular, or rough, or at bidder's option, any one of the three; thickness; size as defined in paragraphs D-6a, D-6b, D-6c, and D-6d; the amount of side lap for Type C shingles; length and type of hip and ridge finish; and nails or other fastenings. 1-3. Color and surface finish.--Cement-asbestos shingles can be obtained in various shades of gray, red, brown, black, buff, purple, green, and mixtures of these colors. The depth of color penetration is in the range 0.005 to 0.02 inch. Manufacturers' lists should be consulted to avoid, where possible, the drafting of requirements in point of color or finish that would unduly restrict competition. Efflorescence may appear on cement-asbestos shingles within a few months after application, but generally disappears within 2 years. This does not necessarily involve a permanent change in applied colors. 1-3. Sizes.--Shingles of each type are to be requisitioned in one width and length. Bidders are permitted to supply them in the range of sizes for each type indicated in Paragraph D-6. The limits are placed so as to enable the widest possible competition consistent with obtaining a desired design or appearance. 1-4. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to the Super intendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Price fi cents. 1-5. An alphabetical index of Federal specifications may be purchased, as noted in paragraph above, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. Notice: Wllan Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used tor any purpose othor than In connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obli gation whatsoever; and the bet that tba Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any waysupplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or convoying any rights or permission to manufacture, u, or sen any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. o. s. covmaMT FSIHTISG officc n JI For sate by tile Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. - - Price S "cents BIRD 006399 / V BIRD 006400 r UNITED STATES ARMY INDEX OF r SPECIFICATIONS (Including MIL (JAN) Standards) & MONTHLY SUPPLEMENT SEPTEMBER 1949 WASHINGTON : 1949 -------------------------------------------------- .-------------------------------------------------------------g--------- . Fonsate by the Superintendent of Documents. U. S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D. C, - Price $1.50 a year. Domestic; $1,85 Foreign ; !' ^ BIRD 006401 DEPARTMENT OF THE ABUT WASHINGTON 2$, D. C., 30 September 19h9 The United States Kray Index of Specifications (Including NIL (JAN) Standards) is published for the information and guidance of all concerned. m ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ABMZ* OFFICIAL* EDWARD F. WITSELL Major General The Adjutant General J . LAWTON COLLINS Chief of Staff, United States Army 3 m o ' BIRD 006402 U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS NEW AND REVISED SPECIFICATIONS The following specifications were approved as V. S. Any Specificatlons on the dates indicated and their see, whenever applicable, is mandatory upon all procuring agencies of the Department of the Ariyi* title Bombs, fragmentation, 90 lb, U82, 120 lb, U86, and 220 lb, AN-1188, metal parte for NUMBER 50-70-5 DATE AWftOVEO curroOiAff REMARKS September 15 0 N Bombs, steel, tt.P. and S.A.P., metal arc welded, general specifications for the construction of 50-71-10 21 0N Boots, rubber, fireman 20-1U1A Carrier, shovel, intrenching, H-1943 6-476 Cartridges, electric, for 20 HR gun, H24, loading, assembling, marking and packing 50-21-48 Cartridge, remover, U29, assembly, marking and packing 50-63-9 Cups, closing, for blank ammunition 50-11-85B 8 22 15 30 28 QR Q N 0N 0N 0R Detonator, electric, 1136 50-78-8 21 0N Fuze, bomb, nose, AN-1E.03A1, AN-JI139- .Al, AN-MLUCIAl, UL63, 10.64, W65 and 10.71, loading, assestoling and packing 50-17-12C 21 0R Fuzes, bomb, tail, 10.12A1, 1C13A1 and 1Q.14A1, loading, assembling and packing 50-17-46 Fuze, rocket, BD, H4o4, metal parte for 50-97-2A. Igniter, Jato, 1121 loading, assembl ing and packing 50-49-4 15 30 21 0N 0R 0N Insecticide, roach and ant control residual spray, 1 gallon container 4-117 28 a N * N - Indicates Hew Specification R - Indicates Revised Specification I I BIRD 006403 NEW AND REVISED U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE Jacket, instructor, physical reconditioning Machine; honing and grinding, horizontal, hushing and hydraulic brake cylinder, precision, electric, motor-driven NUMBER MTC AMftOVCD September CUSTO* OtAM REMARKS 8-18$ 30 a H 56-35-10 30 0 If Mask, gas, special, M2A2-acid vapor MI-ITXAl 97-51-31*0 28 cS Masks oxygen, pressure breathing, type A-13A August 9U-316SA 9 A R Packaging and packing of strapping, flat, steel and seals, box strapping 100-89 September 22 Q N Painting* hospital and kitchen cars 1*3-17 27 T N Folychloronaphthalens 50-11-31*91 6 0R Primer, li*2 50-1*8-19 9 0N Primers, percussion, manufacture, loading, assembling, and packing 50-1*8-100 27 0R Radio set AN/VHC-11( } (components of) 71-31*29 30 sN Radiographic inspection of metals 57-0-7 30 0N Radiographic procedure and qualifi cation tests 57-0-10 30 0K Radiographic standards for inspect ion of arc & gas welds in steel 57-0-8 30 0N Radiographic standards for Inspect ion of steel castings 57-0-9 30 0N Shell, incendiary, 20 UK, H96 loading, assenbling, marking and packing 50-15-6 a 0H "Trousers, instructor, physical reconditioning 8-186 30 Q If 0 0 44 ;> * * OGS TOBK 101 1 ADO 1949 BIRD 006404 V CHANGE* -------- lie title of U.S. Army Specification Ho. 100-73 Hated on page 77 and U33 of United States Amy Index of Specifications, January 19U9, should be changed to read as follows: Crates; Wood, Nailed, Domestic Shipment, 1000 pounds Maximum Net Load QCS TCHK 101 1 ADO 1949 2*-*5083 3 t I BIRD 006405 U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS CANCELLATIONS The following U. 5. Anqy Specifications have been canceled and their use by all procuring agencies of the.Department of the Amy will be discon tinued,t TITLE Acacia (gun arable) (technical grade NUMBER 50-11-15B . BATE CANCELED September 13 CUSTO DIAN 0 REMARKS wFad. Spec. JJJ-Q-801 Adapters, priming, M-1A3 Antimony sulfide (for Orchance use) 49-22A 50-11-140 13 13 0 * JAK-A-417 0 * JAH-A-159A Arbor, expanding for abrasive bands 10-2495 26 H Nob required Arsenic disulphide (ASjSj) (red araenic, red orpiment, realgar ruby arsenic) 4-1034 13 0 * JAN-A-672 Bag, sand 10-2546 26 M * Fed. Spec. K-B-65 Barrels, 42-inch chemical mortar, l 96-61-172 13 0 * JAN-B-348 Baseplates, 4.2-inch chemical mortar, M2A1 96-61-195 13 0 * JAN-B-351 Beakers 10-2561 26 M * Navy Spec. 57B13 Cartridges, ball, long rifle, caliber .22 50-3-3 13 0 * JAff-C-566 Cartridge, carbine, high pressure test, caliber .30, ML (caoplete round) 50-1-32 13 0 * JAH-C-743 Cartridge, grenade, carbine, caliber 30, M6 (complete round) 50-1-36 13 0 * JAN-C-746 Cartridge, high-pressure test, caliber .30, ML (complete round) 50-1-5* 13 0 JAN-C-743 Cartridge', high pressure teat, caliber .50, ML, (complete round) 50-4-6B 13 0 * JAN-C-743 Cartridge, pistol, high-pressure test caliber .45, ML (complete round) *50-2-5 # Denotes Superseded byt 13 0 *JAN-C-743 -L - r s i 3r 3 BIRD 006406 U.S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS CANCELEO (CONT'D) title Cartridge, rifle grenade, caliber 30, V3 (complete round) NUMBER 50-1-38 DATE CANCELEO CUSTO DIAN September REMARKS 13 0 * J4N-C-746 Cartridges, shotgun, 12-gage 50-5-1C 13 0 * JWH3-726 Charge, springing, rod, earth, blast-driven Clips, cord, detonating, M-l 49-32 49-35 13 0 * JUHM42 13 0 * JWWJ-373 Cloth, glass-fiber, opacified 50-11-144 13 0 * JAH-C-769 Copper, powdered Crimpers, cap, ]f-2 50-11-145 49-13B 13 13 0 * J4S-C-768 0 # J4H-C-418 Detonators, delay, ]f-l and M2 Drill, cranial, brace with burr and drill Films, reflection-reducing, for glass optical elements 49-334 10-2134B 51-70-4B 13 26 13 0 * J4B-D-409 * Fed. Spec. 11 GG-I-5264 0 * JAN-F-675 Filiform Bougie with screw 10-2993 26 11 Fed. spec. 0G-F-340 Firing devices, pall friction type, M-2 49-344 Filing device, pull, release type, M-3 49-26* Fuse, blasting, tins 49-164 General specification for small arms ammunition 50-0-24 Growler, armature testing, universal 56-85-5 Kapok, fiber 6-30B lighter's, fuse, weatherproof, M-2 Magnesium powder (for use in amunition) Ifortars, chemical, 4.2-inch, 1C Ifeedle holder, Kolia ' * Denotes Superseded bjt 2tt-4S083A8CD 49-234 57-21-lD 96-81-178 10-20414 5 33 13 13 13 13 2 13 13 13 13 0 * J4HHP-364 0 * JAH-F-419 0 * JAfW-360 0 * JAN-A-625 0 * J41M-594 4 * Fed.Spec. JJJ-K--108 0 * J*M-Ir394 0 * J4H-U-3824 0 * JAK-M-354 u * Fed. Spec. GG-ff-576 ] , ' i i I j 1 j i 1 1 it BIRD 006407 U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS CANCELED (CONT'D) title NUMBER Oil, lubricating, preservative, special 2-120 Outfits, skaat and trap 52-17-1BA Phosphorus, rad (for use in primer mixtures) 50-11-137 Powder, black 50-14-ID Powders, fuse 50-1A-6A Powder, atokeless, for cartridges, caliber .30 and caliber .50 50-12-9B primer for caliber .30 ataiunition 50--1--3B Primer for caliber .45 amsnnitlon 5CK2-3B Primer for caliber .50 ammunition Scabbard, bayonet, 115 50-4-2B 52-4-ec Screws, elevating (for 4.2-inch chemical mortar standard. Id) 96-81-207 Shellac and aniline 4gm mixture 50-11-148 Sights, reflex, M23 and 1124 51-75-61 Sightunits, U27 w/e (for 4.2-inch chemical mortar) 96-61-227 Snake, demolition, lt-3 49-36 Solder, low-melting point 57-98 Standards, 4.2-iach chemical mortar, EL 96-61-140 Strontium, peroxide 50-U-64B Tape, cotton, linen-finish 6-364 Trailer, 7-ton, 4W> tank, gasoline, 2,509. - 91-171 Truck, 2-1/2 ton, 6x6 91-121 Zirconium, powdered 50-11-141 OATS CANCELED September CUSTO DIAN REMARKS 13 0 * JAS-L-644 13 0 * JAB-T-737 13 0 * JAN-P-670 13 0 * JAH-P-223A 13 0 * JAM-P-663 13 0 * JAN-P-733 13 0 * JAN-P-749 13 0 * JAN-P-749 13 0 * JAK-P-749 13 0 * JAN-a-796 13 0 * JAIW-352 13 0 # JAM-S-732 13 0 * JAS-S-777 13 0 * JAK-S-355 13 0 # JAS-6-445 13 0 * JAR-S-627 13 0 * JAW-S-347 13 0 * JAN-S-612 13 0 * JAJHT-638 26 0 Not required 13 0 * JAM-T-712 13 0 * JAH-Z-399A * Denotes Superseded by, 2-5083ABCO r* 0 'C * MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS NEW AND REVISED H following pedficaticna tm approved ss Iftlitary Spacdficafcians at fcha date* indicated end their use, wherever applicable, 1* mandatory upon all procuring agenda* of the Department of the Arigrt TITLE Adapter, tube, flexible nossle, for Jerrican Ambulance, l/h tan U x 2 metropol itan Apples, dehydrated Apricots; dehydrated Arrester, spark, V-19U1 Asbestos-composition, hard, sheet Bacon, sliced, canned Bags, paper; clothing, mailing Baskets, bread, wire Beef-stem, canned Bindings, ski, crosscountry Blades, razor safety Boilers, outfit, cooking, pack, with covers Bomb, photo-flash, Boob, target identification', 250 lb., B89, 1190, 191, M?8 and IflLOO QCS YORK 207 1 IDO 1949 898510 0 - 49 -2 SYMBOL KIL-A-lb02 1EL-A-1L35 1GL-A-1035A m-A-1380 UXL-A-U28 IDX-A-I383 WL-B-30L9 101-B-1L08 igl-b-1376 MH-B-30U5 MXL-B-1L3U m-B-iias ML~B-1U22 1CI1-B-1396 Mtt-B-1397 7 DATE AP GUSTO- SUPER PROVED OIAN SEDED Septembe; 22 4 411 tent. OQJC 157A 30 0 USA 91-163 23 0 JAN-A-1035 4M tent. CQO ?8C 12 Q 411 tent. COD 30LB 30 4 CM tent. JQD U5c 12 - Navy 32A3 22 4 QN tent. COD' 155A 23 4 QU tent. CQD l8 12 - Navy 6LB8c . 16 4 4K tent. CQD 3S9A 30 4 - QK tent. BQD 137A 26 4 QM tent. JQD 7A QM tent. 30 4 JQD 2hA 20 0 TEA 50-55-15 20 0 USA 50-55-18 <i iuai MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS (GONT'O) TITLE Bottle, identification, burial YtlEOL MIL-B-U*06 DATE CU9TO- SUKftAPPftVD OtAA ttoeo Septembe * 22 Q QM tent. JQD U39A 0 Brush, mountain MXL-B-1U33> 30 Q QM tent. BQD au Brushes, wire, rotary, cup, and radial (disk) UHr-B-1252 32 Havy liOBSA Candlestick, cast iron, spiked bottom and side, galvanized Candy, bar Carrier, 5-gallcn can, pack MH-C-lUOl JOL-C-ll2U MH-C-U02 QUO tent. 22 Q JQD 150 30 Q QUO tent. CQD 307* 22 Q QM tent. JQD 501*. 0 Carrier, pin, tray, laundry, complete nith-pins uri-c-iUcrr Cartridge, AP-T, 1$, for 20-HU gum cartridge, incendiary, M96, for 20MU guns cartridge, BEX, U97, W/ fuze, H), M75, for 20-MU guns cartridge, TP, U99, for 20-UM guns, loading, assembling, marking, and packing 1HL-C-1389 Cartridge, HE, U306, for 75MM rifle, cartridge, HE, M309, for 75MM rifle, assembling, marking and packing HH-C-1391 Cartridge, smoke, WF, M308, for 57UM rifle, cartridge, smoke, UP, M311, for 75 MU rifle, assembling, marking and packing UIIr-C-1390 Cartridge, TP, M306, for 57-MM rifle, cartridge, TP, M309, for 75-MU rifle, assembling, marking, and packing mire-1386 Castings, ferrous, precision icel-c-iooo5(obd) 23 16 15 15 15 12 QM tent. Q JQD 7hl 0 USA 50-21-Wl 0 USA 50-21-3U 0 USA 50-21-35* 0 USA 50-21-U2 0 Case, stoves, cooking, gasoline, one-burner Chains, and plates, for tents MIL-C-1U26 uu-c-mis 30 Q QM tent. JQD 705 22 Q QM tent. JQD 1U8C 008 IOW 807-1 4 1M91 1 ADO IMS 8 0 BIRD 006410 MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE Chains and supporting ring, for assembly tent, U-19U2 Chicken, overseas, Army styles frozen Chill con came, canned Cleaner, burner slot, for range, field, U-1937 Cleaner, generator, for range field, 11-1937 Cloth; cotton twill Cloth, strands, and tope, asbestos Compound; lubricating, inner tube, aircraft tire Confections, pan-coated Container, fuel, 1-quart SYM30L idi-c-nao 1CL-C-1377 MIL-C-1381 EL-C-1U29 MXL-C-1U25 MH-C-S039 im>C-1207 MIL-C-S02U 1HX-C-30W MIL-C-lkQ5 DATE GUSTO- SUPER apprvo MAh SEDED eptembez 22 a. QU tent. JQD 161 QU tent. a12 CQD 191A 12 <1 QU tent. cqd. 365A QU tent. 30 Q JQD 386 tent. 30 Q JQD 392 20 - AN-C-103 12 - Navy 32Cllf August 8 Septembe 16 0 AF 11061 QU tent. CQP 181*A 22 Q QU tent. JQD 187B Container, tin with graphite grease; for range, field, U-1937 UIL-C-ll*23 Container, tin (small parts and graphite grease), empty, for range; field, U-1937 MX-C-UOg Containers, metal, light gage, integral tear strip- type Ua-C-10012(0BD) Cookset, mountain WL-C-lla? Crampon, mountain WX-C-1U32 Cord; nylon Damper, stove pipe, k* un-c-5Qi*o laL-D-l]J27 30 22 29 26 30 6 30 QU tent. Q JQD 391* QU tent. Q JQD 388 0 QU tent. Q JQD 3Q5A Q QU tent. BQP 101* - AN-C-63 a QU tent. JQD lll*3A Decoration, fourragere (rayon) Developer; film, aerial roll, 1*00 foot 9-1/2 inch wide, type B-6 lEL-D-3052 IOX-D-1373 23 Q USA 3U-21 8 - AF 31U26 OM VOW 307-1 i mo I ( I .{ i j i i i \ i I tl } BIRD 006411 MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE Dielectric material, polyethylene SYMROL 3IL-D-3051* DATE GUSID- SUPERAratvoi 0MM SE0E0 4ft'< W Septembe 30 s AN-AER AN-D-19 Navy 16P13 Dryer, film photographic, type A-8 (16 millimeter, manually- operated) ICL-D-123U Egg, stabilised, dehydrated 3ni-E-10006(<3BC) Envelope, pay record tOL-E-litO? 8 12 22 < USA 75-259 a _____ 03 tent. a JCQD 2QA 411) ''SK Eye, picket, pin, 11-1910 KEL-S-ll|ll* 22 a q3 tent. JQP 1*09 Elle, dog, toenail MTL-F-lhl3 22 03 tent. 4Ka 0QD 333 Ipi. Fittings, pipe, brass or bronae (threaded), 125-pound UIL-F-ll8i* 12 Navy l5E2g Fittings, pipe, bronze (threaded), 250-pound MIIr.F-1181 12 - Navy l*5Flf Felt, insulating, mineral (for shipboard use) lCIr-F-1228 12 - Navy 32FUa Flare, airport, 376 Flare, aircraft, parachute, AN-326 3IW-1395 3Hr-F-li*20 20 0 USA 50-55-21 30 0 ESA 50-55-12A Flavoring, imitation vanilla, tablets Foot-measuring outfit (for Army and Air Force shoes) 3IW-30l;0 ltOrF-ll|30 03 tent. 8 9 GOD 56B 03 tent. 30 0 JOP 101*6 Flare, tow target, 350 3U-F-1U00 20 0 USA 50-55-16 Gasoline, combat, automotive 3Hr<J-3056 30 0 USA 2-103C Gages, carpenters' and machinists' 3XL-G-12U& 12 - Navy l&Giic Generator sets, diesel-enginedriven, direct-and-alteraatingcurrent .(Haval shipboard use) 3H-G-3CL8 20 Navy 17011* Glass, lantern slide cover UIL-G-1385 12 - USA 75-356 Globe, gasoline lantern, quandrsnt type MIL-G-1U03 03 tent. JO) 22 a 682* Grenade body (for bursting type grenades and igniters) HH-G-3057 30 c ... O OOS IQM 307-1 X 4D0 1949 10 BIRD 006412 } MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE Grape beverage crystals, synthetic EVttaOL 1CL-G-1067A BATE CUSTO- SUPER OMk SEDED Septemba 8Q JAN-Q-IO67 au tent. CQD U*2B Grinders, garbage (for shipboard use) IffL-G-1260 12 - Havy 66G1 J Banner, piton, mountain MIL-H-1U31 Holders, card, bedstead (natal) MIL--H--lliQl* Hooks, tent, asseribly, wall section MUr-H-uai 30 a au tent. BQP 1010 a22 QM tent. cqc 17B 23 a QM tent. JQD 283*. ' 1 Insignia, embroidered MIL-I-3037 8 a USA 6-2l*6A & 6-1*31 Insulation, electrical,cotton-fiber untreated MEL-I-30U2 Havy 17-1-30, 8 am 17-3-10 Insulation, electrical, glass-fiber, untreated ICX-I-IU4OL JAH-I-llliO & 30 am Havy 17-1-31 , Insulation, electrical, asbestosfiber, treated and untreated lead azide MIL-1-3053 MIL-L-3055 Havy 17-1-29 26 am K 30 0 USA 50-13-12B . | BuOrd O.S.885 ' ! Lifters, tack Magazine; aircraft camera, roll film, 9 x 18 inch negative, 390 ft. film capacity, type 1-8B MUr-L-30ia MU-K-1U21 22 E USA 26-1*$ Havy 53UL 1 30 USA 75-239B ; Malted cereal sirup ICX-M-I375 12 a aH Pur. Desc. j Malted Cereal j Sirup > Mandrels, expanding, lathe MIL-M-12l*3 12 Havy i*CM3a ; Mortar, 81-MM., T106 Mount, mortar, 61-Ui., T62, with baseplate, T23 MHr-M-10006(0HD) 16 KHr-U-lD007(0HD) 16 0 00 tent. AXS 1832 GO tent. 0 AXS-1833 : ! 1 ] ! Packing, asbestos-aetallic-cloth, sheet and tape 1BX-P-1233 12 - Havy 33P2h 008 KM 307-1 1 4D8 19H 11 " **" J : 1 BIRD 006413 MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE YMVOL OATS cum suratApmo MAh scoco Packing, synthetic-rubber, clothinsertion (symbol 23$3) lOL-P-1381* (eptenbex 12 Navy 33P8i Peaches; (clingstone, peeled, blanched}, dehydrated Poncho, lightweight, O.D. MXIr-P-137? WXr-P-3003A QH tent. 12 Q COD 182B 23 <2 MXL-P-3003 Pot3, fire, gasoline JOL-P-1382 12 - Navy I*lFl?c Primer, electric, H52A2, loading, assembling, and packing JOL-P-139U IS 0 USA 50-4*8-17 Resin-coating, permanent (for inter nal engine parts) EL-R-30U3 AF-Navy Aero. 8 -- AN-C-ll*8 Reusable shipping containers for drive axle assemblies for material : handling equipment and special purpose vehicles ldr-R-10Cai(<BK) 26 <2 Safelighta; photographic MIL-S-1369 8 - USA 75-257 Scrapers; hydraulic platan rod 101-3-501*9 19 - AN-S-60 Shell, fixed EE, U53 for 37 1fll guns TP, M63 Xm 1 for 37 Mt guns TP, 192 for 37 HI guns assembling, marking, and packing IOL-S-1393 16 0 USA 50-21-39 Shell, fixed, HK-T, 1I5U, for 37 * guns loading, assembling, marking, and packing EI-s-1392 20 0 USA 50-21-1*0 Shrimp, peeled, green, frozen. KH-S-30S1 23 Q QM tent. CQD 99 Signals, aircraft, double-star ANU37a1 to AN-MU2A1 MIL-S-1398 20 0 USA 50-55-lU Signals, aircraft, tracer, double star, AN-X53A1 to AN-Ng8Al Signals,, aircraft, single-star, AN-J&3U to AH-**5A1 NH/-S-139? wx-s-no? o20 0 USA 50-55-20 30 0 USA 50-5S-13B Sprayer, paint, pneumatic (for bituminous emulsion) Steel, cartridge-clip, strip, 1D10l*5 special annealed HIL-s-3050 1HL-S-3039 22 E USA 39-7A oSpringfield 2 0 Armory tent. SXS-1S6 00S IWI37-1 1 ADO 1949 12 4* UHI i f y BIRD 006414 MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) 1 ii TITLE SYMSOL DATE GUS1Q- .SUPER APPRVQ OtAfc SEDED Steel; chrome-nickel-molybdenum (U3UO) bar and rod Strap, wrist watch, nylon HIL-S-5000 mi-S-3035 August 15 Septembe 8 O Tank, processing, U by 5 film WHr-T-1370 8- Testing-outfits, boiler-water (for shipboard use) KL-T-12l*l 12 - Trainer; demonstrator, gyro rotor, auxiliary universal motor powered MH^T-5001* July 28 - Transformers and inductors (audio, power, and pulse) inwc-2? 3eptenbe: ' 30 s Truck, dump body, 9 *5 cu. yd. (35ton), 150-inch wheelbase EL-T-30LU 15 E Truck, l/U-taa, lpclt, utility, M38 MXL-T-137U 8 0 Trlmaer, paper and photographic print EIr-T-1371 8- Trimosr, photographic print, type A-2 (hand-operated) Teat, kitchen, flyproof, U-19L8 wx-T-1372 MH^T-10009(Q1C) 8 21 - Q Tractors, warehouse, electric, spark proof 2000 lbs. and ltQOO lbs, draw-bar-pull MIL-T-IOOIO(QJC) Valves, fuel selector KIL-W-5018 20 1 a - Vegetables, dehydrated; packaging and packing of, with in-can de hydration Wheel and brake assemblies; land type and aaphibious type aircraft MH-V-1378 mwr-5013 12 a 19 - Cutout; reverse current, 2li volt D.C. systen HIL-C-5026 August 15 - an-qq-s-756 Fr. Ars. tent. FIS 1076 0SA 75-272 ( Havy 57T5 AF L08Ut USA 71~ii9U2 Navy 16T30 USA 91-119 USA 91-183 U3A 75-353 USA 75-365 5 i ... USA 95-28106 BuAer U-596 QU tent. COD 38U AN-X-6 TM J 1 1 1 1 EREA1A, . 'kW castodian ot J&Htary Specification JAN-C-755 for Coating, firenetting) listed on page 6, April Sappiest1949, ** Aray Index of Specifications, should bo clunged from "E"' to "T". * 13 Jj BIRD 006415 MILITARY STANDARDS NEW AND REVISED STANDARDS The following Standards ware approved as Military Standards on the dates indicated, and their use, wherever applicable, is mandatory upon all agencies of the Department of the Army. TITLE Formula for green smoke - HI Formula for red smoke - II SYMD0L wx-sm. 503 IflX-STD504 DATE ARMY EFFECTIVE APPROVED CUSTODIAN DATE Septenfcex 14 C 1 Dec. 1949 14 C 1 Dec. 1949 o 0 003 fOBK 308 1 lira 1949 _ 14 v BIRD 006416 ..... - -! FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS The following Federal Specifications and Amendmenta for use of tt departments and establishments of the Government were pro mulgated by the Director of Procurement, Treasury Department and their use, whenever applicable, is mandatory upon all procuring agencies of the Department of 'the Army* FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS PROMULGATED TITLE Ammonia, aqua (ammordum-hydroxide), technical Bronze, aluminum; ingots (for resulting) Costumers, metal Film, x-ray, diagnostic Kerosene Lettering sets and accessories Padding, laundry (etitchad-cottonroving) Sodium silicate, liquid Splints, attachments, and accessories Stands, basin, solution, hospital (with removable basins) Tables, instrument and dressing, operating room SYMBOL 0-A"451a QQ-B-675 AA-C-553 L-P-345 W-K-211b OO-L-256 CCC-P86a 0-5-605a GG-S-620 HR-S-705 Ak-V-55 EFFECTIVE DATE REMARKS 9 Sep 1949 R 1 Oct 1949 22 Sep 1949 3 Oot 1949 9 Sep 1949 1 Oct 1949 R R H R N 3 Oot 1949 22 Sep 1949 22 Sep 1949 R R H L5 Sep 1949 R 22 Sep 1949 R 15 BIRD 006417 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AMENDED TITLE Acoustical-units; prefabricated Chroae-yellair.and chroma-orange; dry (paint pigments) Iron-blue; dry (palnt-pigmant) Iron oxide;.black, synthetic, dry (paint pigment) lampblack; dry (paint-pigment) Tapes; measuring, general-use Tallow-iron-oxide; hydrated, synthetic, dry (paint pigment) SYMBOL SS-*-118ft EFPCOTIVE OATE AMCWMEMT NUMBER 1 Not 1949 2 TT-G-290 TT-I-677 1 Not 1949 1 Not 1949 2 2 TT-I-698 TT-Ir70 OQO-T-106 1 Not 1949 1 Not 1949 15 Oct 1949 1 1 2 IT-1-216 1 Not 1949 2 4 \ '.J BIRD 006418 C c FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS CANCELED TITLE Cushion; carpet and rug, hair-felt Snamel; pigmented (air-drying and baking) black Felt; hair SYMBOL C-C-311 TT-B-521 C-F-201C REMARKS V. r~ t 1 i Ii i \ 17 0. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1949 O - 856510 I BIRD 006419 r ^ FEDERAL SPECIFICATION * -s? UU--P--147b SEPTEMBER 9, 1954 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spec. UU-P-147* August 22, 1951 PAPER; BUILDING, WATERPROOFED This specification was approved by the Commissioner, Federal Supply Serv ice, General Services Administration, for the use of all Federal agencies. 1. CLASSIFICATION 1.1 Types.--Waterproofed building paper shall be furnished in the following types, as specified: Type I.--Uncreped, not reinforced Type II.--Uncreped, not reinforced, saturated or infused both sides Type HI.--Creped one direction, not' rein forced Type IV.--Uncreped, reinforced Type V.--Creped one direction, reinforced Type VI.--Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, not reinforced Type VII.--Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, reinforced 1.2 Classes.--Waterproofed building paper in accordance with this specification shall be furnished in the following classes, as specified: Class. A--For uses where a high degree of water-vapor resistance is required Class B.--For uses where only a moderate degree of water-vapor resistance or. high water-resistance is required Class C.--For uses where only a moderate de gree of water resistance is required Class D.--For uses where high permeability to water vapor is required 1.3 Form.--The paper shall be in rolls. (See 1.4.2.) 1.4 Sizes.--Unless otherwise specified, water proofed building paper shall be furnished in the following minimum sizes, as specified: 1.4.1 Width.--The widths of the rolls shall be 36, 40, 48, 60, 72, 84, and 96 inches, as specified. 1.4*2 Area.--The area of the paper in rolls shall be 250, 500, or 1,000 square feet, as specified. 2. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS 2.1 The following Federal Specification, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bidB, forms a part of this specification: UU-P-31--Paper; General Specifications and Methods of Testing. (Activities outside the Federal Government may ob tain copies of Federal Specifications and Standards as outlined under General Information in the Index of Federal Specifications and Standards, and at the prices indicated in the Index. The Index, which includes cumu lative monthly supplements as issued, is for sale on a subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents, U. 8. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. (Single copies of this specification and other prpduct specifications required by activities outside the Federal Government for bidding purposes are available without charge at the General Services Administration Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Atlanta, Chicago, TTmuam Gity, Mo,' Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Seattle, and Washington, D. C. , (Federal Government activities may obtain copies of Federal Specifications and Standards ud the Index of Federal Specifications and Standards from established distribution points in their agencies.) 312302--54--No. 74 1 BIRD 006420 manahip, packaging, packing, and marking. (See 1.1, 1.3, 1.4.1, 3.6, 3.7, 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3.) 4.3 Tests. 4.3.1 Test specimens.---An equal number of tests shall be made on each test specimen, and the average of the test values shall be compared with the requirements of this specification. 4.3.2 The following tests shall be made in accordance with methods described in Federal Specification UU-P-31: Testa Method No. Atmospheric conditions?-................................ Tensile breaking strength (dry) and elongation ..................................................... Water resistance ............................................. Water-vapor permeability1........................... 102 171 181 182 1 The conditioning time shall be not less than 48 hours. * At 50 d: 2 percent relative humidity and 23* 2 C. 4.3.3 Pliability.--The test for pliability shall be made as follows: Out strips, 6 inches by 1 inch, in the machine direction of the paper. Bend them over a %e-inch mandrel at 32F. through an arc of 180 at a uniform rate in 2 seconds. All strips shall remain uncracked. 4.3.4 Amount in shipment.--The number of square feet in the shipment shall be calculated as follows: (1) Obtain percent tare from the weight of five rolls of paper taken at random from the shipment and the tare weight stated by the contractor. (2) Using this percent tare, obtain net weight of the whole shipment from the gross weight of the whole shipment. (3) Obtain average weight per square foot of the paper from the sample sheets. (4) Calculate the square feet in the shipment by dividing the net weight (2) of the whole ship ment by the average weight per square foot (3). 4.3.5 Retests.--Should the paper fail to pass any test, an additional test will be made if re quested by the contractor, using twice the num ber of specimens previously tested. The cost of the retesting shall be borne by the contractor. UU--P--147b 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY 5.1 Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, the paper shall be furnished in commercial rolls. 5.2 Packing.--The subject commodity shall be prepared for shipment to permit acceptance by carrier for transportation at the lowest appli cable rate and to afford maximum protection from normal hazards of transportation. 5.3 Marking.--The name of the commodity, type, class, width, contents in square feet, speci fication number, stock number, order number, and manufacturer's name shall be plainly marked on the outside of each roll. 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering data.--Purchasers should spec ify the type, class, width, area, reinforcing (if reinforced), tensile strength (for classes A, B, and C), any special packaging required, and should exercise any desired option offered herein. (See 1.1, 1.2, 1.4.1, 1.43, 3.2, 3.5.1, 3.52, 3.5.3, 5.1, and 7.2.4.) 6.2 Payment basis.--Payment shall be on the basis of 100 square feet. (See 3.8.) 6.3 Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodi ties indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, classes, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. Patent notice.--The furnishing by the Government of specifications, including drawings or other data in connection therewith, does not in any way grant the recipient of such material, or any other person, a license or right to manufacture, use, or sell any patented or unpatented invention that may in any way be related thereto. 7. DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 7.1 The following specifications and stand ard, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, form a part of this specification for purchases made under this specification by the respective departments. 3 BIRD 006421 UU-P-147b 7.2 Army, Navy, and Air Force. 7.2.1 Applicable specifications and standard. Federal Specification: UU-T-116--Tape, Paper, Gummed, WaterResistant. Military Specification: MIL-A-140--Adhesive, Water-Resistant, Waterproof Barrier-Material. Military Standard: MrLf-STDr-129---Marking for Shipment and Storage. (Copies of specifications, standard, and drawings required by contractors in. connection with specific pro curement functions may be obtained from the procur ing agency, or as directed by the contracting officer.) 7.2.2 Packing. 7.2.2.1 For domestic shipment.--Except for full carload shipments, rolls shall be wound on cores and completely wrapped with at least one thickness of the material itself. For full car loads, direct to using installations, each rail shall be taped securely with a 4-inch-width water-resistant gummed tape meeting the re adhesive conforming to Military Specification MIL-A-140. Each roll in carload shipments shall be marked distinctly "KEEP DRY" in addition to the marking required by 72.3. 7.2.2.2 For overseas shipment,--The rolls shall be wound on plugged cores completely wrapped over-all with at least one thickness of the material itself. Wrappers shall be sealed securely with asphalt or with water-resistant ad hesive complying with Military Specification MIL-A-140. The wrappers shall be closed at ends by means of inside and outside headers, using sufficient adhesive to make watertight seals. Each roll shall not exceed 200 pounds gross weight, unless otherwise specified. 7.2.3 Marking.--In addition to. any special marking by the contract or order, all shipping containers shall be marked is accordance with Military Standard MIL-STD-129. 7.2.4 Ordering data.--Pi%^$a.efA docu ments should specife .whether; pyppr- sea9pjM|ctag;u {imtf*****1 centered along the end edge of the paper' and ap plied across the full width of the roll, or the end of the paper shall be securedwith water-resistant Army--E N*ry--Y Air Force. .* A U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE! 1>B4 --I"' Copies of this specification may be purchased for 10 cents. 4 BIRD 006422 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION UU--P--147b SEPTEMBER 9, 19S4 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spec. UU--P--147a August 22, 1951 ' PAPER; BUILDING, WATERPROOFED This specification was approved by the Commissioner, Federal Supply Serv ice, General Services Administration, for the use of all Federal agencies. 1. CLASSIFICATION 1.1 Types.--Waterproofed building paper shall be furnished in the following types, as specified: Type I.--Uncreped, not reinforced Type II.--Uncreped, not reinforced, saturated or infused both sides Type III.--Creped one direction, not rein forced Type IV.--Uncreped, reinforced Type V.--Creped one direction, reinforced Type VI.--Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, not reinforced Type VII.--Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, reinforced 1.2 Classes.--Waterproofed building paper in accordance with this specification shall be furnished in the following classes, as specified: Class. A.--For uses where a high degree of water-vapor resistance is required Class B.--For uses where only a moderate degree of water-vapor resistance or high water-resistance is required Class C.--For uses where only a moderate de gree of water resistance is required Class D.--For uses where high permeability to water vapor is required 1.3 Form.--The paper shall be in rolls. (See 1.4.2.) 1.4 Sizes.--Unless otherwise specified, water proofed building paper shall be furnished in the following minimum sizes, as specified: 1.4.1 Width.--The widths of the rolls shall be 36, 40, 48, 60, 72, 84, and 96 inches, as specified. 1.4.2 Area.--The area of the paper in rolls shall be 250, 500, or 1,000 square feet, as specified. 2. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS 2.1 The following Federal Specification, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, forms a part of this specification: . UU-P-31--Paper; General Specifications and Methods of Testing. (Activities outside the Federal Government may ob tain copies of Federal Specifications and Standards as outlined under General Information in the Index of Federal Specifications and Standards, and at the prices indicated in the Index. The Index, which includes cumu lative monthly supplements as issued, is for sale on a subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents, IT. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. (Single copies of this specification and other product specifications required by activities outside the Federal Government for bidding purposes are available without charge at the General Services Administration Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, Mo., Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Seattle, and Washington, D. C. (Federal Government activities may obtain copies of Federal Specifications and Standards and the Index of Federal Specifications and Standards from established distribution points in their agencies.) 312302--54--No. 74 1 BIRD 006423 UU--P--147b 2.2 Specifications and other publications ap plicable only to individual departments are listed in section 7. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Material.--The material shall consist of paper made water-resistant with asphalt or other treating or combining agents that will give compliance with this specification. All types except type II shall be free from groundwood pulp. 3.2 Reinforcing.--If the paper is rein forced, it shall be reinforced with cords or strands of fiber imbedded in the combining agent, running in any two directions of the paper and averaging not less than 10 or 20 cords or strands of fiber per foot in each direction, as specified. 3.3 Stretch.--Types III and VI shall have a stretch of not less than 15 percent, and types V and VII shall have a stretch of not less than 10 percent in each creped, pleated, or corru gated direction. 3.4 Pliability.--Except for type II, the paper shall not crack when bent. (See 4.3.3.) 3.5 Physical properties.--The tensile strength, water resistance, and water-vapor per meability shall be as follows: per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3.5.3 Class C.--The minimum tensile strength of class C paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be 20 pounds (unless specified as 35 pounds), except type VI paper which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 8 hours. 3.5.4 Class D.--Class D paper shall have a minimum tensile strength in each direction of 20 pounds per inch width. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 10 minutes and a minimum water-vapor permeability of 35 grams per square meter per 24 hours (5.04 grains per square foot per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3.6 Unasphalted area.--Rolls of laminated paper shall not contain an area of more than % inch, measured from the longitudinal edges of the combined sheets, which is devoid of the laminant used. 3.7 Workmanship.--Workmanship shall be in accordance with best commercial practice. The paper shall be uniformly constructed, free from holes, tears, creases, cuts, or other imper fections which might impair its usefulness. The paper shall not stick together to such an extent as to cause tearing when unrolled. 3.5.1 Class A.--The minimum tensile strength of class A paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be 20 pounds (unless specified as 35 pounds), except type VI paper which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 24 hours, and a maximum water-vapor permeability of 4 grams per square .meter per 24 hours (0.576 grain per square foot per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3.5.2 Class B.--The minimum tensile strength of Class B paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be 20 pounds (unless specified as 35 pounds), except type VI paper which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 16 hours, and a maximum water-vapor permeability of 6 grams per square meter per 24 hours (0.864 grain per square foot2 3.8 Tare weight.--For calculation of the number of square feet in shipments, the con tractor shall inform the purchaser of the aver age tare weight per roll. (See 6.2.) 4. SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TEST PROCEDURES 4.1 Sampling.--The sample shall consist of not less than 10 sheets of each type and class delivered. Each sheet shall be not less than 1 square foot, and each shall be taken from a dif ferent unit of the shipment. At least three outer turns of rolls shall be removed before taking the sample sheet. 4.2 Inspection.--Deliveries shall be in spected for compliance with this specification in type, form, width, unasphalted area, work 2 / .I / BIRD 006424 manship, packaging, packing, and marking. (See 1.1, 1.3, 1.4.1, 3.6, 3.7, 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3.) 4.3 Tests. 4.3.1 Test specimens.--An equal number of tests shall be made on each test specimen, and the average of the test values shall be compared with the requirements of this specification. 4.3.2 The following tests shall be made in accordance with methods described in Federal Specification UU-P-31: Testa Method No. Atmospheric conditions1 ............................... Tensile breaking strength (dry) and elongation .................................................... Water resistance ............................. ............... Water-vapor permeability1........................... 102 171 181 182 LThe conditioning time shall be not less than 48 hours. . * At 50 2 percent relative humidity and 23 2 C. 4.3.3 Pliability.--The test for pliability shall be made as follows: Cut strips, 6 inches by 1 inch, in the machine direction of the paper. Bend them over a %6-inch mandrel at 32F. through an arc of 180 at a uniform rate in 2 seconds. All strips shall remain uncracked. 4.3.4 Amount in shipment.--The number of square feet in the shipment shall be calculated as follows: (1) Obtain percent tare from the weight of five rolls of- paper taken at random from the shipment and the tare weight stated by the contractor. (2) Using this percent tare, obtain net weight of the whole shipment from the gross weight of the whole shipment. (3) Obtain average weight per square foot of the paper from the sample sheets. (4) Calculate the square feet in the shipment by dividing the net weight (2) of the whole ship ment by the average weight per square foot (3). 4.3.5 Retests.--Should the paper fail to pass any test, an additional test will be made if re quested by the contractor, using twice the num ber of specimens previously'tested. The cost of the retesting shall be borne by the contractor. UU-P-147h 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY 5.1 .Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, the paper shall be furnished in commercial rolls. 5.2 Packing.--The subject commodity shall be prepared for shipment to permit acceptance by carrier for transportation at the lowest appli cable rate and to afford maximum protection from normal hazards of transportation. 5.3 Marking.--The name of the commodity, type, class, width, contents in square feet, speci fication number, stock number, order number, and manufacturer's name shall be plainly marked on the outside of each roll. 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering data.--Purchasers should spec ify the type, class, width, area, reinforcing (if reinforced), tensile strength (for classes A, B, and C), any special packaging required, and should exercise any desired option offered herein. (See 1.1, 1.2, 1.4.1, 1.4.2, 3.2, 3.5.1, 3.5.2, 3.5.3, 5.1, and 7.2.4.) 6.2 Payment basis.--Payment shall be on the basis of 100 square feet. (See 3.8.) 6.3 Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodi ties indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, classes, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. Patent notice.--The furnishing by the Government of specifications, including drawings or other data in connection therewith, does not in any way grant the recipient of such material, or any other person, a license or right to manufacture, use, or sell any patented or unpatented invention that may in any way be related thereto. 7. DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 7.1 The following specifications and stand ard, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, form a part of this specification for purchases made under this specification by the respective departments. 3 BIRD 006425 UU--P--147b 7.2 Army, Navy, and Air Force. 7.2.1 Applicable specifications and standard. Federal Specification: UU-T-116--Tape, Paper, Gummed, WaterResistant. Military Specification: MIL-A-140--Adhesive, Water-Resistant, Waterproof Barrier-Material. Military Standard: MIL-STD-129--Marking for Shipment and Storage. (Copies of specifications, standard, and drawings required by contractors in connection with specific pro curement functions may be obtained from the procur ing agency, or as directed by the contracting officer.) 7.2.2 Packing. 7.2.2.1 For domestic shipment.--Except for full carload shipments, rolls shall be wound on cores and completely wrapped with at least one thickness of the material itself. For full car loads, direct to using installations, each roll shall be taped securely with a 4-inch-width water-resistant gummed tape meeting the re,. .Iir:;11ujl Ft-iei.it Specification U U T--116, centered along the end edge of the paper and ap plied across the full width of the roll, or the end of the paper shall be secured with water-resistant adhesive conforming to Military Specification MIL-A-140. Each roll in carload shipments shall be marked distinctly "KEEP DRY" in addition to the marking required by 7.2.3. 7.2.2.2 For overseas shipment.--The rolls shall be wound on plugged cores completely wrapped over-all with at least one thickness of the material itself. Wrappers shall be sealed securely with asphalt or with water-resistant ad hesive complying with Military Specification MIL-A-140. The wrappers shall be closed at ends by means of inside and outside headers, using sufficient adhesive to make watertight seals. Each roll shall not exceed 200 pounds gross weight, unless otherwise specified. 7.2.3 Marking.--In addition to any special marking by the contract or order, all shipping containers shall be marked in accordance with Military Standard MIL-STD-129. 7.2.4 Ordering data.--Procurement docu ments should specify whether domestic or over seas packing is required. (See 7.2.2.) MILITARY INTEREST: Army--E Navy--Y Air Force. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFfCEi tfl84 Copies of this specification may be purchased for 10 cents. 4 BIRD 006426 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION UU-P-147a 22 AUGUST 1951 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spec. UU-P-147 24 May 1948 PAPER; BUILDING, WATERPROOFED This specification was approved on the above date by the Commissioner, Federal Sup ply Service, General Services Administration, for the use of all Federal agencies. L CLASSIFICATION 1.1 Types.--Waterproofed building paper shall be furnished in the following types, as specified: Type I. --Uncreped, not reinforced. Type II. --Uncreped, not reinforced, sat urated or infused both sides. Type III. --Creped one direction, not re inforced. Typs~-W. --Uhcrepedrreinfiji^ed.' -- Type V. --Creped one direction, rein forced. Type yi. --Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, not rein forced. Type Vli.--Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, reinforced. Class C.--For uses where only a moderate degree of water resistance is required. Class D.--For uses where high permeabil ity to water vapor is required. L3 Form.--The paper shall be in rolls. (See 1.4.2.) 1.4 Sizes. -- Unless otherwise specified, waterproofed building paper shall be fur- specified: 1.4.1 Width.--The widths of the rolls shall be 36, 40, 48, 60, 72, 84, and 96 inches, as specified. 1.4.2 Length.--The length of the paper, in rolls shall be 250, 500, or 1,000 lineal feet, as specified. 2. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS 12. Classes.--Waterproofed building paper in accordance with this specification shall be furnished in the following classes, as spec ified: Class A.--For uses where a high degree of water-vapor resistance is required. Class B.--For uses where only a moderate degree of water-vapor resist ance or high water-resistance is required. 2.1 The following Federal Specification, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, forms a part of this specification: UU-P-31--Paper; General Specifica tions and Methods of Testing. (Copies of Federal specifications and the Federal Specifications Index may be obtained on application, accompanied by money order, coupon, or cash, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C., or to the GSA Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, Mo,, Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, S5Z0B8-Sl-(80) 1 BIRD 006427 UU-P-147a and Seattle. Prices may be obtained from the Super intendent of Documents or from the GSA Regional Offices.) 2.2 Specifications and other publications applicable only to individual departments are listed in section 7. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Material.--The material shall consist of paper made water-resistant with asphalt or other treating or combining agents that will give compliance with this specification. All types except type II shall be free from groundwood pulp. 3.2 Reinforcing. -- If the paper is rein forced, it shall be reinforced with cords or strands of fiber imbedded in the combining agent, running in any two directions of the paper and averaging not less than 10 or 20 cords or strands of fiber per foot in each direction, as specified. 2.S Stretch.--Types III and VI shall have a stretch of not less than 15 percent, and types V and VII shall have a stretch of not less than 10 percent in each creped, pleated, or corrugated direction. 3.4 Pliability. -- Except for type II, the paper shall not crack when bent. (See 4.3.3.) 3.5 Physical properties. -- The tensile strength, water resistance, and water-vapor permeability shall be as follows: 3.5.1 Class A. -- The minimum tensile strength of Class A paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be either 35 pounds or 20 pounds, as specified, except type VI paper which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 24 hours and a maximum water-vapor perme ability of 4 grams per square meter per 24 hours (0.576 grain per square foot per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3.5.2 Class B----- The minimum tensile strength of Class B paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be either 35 pounds or 20 pounds, as specified, except type VI paper . which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 16 hours, and a maximum water-vapor perme ability of 6 grams per square meter per 24 hours (0.864 grain per square foot per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3-5.3 Class C. -- The minimum tensile, strength of class C paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be either 35 pounds or 20 pounds, as specified, except type VI paper which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 8 hours. 3.5.4 Class D.--Class D paper shall have a minimum tensile strength in each direction of 20 pounds per inch width. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 10 minutes and a minimum water-vapor permeability of 100 grams per square meter per 24 hours (5.04 grains per square foot per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3.6 Unasphalted area.--Rolls of laminated paper shall not contain an area of more than 1/2 inch, measured from the longitudinal edges of the combined sheets, which is devoid of the laminant used. 3.7 Workmanship. -- Workmanship shall be in accordance with best commercial prac tice. The paper shall be uniformly con structed, free from holes, tears, creases, cuts, or other imperfections which might impair its usefulness. The paper shall not stick together to such an extent as to cause tearing when unrolled. 3.8 Tare weight.--For calculation of the number of square feet in shipments, the contractor shall inform the purchaser of the average tare weight per roll. (See 6.2.) 2 BIRD 006428 UU-P-147a 4. SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TEST PROCEDURES rate in 2 seconds. All strips shall remain uncracked. 4.1 Sampling.--The sample shall consist of not less than 10 sheets of each type and class delivered. Each sheet shall be not less than 1 square foot, and each shall be taken from a different unit of the shipment. At least three outer turns of rolls shall be removed before taking the sample sheet. 4J2 Inspection. -- Deliveries shall be in spected for compliance with this specification in type, form, width, unasphalted area, workmanship, packaging, packing, and marking (See 1.1,1.3,1.4.1, 3.6, 3.7, 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3.) 4.3 Tests. 43.4 Amount in shipment.--The number of square feet in the shipment shall be cal culated as follows: (1) Obtain percent tare from the weight of five rolls of paper taken at random from the shipment and the tare weight stated by the contractor. (2) Using this percent tare, obtain net weight of the whole shipment from the gross weight of the whole shipment. (3) Obtain average weight per square foot of the paper from the sample sheets. (4) Calculate the square feet in the ship ment by dividing the net weight (2) of the whole shipment by the average weight per square foot (3). 4,31 Test specimens.--An equal number of tests shall be made on each test specimen, and the average of the test values shall be compared with the requirements qf this specification. 4&2 The following tests shall be made in accordance with methods described in Fed eral Specification UU-P-31 r Tests Method No. Tensile breaking strength (dry), and elonga- fcinn ... ____ ___ ____ ____ rpmstjiTiPo ......... 102 171 181 182 1The conditioning time shall he not less than 48 hours. 2 At 50 2 percent relative humidity and 23 2 G. 43.3 Pliability. -- The test for pliability shall be made as follows: Cut strips, 6 inches by 1 inch, in the machine direction of the paper. Bend them over a ^-inch mandrel at 32 F. through an arc of 180 at a uniform 43.5 Retests. -- Should the paper fail to pass any test, an additional test will be made if requested by the contractor, using twice the number of specimens previously tested. The cost of the retesting shall be borne by the contractor. 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY t 5JL Packaging.--Unless otherwise speci fied, the paper shall be furnished in commer cial rolls. / f 5.2 Packing. -- The subject commodify shall be prepared for shipment to permit acceptance by carrier for transportation at the lowest applicable rate and to afford maximum protection from normal hazards of transportation. 5.3 Marking.--The name of the commodity, type, class, width, contents in square feet, specification number, stock number, order number, and manufacturer's name shall be plainly marked on the outside of each roll. 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering information. --- Purchasers 3 BIRD 006429 UU-P-1478 should exercise any desired option offered herein and should specify the type, class, width, length, reinforcing, if reinforced, tensile strength (for classes A, B, and C), and any special packaging required. (See 1.1,1.2,1.4.1,1.4.2, 3.2, 3.5.1, 3.5.2,3.5.3, 5.1, and 7.2.4.) 6.2 Payment basis.--Payment shall be on the basis of 100 square feet. (See 3.8.) 6.3 Bid samples.--If samples are required with bid, this requirement should be stated in the inquiry or invitation for bids, giving information as to size and quantity of sample. 6.4 Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, classes, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. Patent notice.--When Government drawings, spec ifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifica tions, or other data, is not to be regarded by impli cation or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or con veying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. 7. DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 7.1 The following specifications and other publication, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, form a part of this specification for pur chases made under this specification by the respective departments. 7.2 Army, Navy, and Air Forces 7.2.1 Applicable specifications, and other publication. Federal Specification: UU-T-116--Tape; Paper, Water-Resistant. Gummed, Military Specification: JAN--P--140--Packaging and Packing for Overseas Shipment -- Adhesives, Water-Resistant, Case-Liner. U. S. Army Specifications: 94-40645--Marking; Exterior, Domes tic and Export Shipment, by Con tractors.1 100-2--Standard Specification for Marking Shipments by Contractors.* Navy Department Specification: General Specifications for Inspection of Material.* Bureau of Supplies and Accounts Publicartion: Navy Shipment Marking Handbook.* (Copies of specifications and publications required by contractors in connection with specific procure ment functions should be obtained from the procur ing agency or as directed by the contracting officer. Both the title and identifying symbol or number should be stipulated when requesting copies.) 7.2.2 Packing. 7J2J2J. For domestic shipment.--Except for full carload shipments, rolls shall be wound on cores and completely wrapped with at least one thickness of the material itself. For full carloads, direct to using installa tions, each roll shall be taped securely with a 4-inch-width water-resistant gummed tape meeting the requirements of Federal Specifi cation UU-T-116, centered along the end edge of the paper and applied across the full width of the roll or the end of the paper shall 1 Applicable to Air Force purchases only. * Applicable to Army purchases only. * Applicable to Navy purchases only. 4 BIRD 006430 UU-P-147a be secured with water-resistant adhesive conforming to Military Specification JANP-140. Each roll in carload shipments shall be marked distinctly "KEEP DRY" in addi tion to the marking required by paragraph 7.2.3. 7.2.2.2 For overseas shipment.--The rolls shall be wound on plugged cores completely wrapped over all with at least one thickness of the material itself. Wrappers shall be sealed securely with asphalt or with waterresistant adhesive complying with Military Specification JAN-P-140. The wrappers shall be closed at ends by means of inside and outside headers, using sufficient adhesive to make watertight seals. Each roll shall not exceed 200 pounds gross weight, unless otherwise specified. 7.2.3 Marking.--The rolls or shipping con tainers for the Army shall be marked in accordance with U. S. Army Specification 100-2; for the Navy, in accordance with the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook; and for the Air Force, in accordance with U. S. Army Specification 94-40645. 7.2.4 Ordering data.--Procurement docu ments should specify whether domestic or overseas packing and marking are required (see 7.2.2 and 7.2.3). 7.2.5 Inspection procedures. -- For Naval purchases the general inspection procedures shall be in accordance with General Specifi cations for Inspection of Material. NAVY INTEREST: S Y This specification is a part of Section IV, Part 5, of the Federal Standard Stock Catalog. * U. a GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1911 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents. 5 BIRD 006431 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION TRANSMITTAL SLIP The enclosed material is forwarded in accordance with your recent request. f - | The material requested by you is not available. GSA-W.ASH DC 52-3775 GSA FORM 1T2 October 1951 GPO--O--GSA 198 BIRD 006432 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION UU-P-147a 22 AUGUST 1951 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spec. UU-P-147 24 May 1948 PAPER; BUILDING, WATERPROOFED This specification was approved on the above date by the Commissioner, Federal Sup ply Service, General Services Administration, for the use of all Federal agencies. 1. CLASSIFICATION 1.1 Types.--Waterproofed building paper shall be furnished in the following types, as specified: Type I. --Uncreped, not reinforced. Type n. --Uncreped, not reinforced, sat urated or infused both sides. Type III.--Creped one direction, not re inforced. Type IV. --Uncreped, reinforced. Type V. --Creped one direction, rein forced. Type VT. --Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, not rein forced. Type VII.--Creped two directions, or creped in one direction and pleated or corrugated in the other direction, reinforced. Class C.--For uses where only a moderate degree of water resistance is required. Class D.--For uses where high permeabil ity to water vapor is required. 1.3 Form.--The paper shall be in rolls. (See 1.4.2.) 1.4 Sizes. -- Unless otherwise specified, waterproofed building paper shall be fur nished in the following minimum sizes, as specified: 1.4JL Width.--The widths of the rolls shall be 36, 40, 48, 60, 72,` 84, and 96 inches, as specified. 1A2 Length.--The length of the paper in rolls shall be 250, 500, or 1,000 lineal feet, as specified. 2. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS 1.2 Classes.--Waterproofed building paper in accordance with this specification shall be furnished in the following classes, as spec ified: Class A.--For uses where a high degree of water-vapor resistance is required. Class B.--For uses where only a moderate degree of water-vapor resist ance or high water-resistance is required. 2J. The following Federal Specification, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, forms a part of this specification: UU-P-31--Paper; General Specifica tions and Methods of Testing. -* (Copies of Federal specifications and the Federal Specifications lades may be obtained on application, accompanied by money order, coupon, or cash, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C., or to the GSA Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, Mo., Dallas, Denver, San Francisco,. 9S2098-S1-(80> 1 BIRD 006433 UU-P-147a and Seattle. Prices may be obtained from the Super intendent of Documents or from the GSA Regional Offices.)' 2.2 Specifications and other publications applicable only to individual departments are listed in section 7. 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Material.--The material shall consist of paper made water-resistant with asphalt or other treating or combining agents that will give compliance with this specification. All types except type II shall be free from groundwood pulp. 3.2 Reinforcing. -- If the paper is rein forced, it shall be reinforced with cords or strands of fiber imbedded in the combining agent, running in any two directions of the paper and averaging not less than 10 or 20 cords or strands of fiber per foot in each direction, as specified. 3.3 Stretch,--Types III and YI shall have a stretch of not less than 15 percent, and types V and VII shall have a stretch of not less than 10 percent in each creped, pleated, or corrugated direction. 3.4 Pliability. -- Except for type II, the paper shall not crack when bent. (See 4.3.3.) 3.5 Physical properties. -- The tensile strength, water resistance, and water-vapor permeability shall-be as follows: 3.5J. Class A. -- The minimum tensile strength of Class A paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be either 35 pounds or 20 pounds, as specified, except type VI paper which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 24 hours and a maximum water-vapor perme ability of 4 grams per square meter per 24 hours (0.576 grain per square foot per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3.5.2 Class B. -- The minimum tensile strength of Class B paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be'either 35 pounds or 20 pounds, as specified, except type VI paper which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 16 hours, and a maximum water-vapor perme ability of 6 grams per square meter per 24 hours (0.864 grain per square foot per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3.5.3 Class C. -- The minimum tensile strength of class C paper, in each direction, per inch width, shall be either 35 pounds or 20 pounds, as specified, except type VI paper which shall be 15 pounds. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 8 hours. 3.5.4 Class D.--Class D paper shall have a minimum tensile strength in each direction of 20 pounds per inch width. The paper shall have a minimum water resistance of 10 minutes and a minimum water-vapor permeability of 100 grams per square meter per 24 hours (5.04 grains per square foot per hour for a calculated pressure differential of 1 inch of mercury). 3.6 Unasphalted area.--Rolls of laminated paper shall not contain an area of more than % inch, measured from the longitudinal edges of the combined sheets, which is devoid of the laminant used. 3.7 Workmanship. -- Workmanship shall be in accordance with best commercial prac tice. The paper shall be uniformly con structed, free from holes, tears, creases, cuts, or other imperfections which might impair its usefulness. The paper shall not stick together to such an extent as to cause tearing when unrolled. 38 Tare weight.--For calculation of. the number of square feet in shipments, the contractor shall inform the purchaser of the average tare weight per roll. (See 6.2.) 2 BIRD 006434 UU-P-147a 4 SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND rate in 2 seconds. All strips shall remain TEST PROCEDURES uncracked. 4J. Sampling.--The sample shall consist of not less than 10 sheets of each type and class delivered. Each sheet shall be not less f.ha-n l square foot, and each shall be taken from a different unit of the shipment. At least three outer turns of rolls shall be removed before taking the sample sheet. 42 Inspection. -- Deliveries shall be in spected for compliance with this specification in type, form, width, unasphalted area, workmanship, packaging, packing, and marking (See 1.1,1.3,1.4.1, 3.6, 3.7, 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3.) 43 Tests. 43.4 Amount in shipment.--The number of square feet in the shipment shall be cal culated as follows: (1) Obtain percent tare from the weight of five rolls of paper taken at random from the shipment and the tare weight stated by the contractor. (2) Using this percent tare, obtain net weight of the whole shipment from the gross weight of the whole shipment. (3) Obtain average weight per square foot of the paper from the sample sheets. (4) Calculate the square feet in the ship ment by dividing the net weight (2) of the whole shipment by the average weight per square foot (3). 43.1 Test specimens.--An equal number of tests shall be made on each test specimen, and the average of the test values shall be compared with the requirements of this specification. 43.2 The following tests shall be made in accordance with methods described in Fed eral Specification UU-P-31: . Tests Method No. Tensile breaking strength (dry) and elonga- 102 171 181 182 lThe conditioning time shall he not less than 48 hours. 2 At 50 2 percent relative humidity and 23 2 G. 43.3 Pliability. -- The test for pliability shall be made as follows: Cut strips, 6 inches by 1 inch, in the machine direction of the paper. Bend them over a -f^-inch mandrel at 32 F. through an arc of 180 at a uniform 435 Retests. -- Should the paper fail to pass any test, an additional test will be made if requested by the contractor, using twice the number of specimens previously tested. The cost of the retesting shall be borne by the contractor. 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY 5.1 Packaging.--Unless otherwise speci fied, the paper shall be furnished in commer cial rolls. 5.2 Packing. -- The subject commodity shall be prepared for shipment to permit acceptance by carrier for transportation at the lowest applicable rate and to afford maximum protection from normal hazards of transportation. 5.3 Marking.--The name of the commodity, type, class, width, contents in square feet, specification number, stock number, order number, and manufacturer's name shall be plainly marked on the outside of each roll. 6. NOTES 6.1 Ordering information. -- Purchasers 3 BIRD 006435 UU-P-147a should exercise any desired option offered herein and should specify the type, class, width, length, reinforcing, if reinforced, tensile strength (for classes A, B, and C), and any special packaging required. (See 1.1,1.2,1.4.1,1.4.2, 8.2, 3.5.1, 3.5.2,3.5.3, 5.1, and 7.2.4.) 6.2 Payment basis.--Payment shall be on the basis of 100 square feet. (See 3.8.) 6.3 Bid samples.--If samples are required with bid, this requirement should be stated in the inquiry or invitation for bids, giving information as to size and quantity of sample. 6.4 Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types, classes, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. Patent notice.--When Government drawings, spec ifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifica tions, or other data, is not to be regarded by impli cation or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or .corporation, or con veying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. 7. DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 7.1 The following specifications and other publication, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, form a part of this specification for pur chases made under this specification by the respective departments. 7.2 Army, Navy, and Air Force. 7.2.1 Applicable specifications and other publication. Federal Specification: UU-T-116--Tape; Paper, Water-Resistant. Gummed, Military Specification: JAN-P-140--Packaging and Packing for Overseas Shipment -- Adhesives, Water-Resistant, Case-Liner. U. S. Army Specifications: 94-40645--Marking; Exterior, Domes tic and Export Shipment, by Con tractors.1 100-2--Standard Specification for Marking Shipments by Contractors.1 Navy Department Specification: General Specifications for Inspection of Material.*8 * Bureau of Supplies and Accounts Publica tion: Navy Shipment Marking Handbook.8 (Copies of specifications and publications required by contractors in connection with specific procure ment functions should be obtained from the procur ing agency or as directed by the contracting officer. Both the title and identifying symbol or number should be stipulated when requesting copies.) 7.2.2 Packing. 7.2.2J. For domestic shipment.--Except for full carload shipments, rolls shall be wound on cores and completely wrapped with at least one thickness of the material itself. For full carloads, direct to using installa tions, each roll shall be taped securely with a 4-inch-width water-resistant gummed tape meeting the requirements of Federal Specifi cation UU-T-116, centered along the end edge of the paper and applied across the full width of the roll or the end of the paper shall 1 Applicable to Air Force purchases only. * Applicable to Army purchases only. 8 Applicable to Navy purchases only. 4 1 BIRD 006436 be secured with water-resistant adhesive conforming to Military Specification JANP-140. Each roll in carload shipments shall be marked distinctly "KEEP DRY" in addi tion to the marking required by paragraph 7.2.3. 7.2-2.2 For overseas shipment.--The rolls shall be wound on plugged cores completely wrapped over all with at least one thickness of the material itself. Wrappers shall be sealed securely with asphalt or with waterresistant adhesive complying with Military Specification JAN-P-140. The wrappers shall be closed at ends by means of inside and outside headers, using sufficient adhesive to make watertight seals. Each roll shall not exceed 200 pounds gross weight, unless otherwise specified. UU-P-147a 7.2.3 Marking.--The rolls or shipping con tainers for the Army shall be marked in accordance with U. S. Army Specification 100-2; for the Navy, in accordance with the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook; and for the Air Force, in accordance with U. S. Army Specification 94r-40645. 7.2.4 Ordering data.--Procurement docu ments should specify whether domestic or overseas packing and marking are required (see 7.2.2 and 7.2.3). 7.2.5 Inspection procedures. -- For Naval purchases the general inspection procedures shall be in accordance with General Specifi cations for Inspection of Material. NAVY INTEREST: S T This specification is a part of Section IV, Part 5, of the Federal Standard Stock Catalog. ft- U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I9SI For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. G. Price 5 cents. 5 BIRD 006437 PAPER, BUILDING, WATERPROOFED This amendment, which forme a part of Federal Specification UXJ~P-H7a, dated 22 August 1951, was approved by the Commissioner, Federal Supply Service, General Services Administration, for the -use of ad Federal agencies. ' Page 1, paragraph 1.4.2: Delete and substitute: . - ` - 1.4.2 Area.--The area of the paper in rolls shall be 250, 500,'or 1,000 square feet, as specified. - ... "Page- 2, paragraph 3.5.4, line 6: Delete " 100" and substitute'-`35". BIRD 006438 ss-a-oo666& (gsa-fss) January 15. 1964 Int. Rev. of Fed.. Spec. SS-A-666 Dated June 6, 1933 IMERIM FEDERAL SPECIFICATION ASPHALT, PETROLEUM (BUILT-UP R00FX33, WATER-PROOFING, ABD DAMP-PROOFIJC) This Interim Federal Specification was developed by the General Services Administration, Federal Supply Service, Washington, D. C. 20407, based upon currently available technical information. It iB recommended that Federal agencies use it in procurement and forward recommendations for changes to the preparing activity at the address shown above. Tie General Services Administration has authorized Federal agencies to use this Interim Federal Specification as a valid exception to Federal Specification SS-A-666, dated June 6, 1933- 1. SCOPS ADD CLASSIFICATION. 1.1 Scope. This specification covers petroleum asphalt with and without fillers. 1.2 Classification. Asphalt shall be of the following types, as specified (see 6.2): Type I Type H Type lU Type IV Type V TJrpe VI - Mineral surfaced flat roofing. - Unsurfaced flat roofing. - Unsurfaced steep roofing. - Water-proofing, damp-proofing, below ground level, at moderate temperatures. - Water-proofing, damp-proofing, above ground level, temperatures up to 1250?. - Water-proofing, damp-proofing, above ground level, vertical surfaces, above 125F. 2. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, STAHDAKDS, AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS. k.l Speclf-^iatioua ana standards. The following specie-cations and standards, of- the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, form a part of this specification' to the extent specified herein: Federal Specifications: PEP-D-705 - Drum: Metal Shipping, Steel (Over 12 and Under 55 Gallon). PPP-D-723 - Druns, Fiber. Federal Standards: Fed. Std. No. 102 - Preservation, Packaging, and Packing Levels. Fed. Std. No. 123 - Marking for Domestic Shipment (Civilian Agencies). (FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON OBTAINING COPIES OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS, SEE LAST PACE). Military Standards: MIL-STD-129 - Marking for Shipment and Storage. (Copies of Military specifications and standards required by suppliers in connection with specific procure ment functions should be obtained from the procuring activity or as directed by the contracting officer.) 2.2 Other Publications. The following documents form a part of this specification to the extent specified herein. Unless otherwise indicated, the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids shall apply. American Society for Testing and Materials: Designation: D312 - Specification for Asphalt for Use in Constructing Built-Up Hoof Coverings. DIU9 -- Specification for Asphalt for Damp-proofing and Waterproof. (Application for copieB should he addressed to the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pennsylvania.) Page 1 of 3 FSC 5610 BIRD 006439 3. EBOKOrasnes. 3.1 Type* X, XI and XXX. Each of these types shall meet the applicable requirements of ASM D312. 3.1.1 types 17, 7 and VI. Each of these types shall, meet the applicable requirements of ASM 1)41*9. 4. SAMPUHQ, XHSEECTIOH, AND BEST PROCEDURES. 4- .1 Inspection responsibility, the supplier is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified herein. Except as otherwise specified, the supplier may utilize his own or any other inspection facilities and services acceptable to the Government. Inspection records of the examina tion and tests shall be kept complete and available to the government as specified in the contract or order. The government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections set forth in the specification where such Inspections are deemed necessary to assure supplies and services conform to prescribed requirements. 4.2 Sampling and testing. Sampling and testing, for Types X, XX and III shall be in accordance with ASTM D312, for Types IV, V and VI sampling and testing shall be in accordance with ASTM D449. 4.3 Inspection of preparation for delivery. The packaging, packing and marking of the asphalt shall be Inspected to determine conformance to the applicable requirements of Section 5. 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY. (For civil agency procurement the definitions and application of levels of packaging and packing shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. Ho. 102). 3-1 Packaging and Racking shall be level A, B or C as specified (see 6.2). 5- 1*1 Level A and B. The asphalt shall be packaged and packed in quantities as specified (see 6.2) in a close-fitting fiber drum conforming to PPP-D-723, type I or IX, grade C, as applicable. 5-l.l.HypeX and II. Unless otherwise specified the asphalt shall be packaged packed In quantities as specified (see 6.2) in a close-fitting metal drum conforming to PPP.D-705, and PPP-D-7U, type X, as applicable. 5.1.2, Level C. The asphalt shall be packaged in accordance with the suppliers coaneradal practice and packed to insure carrier acceptance and safe delivery to destination in containers complying with the rules and regulations applicable to the mode of transportation. 3.2 Marking. 5-2-1 Civil agencies. Xn addition to markings required by the contract or order, the shipping con tainers shall be marked in accordance with Fed. Std. Ho. 123. 5-2.2 Military activities. In addition to markings required by the contract or order, the shipping containers shall be narked in accordance with MH-STD-129. 6. NOTES. 6.1 Intended use. Asphalt covered by this specification is Intended for use according to type as follows: Type I - Suitable for use where slag or gravel is used on inclines up to 3 inches per foot. Type II - Suitable for use where slag or gravel is not used, and where inclines do not exceed 3 Inches per foot. Type XXI - Suitable for use where slag or gravel is not used, and where inclines are greater than 3 ' inches per foot, but not over 6 inches per foot. Type IV - Suitable for use below ground level under uniformly moderate temperature conditions both during the process of Installation and during service. Type V - Suitable for use above ground level where not exposed to temperatures exceeding 125F (52c.). Type VI - Suitable for use above ground level where exposed on vertical surfaces in direct sunlight or at temperatures above 125F (52c). 6.2 Ordering data. Purchasers should exercise any desired options offered herein, and procurement documents should specify the following: (a) Title, number, and date of this specification. (b) Type of asphalt required (1.2). (c) Level of packaging and packing required (5.1). -2- BIRD 006440 6.3 Supercession data: This Specification 3S-A-666 Type I ----------- --- - -Type I, Class A deleted Ttype I, Class B Type II--------------- - -Type H, Class A, Grade 1 Type m - -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -Type TL, Class B; deleted Type H, Class A, Grade 2 Type IV-------------- - --Type HI ijrpe V------------------- --- - -- - ----------- -Type HI Type VI---------------- -Hype IH 6.4 Transportation' description. The transportation descriptions and minimum veiffcts applicable to this commodity are: BAIL: MOTOR: Military Interests: Army - MO Havy - SHIPS Air Force - MOA (SA WASH oe M- 1D11S -3- BIRD 006441 ADDENDUM INSTRUCTIONS ON (BTSIHigS COPIES OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (Activities outside the Federal Government may obtain copies of Federal Specifications, Standards, and Handbooks as outlined under General Information in the Index of Federal Specifications, Standards and Handbooks and at the prices indicated in the Index. The Index, which includes cumulative monthly supplements as issued, is for sale on a subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. (Single copies of this specification and other, product specifications required by activities outside the Federal Government for bidding purposes are available without charge at the General Services Administration Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Washington, D. C., Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, Mo., Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, and Auburn, Wash. (Federal Government activities may obtain copies of Federal Specifications, Standards, and Handbooks and the Index of Federal Specifications, Standards and Handbooks from estab lished distribution points in their agencies.) NOTICE When Government drawings, specifications, or other aaca are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. ML-R-3472 S3 APRIL 1H1 MILITARY SPECIFICATION ROOF-COATING; ASPHALT-BASE EMULSION Thit epeeifloation via* approved by (ft# Department* of the Army, the Nway, and the Air Fore* for use of procurement eerrio** of (ft# respective Department*, 1. SCOPE 1.1 This specification Jcovers asphalt-base emulsion for roof applications. 2. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS 2.1 Specifications.--The following specifi cations, of the issue in effect on date of in vitation for bids, form a part of this speci fication: FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS SS-B-406 --Road and Paving-Mate rials; General Specifications (Method for Sampling and Testing). TT-P-141 --Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection, Sampling, and Testing. TT-P-148 --Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials; General Speci fication for Packaging, Packing, and Marking. W-L-791 --Lubricants, LiquidFuels, and Related Products; Methods of Inspection, Sampling, and Testing. Military Specification MIL-P-10380--Packaging of Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Mate rials (For Overseas Shipment). U. S. Army Specifications 94r-40645 --Marking; Exterior, Do mestic and Export Shipment, by Con tractors. 100-2 --Standard Specification for Marking Shipments by Contrac tors. Navy Department Specification General Specifications for Inspection of Material (Army.--Copies of Specifications should be ob tained from tha procuring agency or aa diraetad by that agency. Both tha titla and identifying number or symbol ihould bo stipnlatad whan requestog copies.) (Navy.--Coplaa of Federal, Military, and Navy Department specification* may ba obtained upon ap plication to tha Bureau of Supplies and Awcunte, Navy Dapartmant, Washington 36, D. C., sxespt that activitlas of tha Armed Forces should males appli cation to tha Commanding Oftoar, Naval Supply Depot, Beotia 3, N. Y. Beth tha titla and identifying numbar or lymbol ihould ba stipulatad when raqunting copies.) (Air Force.--Copies of Federal and Military speci fications may ba obtained upon application to tha Commanding General, Air Matfrkl Commdnd, Wright-Pattaraon Air Force Bast, Dayton, Ohio. Both tha title and identifying number or symbol should be stipulated when requesting copies.) .(Marine Corpe.--Copies of Federal and Military specification* may ba obtained upon application to the Quartermaster General, Headquarters, U. B. Marine Corps, Navy Building, Washington 86, D. C. Both the title and identifying number or nrmbol should bs stipulated when requesting coytea.) 2Jt Other publications. -- Tbe following publications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids unless otherwise indicated, form a part of this specification: Bureau of Supplies and Accounts Pub lication Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. MSOK--51--(0) JSC 5650 BIRD 006443 MEL-B-3472 (Copies of the Navy Shipment Marking Hand book may be obtained upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Wash ington 26, D. C., except that activities of the Armed Forces should make application to the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, Scotia 2, N. Y.) Amebican Society for testing materi als Specifications D 466-42 -- Standard Methods of Testing Films. Deposited From Bitu minous Emulsions. D 629-39T -- Tentative Recommended Practice for Accelerated Weathering Test of Bituminous Materials. (Applications for copies of American Society for Testing Materials specifications should be addressed to the American Society for Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia 8, Pa.) 3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Description.--The emulsion shall be a homogeneous mixture of either the day or chemical type, compounded from refined petroleum asphalt, a nonflammable dispers ing agent, and mineral fillers or fibers. Petro leum or coal-tar derivatives shall not be used as solvents. The emulsion shall conform to the requirements shown in table I and to additional requirements herein specified. &2 Material.--Material shall be as speci fied herein. Material not definitely specified shall be of a good commercial quality en tirely suitable for the purpose. Material shall be free from all defects and imperfections that might affect the serviceability of the finished product. 3.3 Consistency.--The consistency shall be suitable for application by spray, brush, or mop, at temperatures above freezing, with out heating or thinning, at a rate of approx imately 21/2 gallons per 100 square feet. The emulsion shall bond to both damp and dry surfaces. 3.4 Condition in container.--The emulsion after remaining undisturbed in the shipping container for a period of at least 48 hours, shall show no separation of water, coagula tion of the asphalt, base, Betting, or packing that cannot be overcome by moderate stir ring. The emulsion shall not become unusable when stored in the original container for a period of 2 years at temperatures between 40* F. and 160 F. 3.5 Physical properties. -- The emulsion shall have the following physical properties: 3.5.1 Setting time.--Setting time shall not exceed 24 hours when tested in accordance with 4.S.2.2. 3.5.2 Ignition.--The emulsion shall show no indication of ignition when tested in ac cordance with 4.32.3.1. 3.5.3 Flow.--The emulsion shall show no evidence of sag, flow, or blistering when tested in accordance with 4.S.2.4. Table) I.--Composition ............. Requirements Clay type Minimum Maximum Chemical type Minimum Maximum Weight per gallon (lb*.)..--___ _______ ... Non-volatile material (percent)__ ........ ____ Water (percent)1 ...___ ............____ Ash, percent of non-volatile material....__ ____ 45.0 5.0 8.7 9.2 40.0 65.0 20.0 80.0 9.7 mm 60.0 50.0 Non-volatile organic base...........______ Asphalt Inorganic reinforcement _________________ Mineral fibers and fillers 1 The percentage of water (4.8.1.8) and the percentage of volatile material (4.3.1.2) shall not differ by more than percent Astm - O ' ~ / 2. 2,7 -- S-V Atjl- ~ "^7, y 7/ \ BIRD 006445 r MODL-R-3472 8.5.4 Flexibility.--The emulsion shall show 4.3 Inspection and tests. -- The emulsion no evidence of cracking, flaking; or lossvof and the preparation for delivery thereof shall adhesion when tested in accordance with be given such inspection and tests as may be 4.3.2.B. necessary to determine conformance with the requirements of this specification. Unless 8.6.5 Water resistance,---The emulsion shall otherwise specified, tests shall be conducted show no evidence of blistering or appreciable at a laboratory designated by the contracting re-emulsification when tested in accordance officer. (See 6.2.) with 4.3.2.6. 3.5.6 Accelerated weathering.--The emul 4.8.1 Compoeition. sion shall show no evidence of sag, alligatoring, or cracking through to the metal when tested in accordance with 4.S.2.7. 4.3.1.1 Weight per gallon.--- Weight per gallon shall be determined in accordance with Specification TT-P-141, Method 401. 8j6 Identification and labeling. 8.0-1 Manufacturer's identification,--Each container of emulsion shall bear the manufac turer's name or trade-mark stamped, or otherwise permanently marked upon the container. 4.3.1.2 Volatile and nonvolatile material,-- The volatile and nonvolatile material shall be determined in accordance with Specifica tion TT-P-141, Method 404.1, except that the material shall be heated for 24 hours, or un til the loaa of weight on successive hourly weighings is not more than 0.06 gm. 8.6.2 Labeling.--Each container of emul 4.8.1.3 Water content,--The water content C sion shall be stenciled or labeled on two shall ha determined in accordance with sides, in a clear and legible manner, with the Specification SS-R-408, method 222.0. following: "ASPHALT-BASE ROOF-COATING DO NOT ALLOW TO FREEZE During cold weather store in a closed building at a temperature of not leas than plus 40* F." 4.8.1.4 Aeh.--Ash shall ha determined in accordance with Specification W-L-791, method 641.2, rapid routine method for ash. 4.8.2 Phyeical properties. 8.7 Workmanship.--'Workmanship shall be of the highest grade throughout and ip ac cordance with good commercial practice for this type of commodity. 4.8.2.1 Teet panele.--Teats for setting time, resistance to direct flame, resistance to flow, and flexibility shall be conducted on coated steel panels. The panels shall be 6 inches square with' a nominal thickness of not less than 0.0120 nor more than 0.0179 inch. The 4. SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TEST PROCEDURES 4.1 Sampling.--Sampling shall be in ac cordance with Specification SS-R-406, meth od 101.1. 4.2 Inspection Procedures.--For Navy pur panels shall be capable of being bent through an arc of 180 degrees around a H-lneh mandrel without developing any irregulari ties. Panels shall'be prepared for the tests in the following manner: Loose scale shall be removed by sand blasting ,or other appro priate means. A brass mask 6 inches stpaara and %8-inch thick with a 4-inch squaw opoa- chases, the general inspection procedures shall be in accordance with General Specifica tions for Inspection of Material. ing in the center Bhall be damped te the panel. The panel shall be placed iae herfaootal position and the opening io the mwfl oevered 8 BIRD 006446 MDLr-R-3472 with a coating of thoroughly stirred emul sion. Excess emulsion shall be removed with a flat scraper in such a manner that a uni form coating %a-inch thick remains on the panel. The mask shall be removed while the panel is in the horizontal position. 4.5.2.2 Setting time. -- A freshly coated panel shall be exposed in a horizontal position at a temperature of approximately 23* C. and 50 percent relative humidity. The condition of the surface shall be tested at intervals by rubbing lightly with the finger. The emulsion will be considered to have reached a firm set when such rubbing does not break or roll the surface of the coating. 4.3.2.3 Resistance to flame. 4.3.2.3.1 Ignition.--Place a small amount of the emulsion (3 to 4.5 gm) in a flat-bot tomed dish on a ring stand in a horizontal position. Adjust a Bunsen or Fisher burner to a soft flame approximately 6 inches long. Hold the flame horizontally with the tip just above the edge' of the dish and direct the flame across the surface of the emulsion for 10 seconds. Allow the emulsion to cool for 5. minutes, and repeat the test by applying the flame in a horizontal plane at right angles to the first position. 4.3.2.5.2 Direct flame teats--A coated panel shall be allowed to dry for 48 hours in a horizontal position at approximately 23* C, and 50 percent relative humidity, and then subjected to the blue flame of a Bunsen or Fisher burner for 10 seconds. The panel shall then be placed in a vertical position and the coating subjected to.prolonged contact with the flame. After prolonged contact with the flame, not more than a few drops of oily ma terial shall appear and the major portion of the coating shall char in place. 4.3.2.5 Flexibility.-- A coated panel shall be allowed to dry as specified in 4.3.2.3.2 and placed in an oven for 5 hours at .60* C. plus or minus 0.6* C. Allow the panel to cool to room temperature and condition for one hour at 0 C. plus or minus 1* C. Bend the pre pared panel, with the coated surface out, around a 2-inch-diameter mandrel through an arc of 180 degrees in approximately 2 sec onds. Small hairline cracks that do not ex tend to the metal may be ignored. 4.5.2.6 Water reeietanee. -- Water resist ance shall be determined in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard D 466-42. 4.5.2.7 Accelerated weathering teet.--The accelerated weathering test- shall be con ducted in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard D 529-39T, cycle A, for a total of 800 24hour cycles. (See 6.8.) 5. PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY 5.1 Army purchases. 5.1.1 Packaging and packing for domeetie shipment. 5.1.1.1 Packaging.--Commercial packaging will he acceptable. 5.1.1.2 Packing;--The roof-coating shall be packed or prepared for shipment in such a manner as to insure acceptance and safe de livery to the designated point by common or other carriers, at the lowest rate of the car rier. 5.1.2 Packaging and packing for overseas shipment.--The roof-coating shall be pack aged and-packed in conformance with Specifi cation MIL-P-10880. 5.2 Air Force and Navy purchases. 4^2.4 Reatatanee to flow under heat.--Re sistance to flow under heat shall be deter mined in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard D-466-42. 5.2.1Packaging and packing for domeetie and overseas shipment.--The roof coating shall be packaged and packed In accordance with Specification TT-P-143. 4 BIRD 006447 MIL-R-3472 5.8 Mailing. 5.3.1 For identification.--Each can, drum, and box shall be marked or labeled to indicate the item and quantity contained therein, the specification number, order number, and manufacturer's name or trademark. 5.3.2 For shipment.--In addition to any special marking required by the contract or order, shipments for the Army shall be marked in accordance with Specification 100-2; for the Navy in accordance with the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook; for the Air Force in accordance with Specification 94-40645. 6. NOTES 6.1 Use.--The asphalt-base emulsion is in tended for use as a protective coating for smooth-surfaced asphalt roofs having in clines of not less than ^j-inch to the foot. 641 Ordering data. -- Procurement docu ments should specify the following: a.. Title, number, and date of this speci fication. It Location of laboratory where tests will be conducted. (See 4.8.) c. For Army purchases whether do mestic or overseas packaging and packing'are required. (See 5.1.1 and 6.1.2.) 6.3 The accelerated weathering test (4.3.2.7) may be waived, at the option of the contracting officer, upon certification by the contractor that the emulsion meets the test requirements. Notice.--When Government drawing*, ipeciflcetioni, or other data are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Govern ment procurement operation, the United Statea Gov ernment thereby incurs no responsibility nor an; obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Govern ment may have formulated, famished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any maimer licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be re lated thereto. Custodian: Army--Corps of Engineer* Otherinterest: Army--T Navy--YAfCShS Air Force. 5 BIRD 006448 ft i'. INDEX OF SPECIFICATIONS (Including NME (JAN) Standards) MONTHLY SUPPLEMENT APRIL 1949 - ( UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1949 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D. C. - Price $1.50 a year. Domestic; $1.85 Foreign 4 5 I 5 f f .1 i _J BIRD 006449 DKEAROEHT OP THE ARMT WASHINGTCK 25, D. C., 30 APRIL 091*9 The United States Amy Index of Specifications (Including HUE (JAN) Standards) is published for the information and guidance of all concerned. BT ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMT* OFFICIAL* EDWARD F.. WITSELL Major General The Adjutant General OMAR H. BRADLET Chief of Staff, United States Arny BIRD 006450 1 U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS NEW AND REVISED SPECIFICATIONS The following specifications were approved as 0. S. krrsj- Specifications on the dates indicated and their use, whsnever applicable, is mandatory upon all procuring agencies of the Departmmt of the Arsyt TITLE Adapter, grenade projection, chemical, K2 NUMBER 50-50-13 OATE AFFROVEO April 19 Alidads, brass, open sight, with leather caae and accessories U2.1-2A 22 Antenna coupler CO-119( )/FH 71-3U03 11 Bridge-model kit, training aid, floating bridges Hit awl HhA2 U7-112 28 Cabinet, proofing. Insulated, portable, 36-pan capacity 28-173 15. Canera HJ-150-C ) 75-553 1 Cap, herringbone twill, (O.D. ?) 6-326A 21 Coated cellophane film for incre ment charge containers 50-11-151 lk Control switchboard SB-100( )/lfTC 71-3101 Ik Covers, canvas, machinery trailer with equipment and even for mobile bakery, M-19U5 6-1*67 27 Ditcher, plow type, 12-inch bottom, 26-inch depth UU-175 lit Engine generator HI-181( )/P0C-l 71-3U01 18 Enlarger FH-275-( ) 75-4*28 18 Flag, marking, laundry, 3 * 5. inches 6-W1A 13 Frequency meter T3-175C )/V 71-5095 11 GUSTO* DIM REMARKS 0N EB S8 EN Q8 s8 <3 B 0I s8 <3 8 E8 S8 S8 <3 B s8 * 8 - Indicates Xew Specification H - Indicates Bsvlssd Specification J BIRD 006451 NEW AND REVISED U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE Hydrometer TS-386/U Ladders; berth, aluninnn, 5-rung, adjuatable HLne, anti-personnel, M2A1*, Hotel parts Overshoes, arctic, cornea's, all rubber, lacs type Packaging and packing of machines, computing, daalc type and portable type with carrying case, actor driven and hand operated Packaging and packing of organ, electronic In roussable shipping containers Pocket, cartridge, caliber .30 11-1, carbine or rifle Press, drill, radial type, 11 inch coltun, U-foot ana, sotor-driven, 5--HP208-volt, 60-cycle, 3~ phase Radio set SCEr-28l-( ) (ccnpcnents for) Radiosonde AX/AlH5-2( ) Reader PH-608( )/PFP Roller, road, tcsred-type, aheapsfoot, alngle-drua, eith reaovable feet Ssr, table, tllted-type, portable, gasoline-driven, skLd-aounted, 16-lnch-blade Shell, fixed, HE, X)*8 for 75 IK guns K|2A1 for 76 IK guns H71 for 90 IK guns and shell, seal-fixed, HE, W*8 for 75 IK hoeltaers 10. for 105 IK hositiers assembling, arking and packing NUMBER 70-501 65-50 50-86-9 20-1371 100-83 100-82 6-U7U 56-20-7 71-31*02 7U-12U 75-55U UU-172 56-80-10 50-21-1*1 owrc ASMOVtO April 28 22 u* 21 26 1 li* 26 19 6 20 22 20 U eusTo- OUM REMARKS sX TV 0X 4B <1 X QH 9V EI sI sX sX EX EX 0 X Z*H45083 2 1 ) J> j BIRD 006452 NEW AND REVISED U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE NUMBER Stove, yukon, liquid fuel,complete Theraoaster ML-352/UH Trough, dough, for mobile bakery. K-19U5 Waveneter FH-39( )/U Truck, 5-ton, 4*2, coal-delivery. conveyor-type 28-174 74-129 28-172 11-3719 91-203 DATE APPROVED GUSTO* REMARKS April 13 19 Q s H B 15 4 19 s IT H 14 E H I ( ERHATAj Changes indicated belcar should lie made in the United States Ar^ Index of Specifications, January 1919* Delete the following specification! Page 117 - Qjpsuaj calcined SS-C-901 List the following specifications Page 270 - 4-1126 Sulfadiazine Tablets, 7*7 grains Pages 57 and 286 - 10-2379 Clamp, Adjustable If It 2U-45083 3 * BIRD 006453 U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS CANCELLATIONS The following U. 3. Arny Specifications hare been canceled and their use by all procuring agencies of the.Depertnent of the Arny will be discon tinued s TITLE NUMBER OATS CAMCCLCQ CUSTO DIAN REMARKS Album, photographic type A-3 (loose-leaf) Amboceptor paper cutter Apparatus, anesthesia Binder, medical history Carrier, combat gas mask, V7 Cane, walking 75-266 10-201*31 10-2835 1-36 97-53-31 10-2529 l^roh 29 April 29 29 22 U 21 Clamps, rubber dam 10-2629 22 Crate for lanterns Desciccator, Schsibler Excavators, dental 10-21*88 10-221*81 10-2l33B 20 29 20 Flask, with cup Forceps, tooth extracting 10-25UA 10-2129B 19 20 Glass m-162 75-5U7 29 Harness, head, Cl* Hose, coolant system, reclaimed and synthetic rubber 97-51-258 20-1181 11 29 Irons, caulking, set of 3, numbers 1) 2',' and 3 crease 17-11*6 11* A Hot required If Hot required If Hot required M Hot required C Hot required If Sop. by Fad. Spec. OG-P-598 If - Sup. by Fed. Spec. 00-1-526 If Hot required If Hot required If Sup. by Fed. Spec, oa-r-526 If Hot required It Sup. by Fed. Spec. QO-I-526 s Sup. by Fed. Spec. QQ-G-391 c Hot required 0 Sup. by Fed. Spec. ZZ-H-i*28 B Sup. by Fed. spec, aaa-i-671 0 !% HW h 'J BIRD 006454 U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS CANCELED '{CONT'D) TITLE NUMBER Kit, first aid, aeronautic, empty 6-27U Lantern, muscle test 10-2758 Parks, for (Alaskan clothing) Points, cartiorundnm, mounted, far dental handpiece 21-1 10-28621 Scalers 10-25961 Spoon, metal (for typhoid-carrier exm. '.nation) Suiting, olive drab, 20-cunce Tubes, glass, 1$ CC, 'for centrifuge (graduated and ungraduated) 10-20050 8S-39A 10-2259A Unit, operating, dental Urinalysis set Hex, cram, dental 10-29651 10-2i>96 U-1103A 0ATE CANCELED April Ut 21 8 CUSTO DIAN REMARKS u Sup. by JAN-K-303 K Sap* by Fed* Spec * GG-L-112 Q Not required 21 u Sup. by Fed. Spec. GG-r-590 12 u Sup. by Fed. Spec. QG-I-526 26 11 Not required 1 Q Not required 29 u Sup. by Navy Spec. 57HO 29 H Not required 20 11 No.t required 19 H Sup, by Fed. Spec. U-W-lli9 , ] 1 1 2H-45083A6C0 5 1 1 ! j i i ii ,-i i BIRD 006455 NATIONAL MILITARY ESTABLISHMENT SPECIFICATIONS NEW AND REVISED SPECIFICATIONS 01,9 following specifications ware approved as Rational Military Establishaent Specifications an the dates indicated and their use, wherever ap plicable, is mandatory upon all procuring agencies of the Department of the rayf printed copies are expected to be available in approximately Aeyat title DATE ARMY SYMBOL APPROVED CUSTOOtAN SUPERSEDED ipplea, dehydrated April JAN-A-1035 29 Q 9M Tent. C<JD 78D Beans, with frankfurter chunks, QX Tent. in tomato sauce, canned JAN-B-1065 13 9 COD 300A Beef, boneless, frosen JAN-B-760 a 9 QM Tent. CQD 11M Beef and pork loaf, canned, nonfat dry nllk solids added JAH-B-753 a QM Tent. 9 ' COD 37U Camouflage-cloth, impregnated, flame-resistant JAR-C-765 Caskets, burial, wetal, with shipping case (current death type) JIX-c-756 Clinometers, service JAH-C-75? 29 7 18 USA. 39-13 E CK Tent. T-1213C a Itar. Des. 69 s USA U2-13A Coating, fire-resistant (for woven cotton matting) JiN-C-755 13 E -- Coffee, soluble product JAH-C-1C09 21 Q QU Teat. CQD 32a Compound, leather dressing, pre servative, for field treatment JAK-C-1063 n 9 USA 92-61 Container, decoration, plastic JAH-C-1061 5 9 USA 3U-29 Compound, water-repellent, textile 911 Tent. finish JAS-C-1068 18 a PQD USD Cruahing-and-ecreening-plant, two- unit, gasoline-engine-driven, semitrailer-mounted JIN-C-76U 29 E USA ltU-92 Egg and egg products, frozen iAN-B-1037 29 9 QU Tent. CQP 169B 6 M 13347 I I I I BIRD 006456 NATIONAL MILITARY ESTABLISHMENT SPECIFICATIONS (CONT*D) TITLE DATE ARMY SYMBOL APPROVED CUSTODIAN SUPERSEDED F11k, teat, 16-VU,target (for determining picture unsteadiness of notion picture projectors) JAN-F-766 April 29 S Film, test; 16-104 warble fre quency (for determining acoustical response) JAN-F-767 29 S drape beverage crystals, synthetic JiH-C-1067 13 9 QIt Tent. CQD ll2B Has chunks, cmned JAN-H-1021 25 a Oi That. CQD l^OC Ham and eggs, chopped, canned JiH-H-1038 29 n QH Tent. CQD 375A Hamers, pneumatic, riveting JAH-B-75L 13 s CE Tent. T-1815 Insecticide, EDT powder, waterdispersible Ladders, chain (shipboard use) JAH-I-1061* JAH-L-223A 13 ' 29 9 T dsa U-uh JAH-L-221 Lead stearate (for uae in anrninlt- QD Tent. ion) JAH-W58 15 0 HCS-1272 Lead atyphnate, normal JAH-L-757 13 0 QD Tent. FXS-1282 Lemon Juice powder, synthetic JAK-L-1066 13 9 QH Tent. Spec. CQD U3C Heat cuts and sausage products, fresh, chilled, or frozen* Pack aging and packing for domestic QH Tent. and overseas shipment JAN-H-1018 25 9 CQD 3U8 Heat and noodles, canned JAH-M-102? 25 9 QH Tent. CqD 199B Hathyl bromide JAN-M-1060 5 9 USA lt-112 Sets, camouflage, cotton-twine, - garnished with fabric JAH-H-763 29 E USA 39-2QA Orange Juice pwwder, synthetic JAN-0-1026 25 9 QH Tent. CQD 165B 4 10 M7 7 i i i iI i BIRD 006457 NATIONAL MILITARY ESTABLISHMENT SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE SYMBOL DATE ARMY APPROVED CUSTODIAN SUPERSEDED April Packaging and packing Cor overseas CB Tent. shipaent, graders, road JAN-P-762 22 E T-2U86 Powder, propellent; cartridge, grenade carbine, caliber .30, MS and 11? JAN-P-76I 21 OD Tent. 0 FXS-CJ2 Shortening, coconut oil JAN-S-1023 11 Q QJI Tent. CQD 378 Sirup, chocolate and chocolateflavored IAN-S-1062 11 OH Tent. Q CQD 369A Stew, meat and vegetable, canned JAH-S-1030 25 Q QU "tent. CQD 8D Truck, 5-ton, 6x6, cbaasls, H3? truck, 5-ton, 6x6, chassis, KUO truck, 5-ton, 6r6, cargo, l#il IAN-T-7U0 13 0 0 _______ * 11H7 / * BIRD 006458 r r y FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS The following Federal Specifications and amendments for use of all departments and establishments of the Government were pro mulgated by thp Director of Procurement, Treasury Department and their use, whenever applicable, is mandatory upon all procuring agencies of the Department of 'the Army* FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS PROMULGATED TITLE SYMBOL EFFECTIVE DATE REMARKS Amyl alcohol; secondary (for use in organic coatings) Buckram; ootton Canes; walking Chipboard; Plain Chocolate and sweet chocolate Ink; writing, bine, alkaline (non corrosive) Isopropyl acetate (for uee in organic coatings) Lanterns; muscle-test, optical Lubricants, liquid fuels, and related products; methods of sampling and testing Pads; stamp Paper; bread-wrapping, waxed, selfsealing Sheeting; cotton, unbleached, narrow Hire, steel (carbon); hard-drawn, spring and sine-coated high strength TT-A-516 CCC-8-751 LLL-C-83 UlJ-C-282 JJJ-C-271* TT-I-S66 TT-I-721 GG-L-112 W-L-791d TT-P-lfia TO-F-13U CCC-S-28U <W-*-l*65a IS Kay 191,9 28 Apr 191*9 18 Apr 191*9 1$ Apr 191*9 1 Kay 19li9 1 May 191*9 1 May 191,9 1 May 191,9 18 Apr 191*9 18 Apr 191*9 15 Apr 191*9 18 Apr 191*9 1 May 191*9 M H X X R H H X B E " E H 1 i 1 1 I | 1 91 I II I BIRD 006459 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AMENOED TITLE SYMBOL Brushes; sweeping, floor H-B-65U. Chrone-green; pure, dry (paintpigaent) TT-C-235 Envelopes, leather; slide-fastener KK-E-561* Glasses, gage; flat (plain and reflex;, (for pressures 125 pounds and over) DD-G-ltfl MLUcj evaporated C-M-371a OaJcua; narlne T-O-56 Oil; fuel (for ail burners) W-O-326 Oil; linseed, boiled (far use in organic coatings) TT-0-36U EFFECTIVE AMCMOMEMT DATE 15 Apr 19li? 1 15 Apr 191*9 15 Apr 19ti9 2 1 15 Apr 191i9 15 Apr l?li? 15 Apr 191;? 1 Hay 19i9 1 May 19li? 1 1 1 3 1 # a 10 BIRD 006460 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS CANCELED TITLE SYMBOL REMARKS Brushes, paint; natal-bound, flat (high-grade) H-B-L21 Brushes, paint; nstal-bound, flat (wdiun-grade) H-B-L31 Brushes, paint; natal-bound, flat (utility-wall) H-B-U36 Melons (honey-deir, honey-ball, persian, or casaba); froah T-M-211 Sup* by Fed, Spec, H-B-U20 Sup. by Fed. Spec. H-B-L20 Sup. by Fed. Spec. H-B-U20 Sup. by Fed. Specs. I-M-210 and T-M-212 j 1 ! 11 U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1949 O - M6S28 BIRD 006461 UNITED STATES ARMY INDEX OF SPECIFICATIONS (Including NME (JAN) Standards) MONTHLY SUPPLEMENT MARCH 1949 i UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON s 19*9 i ----------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- -- 1 x For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D. C. - Price $1.50 a year, Domestic; $1.85 Foreign { f BIRD 006462 DEPARTMENT OF THE ABIC WASHINGTON 2$, D. C., 31 March 19k9 The United States Array Index of Specifications (Including NME (JAN) Standards) is published for the information and guidance of all concerned* BY ORDER OF 1HE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY* OFFICIAL* OMAR N. BRADIEY EDWARD F. WI1SELL Chief of Staff, United States Array Major General The Adjutant General U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS NEW AND REVISED SPECIFICATIONS Ibe following specifications ware approved as U, S. Anqr Specifications on the dates' indicated and their use, ' whenever applicable, is mandatory upon aU procuring agencies of the Department of the Irryj TITLE NUMBER Amplifier AK-92( )/TI 71-3350 Analyzer ZH-3( )/0 71-3388 Antenna junction box J-3U6/FRE-12X HP cable assenbly 0Q-561/0 and HP cable assembly CG-562/U Antenna support AB-105( )/FRG 71-3395 69-US Barge, deck or liquid cargo, nonpropelled, steel, 578-ton or U,160-bbl., 120', design 231B 65-28 Barge, dry cargo, steel, 130, design 267 65-U8 Barge, gasoline, non-propelled, steel, 13,000 barrels, 235 foot, design 700U 65-U7 Box, aamunition liOVU, Hilt 51-29-7 Car, railway, hopper, 56i-inch. gauge, 50-ton, 8-wheel (riveted) U3-28 Car, railway, hopper, 56J-inch gauge, 50-ton, 8-wheel (welded) U3-55 Car, railway, tank, ICC-103-a, 56fc- inch gauge, 10,000-gallon, 8-wheel (welded) U3-27A Case PH-318 75-552 Crystal rectifier test set TS268( )/B 71-2512 OATE AFFROVED Harch 7 18 CUSTO DIAN REMARKS .s N sN 9 sN 9 sH 21 T N 28 T N 28 T N 8 0H 18 T H 18 T N 2U 7 11 TR S .H SS N - Indicates Hew Specification K - Indicates Revised Specification BIRD 006464 NEW AND REVISED U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE Detector set A/PRS-3< ) Developing tank FH-fyk/FFQ NUMBER 71-3396 75^551 4U*MWTWVtO March 3 3 COUUtTNO- REMARKS s8 s8 Electrodes, welding; covered, bronze (Cor Joining) Exciter unit 0-5( )/FR 57-S03-11; 71-3391* 28 11 08 s8 Fide, hand 654*9 28 T 8 Film slide adapter HI-6I0( )/FFP Frequency meter set I-129-C ) (absorption type) Fuze, rocket, base detonating, ULOk metal parts for Gaskets, rubber, for cartridge storage oases, smokeless ponder boxes and tanks Harness, nan, two-trace-type Heater Hl4*18-( ) 75-555 71-13838 50-97-2 28 7 7 50-11-831 64*75 75-5U* 7 22 1 Ss SR 0K 0a 4H sn Igniter, electric, 1GL2 504,9-2 7 0 H Kit; photographic water supply, type 0-2 75-389* February 17 A R Lamp, electric, warning, red, with blinker device, vehicle, 6-volt 91-200 March 3 E N lathe, engine, motor-driven, 5-HP., 208-volt, 60-cycle, 3-phase, 16inch by 5U-inch capacity, tool room type, quick-change gears 56-65-9 25 E8 lighting equipment; aircraft, installation of general specifi cation for 9U-32265F 11 *R Uask, cheek protector, arctic 64*73 31 4 8 Meter test equipment 1H/GSM~1( ) (components of) 71-1689* 18 sR Mine cases, anil buoys, steel, sub marine mine 89-2951 16 0H 2~50S;3 2 NEW AND REVISED U. S. ARMY SPECIFICATION^ (CONT'D) TITLE Packaging and packing of range, field, M-1937 pack A and pack B Primer, gasoline-engine, bandoperated, displacement-pump type Public address set AN/tIXQ-l( ) (principal components for) Rack MT-U52( )/F MT-U53( )/F and HT-693( )/FER~12X Radio frequency wattmeter TS-118( ) /AP Radio transmitting set AN/SRT-10( ) (components for) Radio transmitter T-171( )/F8- and antenna tuner TK-171( )/FHT Recorder-reproducer AN/GNQ-i*( ) (components of) Regulator; voltage, direct current generator, 26-30 volt, typo P-l RF amplifier AM-333( )/PRT Signal generator TS-li65( )/0 Sling, pallet type, wire rope Soap, liquid, antiseptic Standard oscillator TS-22X/TSU Telegraph switchboard SB-6( )/CC Tent, shelter half, new type Test set I-l*9-( ) Test TS-190( )/tI Truck, 2-1/2-ton, earth borer and pole setter V-18( )/lfl4 Vessel, supply, diesel, steel 176 foot, design 381 NUMBER 100-8lj (MTE APMOVtD March 23 90-21* 3 71-3192A 7 69-19 9 71-5088 29 69-2 1 71-3396 11* 71-3367 7 9U-32276D 71-31*00 February 25 March 31 71-3386 18 66-I4 2 35-17 1* 71-3393 29 71-3397 29 6-1*76 71-110E 23 29 71-3377 7 91-165A 7 65-39 21* ONTOOULN REMARKS 4N EN sR s N SN sN sN SN AR sH s TH QH sH SH 4H SR SH sR TH Z*-*5083 3 I BIRD 006466 u. S. ARMY SPECIFICATIONS CANCELLATIONS The following U. S. Amy Specificaticna hare been canceled and their we by all procuring agencies of the.Department of the Amy will be discon tinued! TITLE NUMBER BUTE CANCELED Boiler, steam, hospital (cooking and| sterilizing) 8W& Narch. 8 Cover, insulating, for airplane smoke tank ltiiO 96-31-69 18 Mask, gas, nonconbatant, MI13-I-I Uask, gas, noncoabatant, U2-2-I (small child size) 97-51-231 97-51-213 25 25 Uask, gas, noneoobatant, small child, M2A-2-I 97-51-235 22 Tank, airplane smoke, lfUO 96-31-67 17 cuftoam REMARKS Hot required Hot required Hot required Hot required Hot required [Not required I .1 k BIRD 006467 u NATIONAL MILITARY ESTABLISHMENT SPECIFICATIONS NEW AND REVISED SPECIFICATIONS - P1? foUowlng specifications were approved as National Military EatabsP0O:i-fica'fciaria on th dates indicated and their use, wherever *p- pxrcatiie, is mandatory upon all procuring agencies of the Department of the arsyi panted copies are expected to he available in approximately li5 days! TITLE Bats, baseball Bats, softball Beans, baked; dehydrated Beef, tenderloin Beverage pack, aid station BootB, leather, laced, logger type, with-calks Cables, electrode, with lug (for arc-welding) Cap, canteen, chain-amd-gasket assembled Cap, wool, knit, H-19U1 symbol DATE APPROVED ARMY CUSTODIAN SUPERSEDED March JAN-B-IOOO 21 4 Oil Tent. JQD 639B JAN-B-1001 21 0 QM Tent. JQD 61*1*B JAN-B-1039 25 4 CM Tent. COD 90 JAH-B-lOiiO 25 4 QM Tent. CQD 351 JAN-B-10U1 21* ' 4 QM Tent. CQD 31*7 JAN-B-100U 21 qu Tent. 4 BQD 21*9 JAN-C-7U1 JWJ-C-1052 J4U-C-1005 8 28 21 S-- 4 USA 28-liM Q QM Tent. FQD 87B Cartridge, grenade, rifle and carbine JAH-C-7U6 30 0 Cartridge, small arms, high pressure teat JAN-C-7U3 11* USA ?0-l*~6B, 0 50-1-32, 50-1-SH and 50-2-5 A Carton, ice cream, 1/2-pint JAN-C-10l*2 21* 4 QM Tent. CQD 373 Cereal, pre-arbcsd (with sugar and dry milk) jab-c-ioU'5 21* QU Tent. 4 CQD 92 Cheese; dehydrated, process, bulk JAH-C-10U7 21* 4 QM Tent. WP.SflL.. 5 * utr BIRD 006468 NATIONAL MILITARY ESTABLISHMENT SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'O) TITLE SYMBOL BATE APPROVED CUSTODIAN SUPERSEDED Uarch QH Tent. Chicken or turkey, boned, canned JAK-C-1058 31 q CQD 345 Cleaning-compound, spark-plug, ceramic F1H-C-7U4 17 CD Tent. A AXS-1234 and 1K-C-61A Compound, germicidal rinse FaN-C-1054 28 Q QU Teat. icon 1013 Compound, hardening, mortuary TAH-C-1009 21 Q USA &-7 Cookie, oatmeal, chocolate chip IAN-C-102? 24 Q qU Tent. CQD 401 Cookie, sandwich JAH-C-10U3 23 4 OK Tent. CQD 321A Cream, massage, embalming Cream; pasteurized, for reconsti tuted milk JAH-C-1011 JAM-C-1036 22 23 q USA 35-36 QU Tent. Q CQD 136 Ella, test, 16-MU, 7000 cycle (far determining asimuth error) JAU-F-752 31 S film, test, 16-1*!, 1000 cycle (for determining uniform!!y of scanning beam Illumination) FiN-F-751 31 S Fluid, embalming, arterial IAN-F-1006 21 Q USA 35-8 Fluid, fingerprint detector (16 ounce with 24 acetate sheets) UN-F-1016 22 QM Pur. Q Des. 56B Food packet, individual, assault, IA-1 UH-F-103U 24 OH Tent. q CQD 404 Glass, fibrous, board and stripping tape, hard-surface (heat- insula tion) JAS-G-742 7 T N.3. 32G8(IHT) Gloves, cotton, dress, women's F1H-G-1007 21 q QU Tent. PQD 464 Gloves, cotton, protective r*H-o-ioS7 30 q QU Tent. PQD 41E Gloves, leather, tan, officers F1K-G-1017 22 Q QU Tent. CQD 204 Gloves, women's, work, cotton rAK-G-1008 21 Q QU Hint. KP.21a2uAr - 6 BIRD 006469 NATIONAL MILITARY ESTABLISHMENT SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE Hamburgers, canned DATE ARMY SYMBOL APWKWEO CUST00IAN SUPERSEDED March JAH-H-10U8 25 QU TehtT. <1 CQD 3090 Hash) corned beef, canned JAH-H-7SO 31 Q QU Ibnt. CQD 1I*9B Keeper, slide, plastic, ball type JAH-K-1051 28 Q USA 6l-U Key, can unattached JAH-K-1027 25 Q QU Tent. CQD 1QA lard, service style JAH-L-1059 31 Q 9f Tent. CQD 390 Lead, pile driving, steel, pendulum, skid-mounted JAH-L-7U7 30 CE Tent. E T-22U0 Meringue-powder JAM-M-7U8 31 4 ' pasterurlzed (reconstituted, blended, and standardized with reconstituted skim milk) JAH-M-1022 25 QU Tent. Q CQD 137A Moisture-resistance-test, for material items used in electronic communication, and electrical equipment JAH-H-7U5 22 S Oil, neat's foot, sulphonated JAN-O-1056 30 Q QU Tent. BQD 256 Oil, solubilized (for recondition ing leather) JAH-0-10S5 Paper, music writing JAH-P-101U 28 22 QU Tent. a BQD 262 0 QU Tent. PQD 505 Pipe, culvert, iron or steel, nestable (for overseas use) JAH-P-236*. 7 JAU-P-236, B USA hU-102 end Uavy U1PI7 Pork roll J4KrP-1020 25 Pouch, lirat-aid-packet, leather JAN-P-1002 21 Q QU Tent. CQD 1U6 Q QU Tent. JQD 779 Primers, percussion (for small arms ammunition) JAK-P-7l*9 31 0 USA JO-1-3B, SO-2-3B, 50-L-2B and FX5-U30(Eev. 1) 48 18147 r i BIRD 006470 NATIONAL MILITARY ESTABLISHMENT SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D) TITLE DATE ARMY SYMBOL APPftOVED CUSHMAN SUPERSEDE Ration, parachute, emergency March IAN-R-102^ 2k Q QM Tent. CQD 302A Scabbard, leather, carbine, caliber .30, it-1 JAN-S-1012 22 OX Tent. Q JQD 193B Sealer, liquid, embalming JAN-S-1010 22 Q USA 35-15 Shoes, field, women's J4N-S-1013 22 0 QH Imt. BQD 89B Soup, noodle, with chicken; dehydrated lAH-S-lOltf 25 QM Tent. a C3D 352A Spreads for bread IAH-S-1032 25 0 QM Tgnt. CQD 32C Sugar; granulated, compressed JAN-S-1Q28 30 Q Vt Tent. CQD 3li5 Thong, emergency JAN-T-1003 21 a QM Tent. BQD 21x8 Tomato juice cocktaili dehydrated JAM-T-1031 25 0 QMToit. CQD 79A Tongues, pork; canned JAH-T-1033 24 Q QK Tent. CQD 339 Tax, plastic, derma surgery JMtJf-1015 22 Q QM Pur. Des. 75 Whistle, thunderer (plastic) JAN-tf-1053 28 Q USA 61-53 f <8 18 UT 8 ' ^ ,,> * - -> BIRD 006471 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS The following Federal Specifications and taendmanta for use of all departments and establishments of the Government were pro mulgated by the Director of Procurement, Treasury Department and their use, whenever applicable, is mandatory upon all procuring agencies of the Department of 'the lrayj FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS PROMULGATED TITLE SYMBOL EFFECTIVE DATE REMARKS Aryl acetate (for use in organic coatings) TT-A-511 Butyl acetate; secondary (for use in organic costings) rr-B-aiiO Carriages, dressing; surgical AA-C-112 Governors, gasoline-engine; centrifugal velocity, and air-vane F-G-621 Insulation, mineral-wool; blanket, felt, and induatrial-Batt (for heated surfaces) HH-I-563 Melons, Casaba and Persian type; fresh r-y-212 Paint, varnish, lacquer, and related materials; methods of inspection, sampling, and testing TT-P-UOh Points, silicon-carbide; dental GG-F-598 Red squill powder O-H-171 Rodenticide; fumigant dust (1*2 percent calcium cyanide dust) O-ft-501 Shallots; green, bunched HHH-S-2S6 Tacks; map and marking Transits, cme-minute; and transit tripods FF-T-51 GG-T-621 1 Mar. 19l*9 15 Mar. 191*9 1 Apr. 191*9 15 Mar. 191*9 H B N 15 Mar. 191(9 N 1 Apr. 191*9 Sup. part T-M-211 25 Mar. 19l*9 15 Mar. 191*9 15 Apr. 191*9 R H S 15 Apr. 191*9 S 1 Apr. 191*9 Sup. part HHH-O-5!*! 1 Apr. 191*9 N 15 Mar. 191*9 N 9 C BIRD 006472 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AMENDED TITLE SYMBOL EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT OATE NUMBER Cards; guide, card-size UU-C-76b .15 Apr. 19lt9 1 Insulation, building, mineral-wool; Batts, loose-fill, and granularfill HH-I-S21C 15 Har. 19l*9 i Leather and leather products; general specifications (methods of sampling, inspection, and tests) KK-L-311 Motors; alternating-current, fract ional-horsepower, single-phase and universal CC-M-636 15 Mar. 19l*9 1 Har. 191*9 3 2 Paper; computing-machine TO-P-l35a 15 Apr. 191*9 1 Paper; duplicator, liquid process UU-P-231 15 Mar. 191(9 1 Paper; manifold UU-P-328b 15 Apr. ll*9 1 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS CANCELED10 TITLE Onions or shallots; green, bunched SYMBOL REMARKS HHH-0-5U1 Sup. by Fed. Specs. HHK-O-533 and HHH-S-256 10 tL S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1949 <5 - 832187 BIRD 006473 SS-S-00298 October 22, 1954 . , INTERIM 3S33EBAL SPECIFICATION sett" . : .SHINGLES, 'ASPHALT, fflJE^^OHEACED, THl6K-BaTl! - t , (This interim Federal specification has been devaL oped by the ' National .Bureau of Standards, Building TechnaL^y'iivlsian, based upon currently available -technical infonnation,-..but. has .not been . approved for pr.oiqulgation as 'a regular Federal .Sjmcdfication* . .it' is subject to, modification, and, pending..its promulgation as a regular Federal 'Specification^ may be.'used, in procurement*) . 1* _ SOO^- iJTO. CLASSIFIOATiON lT*l ' Scope This' specification covers asphalt shingles of the thioWmtt.vt3^s*.^ , .; J ^' \ - ' > 'V>, 'l ' , 12 S'tyldi- Shingles shall be.p th%. sciuar^^gitt. a-i^erin>-- tended fog]maaiirqgi}jaxposure,' of fiir%inoheb^"V - VJ.. 2* APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AMD OTHER PUBLICATIONS. """ '*X'~ `iTV ^* 21 Specifications*-- There are no other specifications" appal--* cable to this specification except those r^eren^fi.-ia-.^dtion 7 by-^-- individual departments * * ................... 2*2 ' Other- publ-ipat&na-*-- Tha,fdllcw4pg- pi issues in. effect'.on. data of? invitation for- bidi th'is specification* ` . ASHC Itesignatictti Tentative i^thods. of JS&Eh$. AsphaltNell? *Roofing, Cap Shefe^'and ShinglesV?.................. ASTM Designation, A239, Standard? _ ,7rj7. . . Coating-, by. l2&Jraep&. fqftt(Sniper 'bn Zinc. (Galvanized ` ........... , * ' ' % . * . *** ** 2 ~ ** * r *" Underwriters t^brai&ies^.Ihe*?; Ljirt-bf.-l^ecVd'i'Fire iPrbr- taction Equipment and" ifeteriala...................... ........................... GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION Business Stnica Center UM Canon* St. DUO*. Tta* 2- (Activities outside the federal Government may obtain copies of Federal Specifications aM Standards as Sutlined under "General Infor mation" in the Index of Federal Specifications ..and. Standards and at the prices indicated in the Index, The Index, 'which includes cumula tive monthly supplements as issued, is for sale on a subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents,. U, S, Government Printing ( Office, Washington 25, D# C# (Single copies of this specification and'other product specifi-- cations required by activities oUtside the Federal. Government foe * . bidding purposes are available without charge at tbe-GSA Regional.,'. Offices in Boston, New York, AHanta^' Chicago, Kansas City, Mo,,/ - Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeled, Seattle,-and Washington, D, C, (Federal Government activities may obtain .copies of Federal Specifications and Standards and tho Index of` Federal;' Specification^ and Standards, from established distribution points in their agencies*) . . . ,s..* '. ... - > nji y. ^ ASTM Designations D-228 and A-239 are published by thlr American SqT iety for lasting. Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa, List of inspected Fire Protection Equigoient/and Materials '1^'' publisfied.. by the Underwriters Laboratories-, Hhc., 2G7`EV;caiio Streets Chicago 11, Illinois, ............... - ... *" s. v 3, .R^QUIREM^HTS 3,1 Qualitative requirements, : .&.r. i. . * = - 3*1,1 Fabricatian,-- The shingles shall be composed of roofing felt made of'organic fibers, satur'atad'with iSphpit -kid- ceased on ' both sides with asphaltic compounds? that may' inciudb mineral/ stabiiipors"',' They shall be surfaced on the weather side with mineral "granulesThe reverse side of the shingle may bo dusted with talc,., mica or any . suitable' surfacing material thatwill provciit' sticking'in the 'i^icjfcagfe'* 3,1,2 . Thick-butt portion*-- The weather surface of the.shingle, extending fforn tte idfcrqr .edge of..the capoktrc tab- to- a distahee .of/ not less' than 6' ini,,;ishall' he c6ated:^ith' a greater- amount of as.ghalfeo material than that used on the rarfhiirLng' portion* ` ifce: mineral 'sur facing granules shall be applied uniformly, over the entire surface .and shall be dtthedded firmLy in thb asphaltic coating. BIRD 006475 r 3 6*1 *3 ypEMifgather surface, finish.-- The remainder of the weather side shall be uniformly coated and surfaced with mineral granules* The mineral granules on the non-weather surface' may be of a type different from those on the weather surface* . . ;> 3*2 Quantitative requirements*- The shingles shall ajeet the quantitative requirements specified in Table 1* - *'. < TABLE 1* QUANTITATIVE REQDIBEIfflSTS dtta.*-: ||$c Behavior on heating at 176F (80<l}f6r 2 iata$ Loss, Percent Slippage of coating. Inch - 1*5, .1/46 eight, of- -tatal .araa-af .ahiogle per4QCt^. sq* ft*, pounds '.Teight of thick-butt portion per 100 sq* ft*, pounds^ y-' ~r- lV*~*'*- ** --*v -v--, * 8 < v:si^^^of`-`<a|a 4-...4 <. t? sq* ft*r, pound* 'f! .t; v 1icC**. i.-vs .:*> t** '-` ' 1 ' - ?.*C .?. / " ; T Tieight of moihture'T^aa Aaiatoraied fo6 : . r:\tfc per 100 sq* ft*,-pdMiir" " txro.tl >a! c-7r!$jS$<fcI ti &- " -T'.- ; . ; Kilit... \ir o" Saturation of felt, percent 4>~-afaiioi3 ; Ash of molature^fitad desaturatad fdti-' ^ ^ ___ __ " '. =?--I '.'3'".r'-v: r 7 rfFiiP. 1 '..'eight of OOaiSflg''ttfenUL on woathor>i4<Se*'ftfb_ ' , .7 .-.( -r^At i0k &-i thick-butt poTtlbh pir^lOO 8tj f4*,.;#CS(rti-' >' *; i:n>PsiS0i:- ' To > - 1 '*r W aoti: Tftoafrswt# j '.'.'eight of coatLng'^fetarial side per ICO sq* ft*, pounds ii -4 10 fas!* ---- BIRD 006476  -'cl.i-..': ' Mineral stabilizer In coating passing a - No* 100 (149 micron) sieve, ^including minoral surfacing material passing a No* 100 Sieve* percent by weight ^ ** `.Toight of mineral matter passing a No* 6 ` (3360 micron) sieve.and retained on a No* 100 (149 micron) sieve on the waaltor alarof"Wa*mbV&& pcfffttfw per 100 3q*vft*, potuida Max* ---- 59 -. -------- " - ............ . - 28 -- -.Teight of mineral matter parsing, a. No*.6..(3360 micron) sieve and retained bn a No*cl0O (149vMoron) sieve on the ui>exceed weather, side per 100 sq.* ft*, pounds lwj-.;y , .; 14 :' r. JUim 3*3 Nails - To be purchased separately* *vJ *ja 0v>sjlf v*n ---.iA; i; _ 25tooMsoaied nails Ibr aipjfcjinf shdajjliiH^ , t*? nominal l-ineh weed sheathing shall be not loss than "i length with a hood not loss' '' have a cress section not greater than Nc* iO galigo wire ___ not less than No 12 gaqge Tijjro (0*10$ in*)* It barbed, the should not inoroaso tho dLsnctor #f: thCljWorctiS tttrd*srf**!lbaB .. 0*0L in* If'fqp&nro and tnistod (spiral), the CS^iaiMfOt^sie^parcoi -i, shell be equivalent to.that specified above* Tfto lasar end of tic shank shall bo?$$ntod* 3*3*2 tW^ata44S& 1k'4& shcrardizcd, and shell resist four l-sdnato dips in a copper sulfato solution when tostodlincdiftsc^^ of Tca-Ufor Nritfonstty of Coaite^y^ ' dip) on Zinc Coated (Odvanized) Iren or Steel Jrtholes (4STH Bcaigii-* tion 4239) of tho 4fccrieene*&^ 8MMkH^a *> -f -.tozfoci 4v'vt *p?-. Cf-i x*? ob,g .., BiV:* * / BIRD 006477 --5~ 3*3.3 Alternates Other non-corrosive nails conforming to the above dimensions may bo used* Tor application over plywood the length of tho nails should be shortened to conform to the thickness of the plywood used* 3o4 Fire and Casualty Hazards. 3*4*1 The contractor shell submit proof to the purchasing agoncy that the material he furnishes under this specification conforms to tho requirements of tho Underwriters * Laboratories, Inc., regarding fire and casualty hazards. The label (class C), listing, 'marker, or certified report of the Underwriters * Laboratories', Inc.,- will- be accepted as evidence of compliance with, this requirement. 3*4*2 In lieu of Underwriters1 Laboratories evidenco, tho con tractor may submit evidence from other sources "that-his material conforms to Underwriters* Laboratories requirements* The acceptance or redaction of such proof of conforraanbo shall be decided by the purchasing agency. 3*4*3 Compliance with the Undcrvnritcrs* Laboratories require ments regarding fire and casual ty hazarde does not absolve the con tractor from complete compliance with the requirements of this specification in order to so euro thd acceptance of hdm material, In the ovent of' differences between any of tho roqqirct&ints of this specification and those of Underwriters * Laboratories^ Je., tho requirements of this specification shall govern'.' 4. SAMPLING, ISSJECTlGOSr AMS' TB8TS 4*1; Sampling, inspection aftd td&ta' -shall: bo perfarmod in accordance with Tentative Methods of ^dating Asphalt RollRfeofing^ . Cap Sheets and Shingles, ASTH Designation 3J228*: 5. PREPARATION- FOR DELIVER?.. * ' '*: g. . 5- , 5*1 Packaging.-- Unless otherwise specified, conmcrcial packages are acceptable under this specification. 5*2.- Packing.- Tho. subject cojraaodity shall be prepared for ship ment to ^permit acceptance, by carrier for transportation at the lowes t, applicable rat*,, and to afford maximum protection from normal hazards of transportation. 4 $ BIRD 006478 6 *._ 5*3 Marking*- Unless otherwise specified, .shipping containers shall be narked with- -the nano of the commodity, style/ and quantity contained therein,. ,a3 defined by the contraot or order under which tho shipment is cade, the name of tho contractor, and the number of the contract or order* 6, NOTES, 6.1 Ordering data*-- Purchaser should specify the style of shingle and should exercise any desired options offered herein. (See l, 2, 3*3, 3*3.1, 3.3.2, 3*3*3, 5.1, 5.3). 6.2 It is believed thet this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired, material and that normally no samples will . be necessary prior to award to dutcmlno compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purposo., . samples with bids aye necessary, they should be spGcifioally asked for in the invitation for bids end the particular purpose to ba sorved by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specifica tion to apply in all other respects* 6*3 Federal-specifications do not include.all -tjpcs,j classbs, sizes , ctcj,, of tho comoditijs indicated. by -tho, titles of' tho specifications*, oeuwhlch arc commercially, available,- but are intondod to oovor the type,,.alapses, ate*,, vfhich arc -suiiahLG for.Fcdoral' Government roqwirpncnta. -* PhTENT NOTICE* Tflicn Government drawings, specifications, or other data arc used for any purpose other than in. aoiUKgJ.tion-Td'th a definitely rclatod Government procurement operation, the United 'States Government thereby incurs a-responsibility, nor any Qtg4gat4qn vfcateoovcrj and thc fpot that thy Govornment-.inay -have formatetai*. .finished, or in any way supplied the said 4rawing,-.specifications, or other data,, is not to be regarded by implication oar otherwise as in any manner licensing tho manufacture, use or aey,-.any patented invention that may in anyway be related thereto. 7. DERIRTMNNTil fe^UIPJSSNTS _ . - 7*lr ;Tho follordng specifioations and other publications, of tho isatioBv in effact on data, of- invitation for bids and special ' f ,. 4. | J f I V 4y BIRD 006479 -7- requirements, form a part of this specification for purchases made under this specification by the respective departments. / 7.2 Army -- '(To be supplied). 7*3 Navy - (To be supplied)* 7*4 Air Force -- (To be supplied)# GSA.-WASH DC 55-3707 BIRD 006480 Pv ' _ <*, 'S' . \ttK. . *. T>5^f` 4< %< $ . **jVi" K* v?~* i ll. . BIRD 006481 c p ~ ' .!5irOlIV.vV?4 w :;5. - ' p? -TJ; . -. a . v\,' : ' SS-S-346 JANUARY 3, 1945 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Pikxt 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR SIDING; CEMENT-ASBESTOS ! J] J This specification was approval:on the, above date by the Director of Procurement, for the use'of all departments and establishments of the Government,, and shall become effective not later than March 15, 1945. It may-be put into effect, however, at at any earlier date after promulgation. - ' j .J - '1 -j -1 A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION. f . .. . A-l. The following'-Federal Sped$catiW of the issue in effect on date of invitation forbids shall: form a*.paft of this specification FF-N-101. Nails; spikest staples; and tacks. B. TYPES. B-l. This specification- covens eement-asbestos siding of two types, as specified in the invitation for,bidSi ; f Type I. Shingles." ' " Type H. Clapboards. . C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP. >... .. G--1. Each unit shall be coiaposed of.a uniform mixture of Portland cement and asbestos fiber, with, or without-the addition of a curing agent, pigments, mineral granules of mineral fillers as may be neces sary to produce specified colors,"formed under pressure .and thoroughly cured. The siding shall be freefrom defects which detract from serv iceability or the appearance of-the exposed face. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. .- IB-l. Breakage.--Siding units shall be whole and clean. Rejection or replacement may be required if mOfefhan 2 percent of the nnffa "are broken. - - -' . D-2. Soles for fasteningrdnd tops.--Siding shall he famished with holes for fastening.- The holes shall h&.-lpcated' to give a minimum r overlap of 1% inches at the top. D-3. Nails and fastenings.--Backer strips, nails and other fasten ings for siding shall be supplied in proper quantify and size. Allow ance shall be made for 5 percent waste of these items. The nails' shall have flat heads .and shall j3el.Iopg':eiibugh for properly securing, the siding. Unless otherwise Specified,,the natfls shall be zinc-coated ^-(hot-dipped) steeli ,:. 624502--45-------- 14 lW - . *> ; r:i. - '//f/ l ^ ' i--fc V ^- J 7.. A BIRD 006482 SS-S-S45--2 {jan. i8<5) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section. IV, Part 5) D-4. Color and finish.-- 3>--4a. The color or colors shall be as specified. .Colors other than the normal cement gray or buff shall be obtained by embedding limeproof mineral pigments or mineral granules, or both, in the exposed face, or by chemical impregnation. 3>-4b. The exposed surface of the units shall be wood-grained or smooth, as specified. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS. E-l. Sizes and shapes.--E--la. Type I (shingles) shall be of uniform thickness, generally rectangular in shape, 9% filches or 12 .inches wide by. 24 inches, or 82 inches long. Units of one-half normal length may be furnished in an amount not exceeding two of these per bundle. Butts shall be either wavy, random width, thatched or straight, as specified. E-lb. Type II (clapboards) shall be of.uniform thickness, rectangu lar in shape, and not less than 9 inches wide by 96 inches long. Fifteen percent of.the units may be furnished in lengths of48,64 and 86 inches. * E-lc. A plus or minus tolerance of % inch will be permitted in the widths and lengths supplied without requiring adjustment in number of units or area covered. E-ld. The average thickness of the units shall be not less than 0.16 ineh and the average thickness of any one unit shall be not-less than 0.15 inch. For siding with a wood-grained surface, the thickness shall be'taken as the weighted average at projections and depressions. E-2. Absorption.--The average absorption shall be not more than 25 percent for type I siding and not more than 30 percent for type II siding. (See F-3.) E--3. Strength.--Siding shall conform to the strength, requirements of table L Table I.--Flexual strength Canditionlwhen tested(SeerF-i.) MftrinHBP modniusctraptore, pounds petsqpararinch: t Avewge-offwar specimena ; Any one specimen. Typer Type.H Type I TypaH RatrrratArF ... . After hftftt test ___ ______ ..... .......... ...... .3,000 2,500 $500 1,600 1,250 1,250 $000 2,600 , $500 . $000 5000' $000 P. METHODS OP SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND. TESTS.- F-l. Sampling.--From each lot of 50,000 units or fraction thereof - of the same type, 12 units shall be selected .by the Inspector. ` Addi tional units-may be taken at the discretion of the.inspeetor, F-2. Preparation of. specimenIf.--Six..pairs, of specimens shall Be prepared, for testing. Each specimen shall be approximately 3 inches.' wide and from 8 to 12 inches'long; the longer dimension of one of the specimens of each pair shall be parallel1 to the length, of the sidirig unit and that of the other at right angles thereto; Immediately before; - testing* each specimen shall be dried to constant weight In: a ventilafejjovfen at a temperaturebetween 220 and 230" F. ' FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG . gSfcjfel"- (Section IV, Part B). >. E-3.. Absorption test.--Two pairs of the dried specimens shall be - weighed, each specimen separately. Weighings shall be accurate within 0.5 percent These specimens shall be submerged for 24*honrs ^ %. in tap water at 60 to 80" F.. They shall then be removed from the ~ water, wiped with a damp cloth and again weighed. The difference between the weight after immersion and the weight when dry, multi plied by 100 and divided by the dry weight, shall be taken as the absorption in percent ' F-4. Strength test.--The modulus of rupture of.each specimen of two pairs of the dried specimens shall be determined by placing the specimen on supports which cannot exert longitudinal constraint (rocker type knife edges, rollers, etc.) and applying.the load at mid span through a similar edge bearing against the finished surface of ' . the specimen. The span shall be not less than 7 inches, nor more than . 10 inches, and the load line and supports shall be parallel. The load shall be applied at a uniform rate such as to result in-failure of the ; specimen in 1 to 2 minutes. The error in the load reading'shall net ! exceed 2 percent of the specified minimum load. F-4a. The modulus of rupture shall be computed by theformnla: -_ ,,_3WL '{ . - 2BD* - , - . - . J- . H' 22=Modulus of rupture, pounds per square inch. . W--Maxtmum load, pounds. . - . ij ii Z-=Span, inehes.' -z 2?--Width of specimen, inches. -/ ZN=Weighted average thickness of specimen at midspan, inch.. t. F-4b. The modulus of rupture of each of the fofif specimens, pre viously tested for absorption; shall be determined in a similar man- j ner while the 'specimens ate saturated. -- , .. E-4c. The remaining four specimens- (two pairs) shall, be heatedl? for 4 hours in a muffle furnace at a temperature of 600 P. plu& or A minus 20 F. The specimens shall be shielded* from direct radiations of the heating element or flames. After cooling to room tempera5^" ture, the modulus or rupture shall be determined as described 'above/ V i1 G. PACKING AND MARKING FOB SHIPMENT. ' ~- CK-1. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity ahull be so packed or bundled -as to insure acceptance find safe de-^ livery by common or other, carriers, at the lowest rate, to the point ~ of delivery called for in the contract or purchase order. - G-2. Marking.---JJnless otherwise specified, each'package or bundle shall he marked with, the name of the material and type as'defined.-.,. by the^contract or order under whieb the shipment'is made, the; name ; of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order, - ' "= H ! H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS! . ' H--1. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect. t on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shaiXfbrm,' a part of this specification, and shall be applicable topurchases made under this specification by the respective departments.: - . I. ~ H-SL Army.--Standard Specifications- No. 100-2 for Marking Ship/ ' ments (copies'of which may- he obtained, without cost, upon appli/' Nation to the Quartermaster General, Washington, Eh ?,) M- -r ; sr-S; -y -r BIRD 006484 . ' SS-SW4S--4 (;Jan..l9i5) FEDERAL STAKDARD STOOK CATALOG. ' (Section IV, Parts) H--3. Navy.-- H--3a. Navy Department specifications.-- General Specifications for Inspection of Material. 39P16--General Specification for' Packaging and Packing- for Overseas Shipment. Copies of these specifications, .of the Navy Shipment Marking Hand book, and of the Navy Handbook on Packing and Materials Handling: Palletizing for Overseas Shipment may be'obtained ,withont cost upon applicatioil to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington 25, D. C. H-3b. Packing.-- H-3b (1). For domestic shipment.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject commodity shall be bundled. ... H--3b (1) a. Bundles shall have suitable slats of wood not less than %-inch thick and extending the full width of the siding, or a suitable fiberboard folder to protect the edges. The bundles shall he strapped girthwise at each- end and at Intermediate points .where necessary, to form a compact rigid bundle. The strapping shall be not less than -% by 0.020 inch flat metal strapping. The gross weight shall not exceed 150 pounds, H--3b (1) b. Bundles whose lengths are 48 inches or less, may be palletized. 'All bundles shall be stacked flat, with not-more than one type, color, shape or length on any one pallet. The palletizing shall conform to the requirements of the Navy Handbook on Packaging and Materials Handling entitled "Palletizing for Overseas Shipment" H--3b (2). For overseas shipment.--Unless otherwise specified,'the subject commodity shall be packed .in unsheathed crates, or shall be bundled as described in paragraph H-3b (1) a, and shall be palletized as described in, paragraph H-3b (1) b. Unsheathed crates shall be made of well-seasoned lumber, free from knots and other defects which would tend to weaken the crate. Three-way comer construction shall be used. The minimum size, of edge members and intermediate struts shall be % by. 2% inches for gross weights of approximately ~250 pounds; ov'% by 3% inches for heavier, weights. Crates of. gross weight exceeding approximately 400 pounds shall be of the heavy duty type with , suitable slats, diagonals and skid construction. Only cement-coated, chemically etched, box, cooler, or'sinker nails.of not , less than 8t> shall be used. On crates of less than 400 pounds gross weight, at least one-diagonal brace shallbe placed on. each face (except that diagonals shall not be required on two faces if the outside width of * the face does hot exceed-16 inches). In no case shall the angle be tween the edge members and the diagonals he less than 30 'or more than 60. Crates shall be strapped in accordance with section VI of Navy Department Specification 39P16. The gross weight shall not exceed 500 pounds. . _ H-3b (3). For domestic or overseas shipment.--Where practicable, shipping containers shall he of the same uniform size and contain the identical number of items of one size, type, color and shape. Con I tainers shall be designed to fit the contents in a compact manners & * "Ifl BIRD 006485 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) H-8c. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified, .each shipping con tainer shall he plainly marked with the following information com pleted : MATERIAL^_________________________________ . STOCK NO SIZE COLOR_____________________________________________ TYPEU_________________________ FINISH___________________ _ QUANTITY_______ '__________________________________ MANUFACTURER__ _______________________________ CONTRACTOR___ --*:------------CONTRACT NO1-------------------------------------------------------. WEIGHT______________ I j f ! t In addition to the foregoing, marking shall conform to the require ments of the latest issue of the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. I. NOTES. 1-1. Purchasers should specify the following: (a)' Area to be covered or quantity of units. 06) Type I (shingles) or II (clapboard). - (c) Butt edge, wavy, random width, thatched or straight. (See E-la.X (d) Color; (SeeD-4a.) (<?) Finish, smooth or wood-grained. (SeeD-4b.) If) Size. (See E-la and E-lb.) (p) Kind of nails,''zinc-coated-(hot-dipped)-steel,-hard copper, , bronze, copper-dad steel or cadmium-plated steeL (She D-3.) . , - (A) The lengths of the nails and the kind-and thickness of the. base for tire siding units. (i) Samples required, if any, and purpose. 1-2. Manufacturers* lists should be consulted Ob avoid, where poss||t ble, the drafting of requirements that would unduly nestriet compete ' tion. 1-3. Waterproofed sheating paper should be used behind siding units. 1-4. It is believed that this , specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary, prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If; for any particular purpose, - samples with bids are .necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the. bid sample should be definitely stated, the'specification to apply in all other respects. 1-5. Federal Specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc.,' of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifica tions, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the types.- etc., which are suitable for Federal Government require-. . Jnents. - ] i # -| ;.| r C-* BIRD 006486 SS-S-44C-- (Jan. IS3) toEEAL STANDAHD STOCK CATALOG (Section IY, Eart 5) 1-6, An Index of .Federal Specifications and also .a. Quarterly Sup plement-Index of Emergency Alternate Federal Specifications may be purchased as noted in the paragraph below, price to be obtained from, the Superintendent of Documents. 1-7. Copies of this specification and of FF-N-101 may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order, coupon, or cash to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washing ton 25, D. C. Price 5 cents; FF-N-lOl, 10 cents. . Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than in connection with i definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no re- - sponsibility nor any obligation whatsoever: and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished or in anyway supplied the said.drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by Implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. . : /As. BIRD 006487 SS-M-351 JUNE 23, 1931 SUPERSEDING F. S. 3. No. 463 January 25,1927. FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL-FILLER; (FOR) SHEET ASPHALT OR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENTS (PORTLAND CEMENT, LIMESTONE DUST AND DOLOMITE DUST) This specification was approved for promulgation by the Federal Specifications Board on June 23,1831, for the use of the deparments and independent establish ments of the Government In the purchase of this commodity, and shall become mandatory for all departments and independent establishments of the Govern ment not later than February 15, 1932. It may be pot into effect, however, at any earlier date, after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. B. TYPES. B-l. The materials covered by this specification shall be supplied in the particular type(s) ordered by the purchasing department.. B-la. Type of Material.-- Limestone dust. Dolomite dust. Portland cement. a MATERIAL. 0--I. Mineral filler shall consist of limestone dust, dolomite dust, or Portland cement, and shall be free from foreign or other objeetionable material. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D-l. Mineral filler shall be dry and free from lumps. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS. E-l. When tested by means of laboratory sieves, the mineral filler shall meet the foEowing requirements: - ,,nt E-la. Passing No. 200 sieve___ _65 to 100 Passing No. 30 sieve__________________________ 100 65921--31 ISI>KAL standard stock catalogue (Section IV, Part 5) F. methods of testing. F--l. Tests of the mineral filler shall be made in accordance with the following method: F--la. Mechanical analysis: A. S. T. M. Standard Method D7-27. G. PACKING AND MASKING. G-l. Packaging, packing, and marking shall be in accordance with commercial practice unless otherwise specified. G--2. Any special requirements of the individual departments are noted under section H. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. H-l. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids shall respectively form a part of this specification: H-la. Army: U. S. Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy: Navy Department General Specifications for In spection of Material, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department, Washington, D. 0. I. NOTES. 1-1. It is believed that this specification is adequate and that normally no samples will be necessary to determine compliance with the requirements, prior to award. If, for a particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids. 1-2. This specification governs all United States Government pur chases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this speci fication in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-3. Interested parties are advised that an Alphabetical Index Of Federal Specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next-below, price to be obtained from the Superintend ent of Documents. 1-4. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application, ' accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Price 6 cents. Nstlce.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data, are used for any purpose other than In connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obli gation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to beregarded by implication or ottferwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying anyrights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be misled thereto. . S. eOVKINHEKT FRUIT!IS Smelt Mil For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. O. , , Price Scents "1 BIRD 006489 SPECIFICATIONS FOE HIGHWAY MATERIALS 85 Standard Specifications for Primer for Use With Asphalt in Dampproofing and Waterproofing AASHO Designation: M 116-42 (ASTM Designation: D 41-41) Scope 1. These specifications cover asphaltic primer for use, when specified, with as phalt in dampproofing and waterproofing below or above ground level, for applica tion to concrete and masonry surfaces. Properties 2. The primer shall be free from water and shall conform to -the following re quirements: Farol viscosity at 25 G. (7T F.)........... 25 to 160 Me. Distillation, per cent by volume: Up to 225 C. (487 F.)...................... not lees thaa 25 Up to 260 C. (680 F.)..............not more than 65 The residue obtained from the distilla tion up to 360 C. (680 F.) shall conform to the following requirements: Penetration at 26 C. (77 F.), 100 5 sec............. ............................. ........................... 20 to 50 Matter aohible.in carbon diaoUUe... .not lasa than 99 per cent Sampling 3. (a) From each shipment or frac tion thereof representing primer of the same kind, a number of packages shall he selected at random equivalent to the rube root of the total number of pack ages in the lot. If the cube root as cal culated proves to be a fractional num ber, it shall be expressed as the next higher whole number. For convenience, the following table is given, showing the number of samples to be selected for shipments of various sizes: Paekacaa In Shipment Package* Selected 2 to 9 to 18 to 8............................ * 2T..................................................... 8 84......................................................... 4 < to 128. 124 to 215. 217 to 242. 244 to 112. 212 to 722. 720 to 1000. 1001 to 1221. 10 11 (b) By means of s paddle, the contents of each package selected shall be thor oughly stirred so as to bring all portions thereof into uniform distribution. With an appropriate sampler, not less than 1 pt. of the primer shall be imme diately drawn from the center of each package, and transferred to s clean re ceptacle of suitable size, which in turn . shall be kept tightly covered, prior and immediately after the samples are being introduced. After all the pint samples have been added, the contents of the con tainer shall be thoroughly agitated, whereupon 1 qt of the mixture shall im mediately be transferred to a clean quart can provided with a tightly fitting screw cap, which shall be immediately fastened in place. This sample shall be considered as representative of the shipment and shall be transmitted to the laboratory for examination, bearing a suitable tag or other means of identification. Methods of Testing 4. The asphalt primer shall be tasted in accordance with the following stand ard methods of the American Associa tion of State Highway Officials: Furai vi**oMty ........................................................ ..T 72 DUUDatlon .................................................................... T 72 Panctmtion ..................................................... T 42 IWimm aohtbl* in carbon diraUtda.......................... T44 SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY MATERIALS 33 IX Standard Specifications for Asphalt for Dampproofing and Waterproofing AASHO Dejignation : M 11S -12 (ASTM Designation: D 449-49) Scope 1. These specifications cover three types of asphalt suitable for use as a mopping coat in dampproofing, or as a plying or mopping cement in the con struction of a membrane system of waterproofing. Primer 2. The material used as a primer shall conform to the Standard Specifica tions for Primer for Use with Asphalt in Dampproofing and Waterproofing (AASHO Designation: M 116). Membrane Materials 3. For the construction of a mem brane system of waterproofing, any or ail of the following felts or fabrics con forming to the specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials may be used alone or in various combina tions: (a> Fell.--Standard Specifications for Asphalt-Saturated Roofing Felt for Use in Waterproofing and in Constructing Bufit~Up Roofs (ASTM Designation: D 23#'. <fct Asbestos Felt.--Standard Specifi cations for Asphalt-Saturated Asbestos Fdtt for Use in Waterproofing and in Cwwtructing Built-Up Roofs (ASTM Designation: D 250). (e) CotUm Fabrics.--Standard Spe cifications for Woven Cotton Fabrics Saturated with Bituminous Substances for Use in Waterproofing (ASTM Desig nation : D 173). asphalt type. Types 4. The asphalts covered by these spe cifications are of three types, as follows; Type 4---A soft, adhesive "self-heal ing" asphalt which flows easily under the mop and which is suitable for use below ground level under uniformly moderate temperature conditions both during the process of installation and during service. Not*.--ThU type of asphalt ia suitaWa for found*Uont, tunnel*, subways, etc. Type B.--A somewhat less susceptible asphalt with good adhesive and "selfhealing" properties for use above ground level where not exposed to temperatures exceeding 126 F. (52 C-). Note.--This typ* of aaphalt is suitable for railroad bridges, culverts, retaining wall*, tanka, dama, conduits, pray decka, etc. Type C.---An asphalt less susceptible to temperature than type B, with good adhesive properties for use above ground level where exposed on vertical surfaces in .direct sunlight or at temperatures above 125 F. (52 C.). Properties 5. The asphalt shall be homogeneous and free from water, and shall con form to the reauirements prescribed in Table I. OJ .s BIRD 006491 34 SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY MAT8RIALS Methods of Sampling and Testing 6. The asphalt shall be sampled and tested in accordance with the following standard methods of the American Asso ciation of State Highway Officials and the American Society for Testing Mate rials: Sampling ..............................................................T 40 3oftening paint .................................................... f M Flash point ..................................................... T 48 Penetration ...............................................................T 49 Ductility ........................... T 51 Loss on heating:......................................................T 47 Bitumen soluble incarboa disulfide.................. T 44 Bitumen soluble ia carbontetrachloride... .T 45 Ash ......................................................... (ASTM) D *71 Coarse particles ....................................................T 171 TABLE I. REQUIREMENTS FOR ASPHALT FOR DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING. 'r Type A Type B Type C Min. Softening point (ring-and-ball method) 115 F. (46 C.) Flash point (Cleveland open cup)... 850 F. (175 C.) Penetration: 8 C. (82 F.i, 200 60 sac.. . 5 25 C, (77 F.), 100 g., 5 see............. 50 46 C. (Ilfi F.>, 50 g., 5 sec............................... 100 Ductility at 25 C. (77 F.i, (5 cm. per min.), cm. SO Loss on heating at 163 C. (325 F.I. 50 jg., 5 hr., per cent ` Penetration of residue, per cent of original................ 60 Total bitumen soiuble in carbon disulfide, per cent: Filled or native asphalt.............................................. 96 Unfilled asphalt.................... 99 Proportion of bitumen soluble in carbon tetrachloride, per cent.......................................... 99 Ash, par cant: Filled or native asphalt.................. Unfilled asphalt Coarse particles retained on No. 200 <74-tnicron) sieve 1 as percentage of bitumen insoluble in carbon di sulfide. per cent....................................................... Max. 145 F. (68 C.l ioo 2 .. . 5 1 12 Min. 145 F. <SC.) 400 F. (205 C.l 10 25 15 60 99 99 Max. 170 F. (77 C.) .... 50 116 ' "i ... i Min. ! Max. 180 r. ! M0 F. (WC.|> rs c.) 480 F. (205C.I-. 10 20 2 6ft , 39 ; 40 100 "i 99 ' i 3a i i i BIRD 006492 SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY MATERIALS 33 Standard Specifications for Asphalt for Dampproofing and Waterproofing AASHO Designation: M 115-52 (ASTM Designation: D 449-4?) Scope 1. These specifications cover three types of asphalt suitable for use as a mopping coat in dampproofing, or as a plying or mopping cement in the con struction of a membrane system of waterproofing. Primer 2. The material used as a primer shall conform to the Standard Specifica tions for Primer for Use with Asphalt in Dampproofing and Waterproofing (AASHO Designation: M 116). Membrane Materials 3. For the construction of a mem brane system of waterproofing, any or all of the following felts or fabrics con forming to the specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials may be used alone or in various combina tions: (a) Felt.--Standard Specifications for Asphalt-Saturated Roofing Felt for Use in Waterproofing and in Constructing Budb-Up Roofs (ASTM Designation: d m\. ifci Aebestoe Felt.--Standard Specifi cations for Asphalt-Saturated Asbestos Fells for Use in Waterproofing and in Constructing Built-Up Roofs (ASTM Designation: D 250). (e) Cotton Fabric.--Standard Spe cifications for Woven Cotton Fabrics Saturated with Bituminous Substances for Use in Waterproofing (ASTM Desig nation: D 173). asphalt type. Type* 4. The asphalts covered by these spe cifications are of three types, as follows: Type A.--A soft, adhesive "self-heal ing" asphalt which flows easily under the mop and which is suitable for use below ground level under uniformly moderate temperature conditions both during the process of installation and during service. Non.--This type of asphalt ia suitable for foundations, tunnels, subways, etc. Type B.--A somewhat less susceptible asphalt with good -adhesive and "selfhealing" properties for use above ground level where not exposed to temperatures exceeding 125 F. (62 C.). Norn--This type of asphalt ia suitable for railroad bridges, culverts, retaining walls, tanka, dams, conduits, spray decks, etc. Type C.--An asphalt less susceptible to temperature than type B, with good adhesive properties for use above ground level where exposed on vertical surfaces in .direct sunlight or at temperatures above 125 F. (52 C-). Properties 5. The asphalt shall be homogeneous and free from water, and shall con form to the requirements prescribed in Table I. 34 SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY MATIMALS Methods of Sampling and Testing 6. The asphalt shall be sampled and tested in accordance with the following standard methods of the American Asso ciation of State Highway Officials and the American Society for Testing Mate rials: Sampling .................................................................. r 40 Softening point ....................................................H Flash point .......................................................... J Penetration ..............................................................." 4# Ductility ............................................................ T ** Losa an heating......................................................... T 47 Bitumen soluble incatfcan 44mlftdo......................T 44 Bitumen soluble in sarbantetrachloride------ T 4< Ash ..........................................................(ATM) Dm Coarse particles ........................................................T 171 TABLE I.- REQUIREMENTS FOR ASPHALT FOR DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING. Type A Type 8 Type C Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Softening point (ring-and-faall method)........................... 115 r. (48 C.) Flash point (Cleveland open eup)...................................... 350 F. (175 C.) Penetration: 6 C. (32 Fa, 200 80 sac............................................... 5 *SC. (77F.1, 100 g., 5 sea.............................................. 56 . 48 C. (116 F.), 50 5 sec............................................... 106 . Ductility at 35 C. (7f F.), (5 cm. per aria.), em............ M. Low on banting at 163 C. (335 F.i, 50 5 hr., per aent Penetration at reddue. per cent of orfijna!................. , 80 Total bitumen soluble in carbon disullde. per cent: Filled or native asphalt..................................................... 96 Unfilled asphalt................................................................... 99 Proportion of bitumen actable in carbon tetrachloride, per oeot....................................................................... 90 Ash. pm mat: Filled or native asphalt.................................................... j UnSlfad asphalt.................................................................. ' Coarse particles retainedoa No. 200 (74-micron) sieve j as percentage of bitumen insoluble in carbon di- suiUe, per oent.............................................................. ' 145 F. (83 C.) too 5 12 145 F. < 406 rC. .) (205 C.) 10 25 IS 80 99 n . 170 F. (77 C.) . 60 tis "i i 130 F. 260 F. ^C.i! (22C.) IWC.i 16 36 40 100 2 ' 'i <6 .... .... 96 39 1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY MATERIALS 35 Standard Specifications for Primer for Use With Asphalt in Dampproofing and Waterproofing AASHO Designation: M 116-42 (ASTM Designation: D 41-41) Scope 1. These specifications cover asphaltic primer for use, when specified, with as phalt in dampproofing and waterproofing below or above ground level, for applica tion to concrete and masonry surfaces. Properties 2. The primer shall be free from water and shall conform to the following re quirements : Furol viscosity at ZS C. (77 F.)........26 to ISO see. Distillation, per cent by volume: Up to 226 C. <487 F.).....................not less than 86 Up to 360 G. (680 F.)...................not more than 66 The residue obtained from the distilla tion up to 360 C. (680 F.) shall conform to the following requirements: Penetration at 26 C. (77 F.). 100 g., 6 see................................................... ..................20 to (0 Matter sotable In carbon disulfide.... not less than 99 per eent Sampling 3. (o) From each shipment or frac tion thereof representing primer of the same kind, a number of packages shall ne selected at random equivalent to the ,-ube root of the total number of pack ages in the lot. If the cube root as cal culated proves to be a fractional num ber, it shall be expressed as the next higher whole number. For convenience, the following table is given, showing the number of samples to be selected for shipments of various sizes: Packages In Shipment Packages Selected 2 to 8 to 28 to 8................................................................ 2 27........................................................ S 64........................................................ 4 4t to 126.......... 124 to 218......... 217 to 848......... 844 to 612........... (18 to 729........... 720 to 1000......... iooi to isai......... ............. .................... ............. ........... . ............. 8 7 8 9 ............. 11 (b) By means of a paddle, the contents of each package selected shall be thor oughly stirred so as to bring all portions thereof into uniform distribution. With an appropriate sampler, not leas than 1 pt. of the primer shall be imme diately drawn from the center of each package, and transferred to a clean re ceptacle of suitable size, which in turn shall be kept tightly covered, prior and immediately after the samples are being introduced. After all the pint samples have been added, the contents of the con tainer shall be thoroughly agitated, whereupon 1 qt. of the mixture shall im mediately be transferred to a clean quart can provided with a tightly fitting screw cap, which shall be immediately fastened in place. This sample shall be considered as representative of the shipment and shall be transmitted to the laboratory for examination, bearing a suitable tag or other means of identification. Methods of Testing 4. The asphalt primer shall be tested in accordance with the following stand ard methods of the American Associa tion of State Highway Officials: Furol viaooaitr ..................................... DiatUlatkm ....................................... Penetration ........................................... Bitumen aotable in carbon dleulflde. T 7* T 48 T 44 HB-C-OOl|66(QSA-FSS) 29 December 1953 INTERIM FEDERAL SPECIFICATION CLOTH, GLASS (FOR MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING AM) BUILT-UP HOOFING) r \.. This Interim Federal Specification bag been developed by the General V Services Administration, Federal Supply Service, based upon currently available technical information, but has not been approved for promulgation as a regular Fedefalt Speclfication* It is subject to modification, and, pending its promul gation as a regular specification, may be used in procurement. 1. SCOPE AND CLASSIFICATION 1.1 Scope.- This specification covers open mesh smoothly woven cloth made from inorganic glass fibers and used fear membrane waterproofing and built-up roofing. 1.2 Classification.- The glass cloth covered by this specification shall be of one type as specified herein. 1.3 Sizes.- The glass cloth covered by this specification shall be furnish ed in the sizes as specified. (See 3*3). 2. APPLICABLE SPECIF3CATICNS 2.1 Specifications.- There are no other specifications applicable to this specification except those referenced in section 7 by individual departments. (Copies of Federal Specifications and thd Index of Federal Specifications and Standards may be obtained upon application accompanied by check, money order, cash, otr Government Printing Office coupons, to the General Services Adminis tration Business Service Center* Region 3, Seventh and JD Streets, S, W,, Washington 25, D. C. This office will also honor deposit account numbers issued by the Government Printing Office. Single copies of product specifications required far bidding purposes are available without charge at the GSA Regional Offices in Boston, few York, Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, Mo., Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Seattle, and Washington, D. C. Prices of additional copies may be obtained frog the GSA Regional Offices.) (Copies of this and other Interim Federal Specifications may be obtained upon application to the issuing agency or to the GSA Regional Offices in Boston, New York, Atlanta, Chicago, Kansas City, Mo., Dallas, Denver, San Francisco, and Seattle.) 3. REQUIREMENTS 3*1 Material.- The glass fiber shall be acid resisting, shall not rot or decay, and shall show minimum capilaiy and wicking action. ` - 3*2 Coating.- The glass cloth shall have a uniform coating compatible with asphalt base or eoalnbar base compound, as specified. 3.3 Sizes. BIRD 006496 * 2 - 3*3*1 Width*- Unless otherwise specified, the glass cloth shall be furnishod in rolls 36 inches wide with a tolerance of pins l inch and minus % inch* (Hass cloth shall also be available in randon widths from 2n to L" 3*3*2 Length-- The glass cloth shall be furnished in rolls of 50 or 100 lineal yards in length with a tolerance of plus or minus 1/2 yard* 3*3*3 Weight-- A roll of 100 lineal yards shall weigh not more than 16 pounds or less than 10 pounds. The 50 yard roll shall weigh not mere than 8 pounds nor less than 5 pounds* Weight per square yard of cloth shall be not more than 2*6 ounces or less than 1*5 ounces* (See h*h*Ul)* 3*b Thread count*- The thread count per inch shall be not more than 2k cr less than 20 in both the direction of the warp and in the direction of the fill, when determined as specified in ii*U6. ,, , * 3.5 Selvage-- Dtalass otherwise specified the cloth shall hare a minimum selvage of not less than 1/8 inch and a maximum selvage of not more than 1/2 inch. 1- 3*6 Pliability*- The cloth shall not crack when subjected to the test specified in lt*l4*b* 3*7 Breaking strength*- The cloth shall have a minimum breaking strength of 75 pounds in both the direction of the warp and in the direction of the fill, when subjected to the test specified in l**lu2* 3*8 Chemical requirements. 3*8*1 Weight of moisture-free unccated cloth*- The weight of moisture-free uncoated cloih per square yard shall be not more than 2*0 ounces or less than 1*2 ounce when subjected to the test in !tli*5* 3.8*2 Batien of bensene-soluble coating tc glass cloth the weight shall be not less than 0.593 or mere than 1*00*. 3*6*3 Volatile matter test-- She oleth shall not have mere than an average of 2.2$ volatile master, when subjected te the test specified in lub*3* 3*9 Workmanship-- The glass cloth covered by this specification shall be free from visible external defects suoh as ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, folds and knots* The meshes of the cloth shall not be completely closed or sealed by the asphalt or coal-tar coating* There shall be sufficient porosity to allow the stoppings of asphalt plying cement to cone through* The cloth shall not stick when unrolled at temperatures between 10 C* (50 F.) and and 32 C. (90 F.) to such an extent as to cause injury. The cloth shall be free from all imperfections which may impair its serviceability. 1*. SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TEST PROCEDURES it.l lot-- Unless otherwise specified a lot shall consist of all cloth sub mitted far inspection at the- same time and manufactured by the same process. lt*2 Sampling-- From each shipment of 1,000 rolls or less,, at least 5 rolls Shall be taken at random by the inspector for. inspection and testa* ii*3 Inspection--Each lot shall be examined visually by the inspecter for compliance with the requirements of this specification with respect to material appearance, workmanship, packaging, packing, etc. BIRD 006497 U.1* Tests. -3- Uiul ffiablHty.test.- Five strips shall be cut 1 inah vide and 6 inches lung in the direction of the warp and immersed in a coc' tng mixture of ice and water at 0 C* (32 f.) for 10 to 15 minutes* The strips shall then be removed from the water and each strip bent over a l/l6 inch mandrel through an arc of 180 at a uniform speed in approximately 2 seconds and then through 360 over tbs same mandrel in the opposite direction* The strips shall then be dried thoroughly and examined. If 1 or more of these 5 strips oraek during this test,. 10 strips shall be cut from another part of the sample and the test repeated* If one or more of these strips crack, the material shall be reported as failing on the pliability test. lt.i{*2 Breaking strength teat (Grab Mathofl)* U.U.2.1 Unless otherwise specified, the breaking strength of the cloth shall be determined by the grab method, which is outlined as follows: l.lu2.2 Test specimens.- Specimens It inches wide and not less than 6 inches long shall be taken for the test. Two sets of 5 specimens each are required, one set for warp breaking strength, having the long dimensions parallel to the warp yarns, and the other set for filling breaking strength, having the long dimension parallel to the filling yams. No two specimens far warp breaking strength shall contain the same warp yams, or for filling breaking strength the same filling yams. Unless otherwise specified, no specimen is taken nearer the selvage (if the specimen has a selvage) than one-tenth the width of the material* lulu2*3 Apparatus*- The apparatus used shall be a pendulum type of machine. It shall be of such capacity that when the specimen breaks, the angle between the pendulum and the vertical is between 9 and 15. The jaws through which the load is applied shall move at a uniform rate of 12, plus or minus 2 inches per minute. The distance between the two pairs of jaws shall be 3 inches at the start of a test. The jaws shall have smooth flat faces with edges slightly rounded to prevent cutting* The face of one jaw of each pair shall measure 1 by 1 inch; that of the other jaw of each pair shall measure 1 inch by 2 or more inches, the long dimension being perpendicular to the direction of application of the load. The machine shall be calibrated with known loads applied in an ascending order* U*U*2*U Position of specimen In apparatus*- The specimen shall be placed symmetrically in the jaws of this roaclune with the long dimension parallel to and the short dimension at right angles to the direction of application of the load, care being taken to grip the same yarns in both pairs of jaws* U.li.2.5 ' The results.- The breaking strength is the average of the results obtained by breaking 5 specimens. If a specimen slips in the jaws, breaks in the jaws, breaks at the edges of the jaws, or for any reason attributable to faulty operation the result falls markedly below the average for the set, the result shall be disregarded, another specimen taken, and the result of this break included in the average. h.h.3 Volatile matter test.- Two strips of asphalt or coal-tar coated glass cloth shall be cut 5 inches wide and 12 inches long. The strips shall then be weighed separately and suspended for 5 hours in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 2300 F.), removed from the oven, cooled in a desiccator, and weighed. Then the loss in weight shall be computed and the two results averaged. BIRD 006498 -fc- k,k*h Determination of weight and width.- The wrappers and other packing material shall be removed from each roll selected and the roll and packing ma terials, etc*, weighed separately to the nearest one-quarter pound, then each roll shall be unrolled and measured for length and width to the nearest one-quarter inch. The area of each roll and the weight per square yard of each roll of cloth examined shall chen be computed. luli.U.l Weight per square yard.- The weight per square yard of eaoh roll of cloth selected for inspection and tests shall be confuted as follows: Trim the sample so that it is 36 inches long and the full width of the roll, measure accurately to one-sixteenth inch, and weigh to the nearest gram (1$ grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per square yard. The weight so determined is only to be used in making the laboratorycalculations and shall nor be used as a basis far acceptance or rejection. lj.it.? Weight of uncoated cloth.- The weight of uncoated cloth shall be com puted as follows: Cut a strip approximately 2 Inches wide and the full width of the sample, weigh, and extract with benzol (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, or carbon bisul fide will usually give the same results but benzol should be used in case of dis pute) in a suitable extraction apparatus until the solvent runs through colorless. The coated cloth may be cut into squares approximately 1 inch on each side in case an extraction apparatus of sufficient size to accommodate the whole strip is not available. Remove the uncoated cloth from the extraction apparatus, dry In air until free from the odor of benzol, and brush off any adhering particles of foreign matter. Place the uncoated cloth in a tared weighing bottle and heat in an oven at 10? to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one-half hour, cool in a desic cator and weigh* Calculate the percentage of moisture-free cloth in the sample taken for extraction and compute the weight of moisture-free uncoated cloth per square yard from the weight obtained In lt.Ij.lul. lt.ii6 Thread count.- Count the nvmher of threads to the inch in both the warp and filling at five different places. The average of these shall be taken as the threads per inch or thread count. ?. PREPiRATION FOE DELUfiffiX 5*1 Packaging.- Unless otherwise specified, coonercial packaging shall be acceptable under this specification. 5.2 Packing.- Unless otherwise specified, the rolls of glass cloth shall be wound on either round, square or polygonal cores. The rolls shall be packaged In such a manner as to prevent unrolling in transit. 5.3 Harking.- Unless otherwise specified, shipping tags or containers when used shall be marked with the name of the manufacturer, the description of the product as defined by the contract or order under which the shipment is made, the quantity contained therein, the name of the contractor, the number of the contract or order, and the gross weight. 6. NOTES * BIRD 006499 -5- 6.1 Ordering data.-- Purchasers should exercise any desired options offered herein, and specify whether or not the basis of purchase shall be by the roll or by the square (100 square feet). (See 3*2, 3.3*1* 3*3*2, 3*5, li.l* b*li*2l 5.1, and 5.2, and 5*3). 6.2 It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, end that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this speci fication. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, t. key should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specifi cation to apply in all other respects. 6.3 Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are intended to cover the -types, classes, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. PATENT NOTICE s When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than in cormsction with a definitely related govern ment procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no respon sibility nor any obligation whatsoeverj and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifi cations, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any other manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use or sell any patented in vention that may in any way be related thereto. 7. DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 7*1 The following specifications and other publications, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, form a part of this specification for purchases made under this specification by the respective departments. 7.2 Army, Navy, and Air Force.- (To be supplied.) GSA-WASH DC 56-560 BIRD 006500 -- *1% - BIRD 006501 SQM * J MEMORANDUM SHREVEPORT In Reply to--------------------------------------- Date---------------------------- From---------------------------------To. Subject---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BIRD 006502 R-P-381 JUNE 6,1933 SUPERSEDING VJ9. Nos. 80 and 83 December 29, 1923 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB PITCH; COAL-TAR (FOR) MINERAL-SURFACED BUILT UP ROOFING, WATERPROOFING AND DAMP PROOFING This specification was approved tor promulgation by the Federal Specifications Board an Jane 0,1833, for the use af the departments and independent establish* ments of the Government in the purchase of this commodity, and shall become mandatory tot all departments and independent establishments of the Govern ment not later than February IS, 1934. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date, after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification, A-2. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. B. TYPES y. B-l. Coal-tar pitch shall be of the following types: (the type (or types) desired shall be stated in the invitation for bids). Type I. Coal-tar pitch for built-up roofing. Type II. Coal-tar pitch for waterproofing and damp-proofing. C. MATERIAL 0-1. Material shall be as specified under detail requirements. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Basit of purchase.--Material shall be purchased by weight. 430385 0-42 BIRD 006503 (j&frttt) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Fart 5) E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E-l. Appearance.--Freshly melted material of both types shall be uniformly glossy, and on aging one week its surface shall not become dull or show any separation of oily constituents. Freshly fractured material shall present a satiny black surface. E-2. Physical and chemical requirements.-- Typo I TypoII Maximum M'tnfmmn MTfrmnm Softening point (cube in water method).__ 66 C. (150 F.) 80*0. (140 F.) 60 O. (140 F.) 62 O. (125 F.) Ductility ........... . 60 50 Specific gravity at 25/ 25 0. (77/77 F.),,,, L34 1.22 1.34 1.22 Insoluble in carbon bi sulphide (percent)__ 30 15 30 15 Ash (percent)________ l 1 DKHIXATION TXST Distillateunder300 O. (572 P.) (percent)-- Specific gravity of dis tillate at 38A5.5 C. (ino/flo- F.) ___ . 12 LOS 12 1.03 O o 9. METHODS OF SAMPLING, AND TESTS Deliveries will, in general, he sampled and tested by the following methods, hut the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional infor mation to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. F-l. Sampling.--From each shipment select at random a number of packages equivalent to the cube root of the total number of pack ages included in the lot. If the cube root as calculated proves to be a fractional number, express it as the next higher digit. A sample shall be taken at least 3 inches below the surface and at least 3 inches from the side of each container selected. A clean hatchet may be used if the material is hard enough to shatter and a broad, stiff putty knife if the material is soft. An auger, or brace and threefourths-inch. bit, or other suitable means may also be used. Avoid contamination with superficial water, wooden slivers, or foreign matter. The samples so taken shall be combined by melting together with constant stirring to prevent overheating at a temperature not exceed ing 121 G. (250 F.). When thoroughly melted, two 1-quart friction-top cans shall be filled with the well-mixed material, allowed to cool, tightly sealed, marked for identification with the manufac turer's name and brand, etc., and one transmitted to the testing laboratory. The other shall be retained for use in case of dispute. ) ) BIRD 006504 f> Ir I f 11 ti- r FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Sttotkra IV, P*rt 5) B-P-ttl-- (jrowiMO F-2. Laboratory examination.-- F-2a. Appearance.--Carefully melt about 10 g of the coal-tar pitch at a temperature not exceeding 121 C. (250 F.) and pour It into a small tin box or other suitable container provided with a cover. At least one half the surface shall be free from froth or bubbles. Allow the coal-tar pitch to cool in a place free from drafts and dust. When cool, examine the surface, then cover the box with the lid and set aside for one week, after which period examine again. Immedi ately after cooling, the surface shall he glossy black, and after stand ing one week the surface shall not show any dulling or the separation of greasy or oily material when compared with a freshly prepared sample. F-2b. Softening point (cube in water method).--The softening point shall be determined by the " Standard Method of Test for Softenmg Point of Tar Products (Cube in Water Method) ", D-61-24, A.S.T.M., Standards 1930, part II, page 655. This method is essen tially as follows: F-2b fll. Apparatus.--(See fig. 1.) F-2b (1) a. A mold suitable for forming a 12.7 mm 0.1 mm (one half inch) cube of pitch. F-2b (1) b. An L-shaped hook made from no. 12 gage copper wire, the foot of which shall be 2% cm (1 inch) long. F-2b (1) o. A glass vessel capable of being heated, not less than 8% cm (3% inches) in diameter by 10% cm (4 inches) in depth meas ured from the bottom of the flare. (A 600-ml beaker, low form.) F-2b (1) d. A total immersion thermometer meeting the following specification: Type.--Etched stem, glass. Liquid.--Mercury. Range and subdivision.--Minus 4 to-}-104 C. in 0.2. Total length.--454 to 460 mm. Stem.--Plain front, enamel back, suitable thermometer tubing. Diameter 6.0 to 7.0 mm. Bulb.--Corning normal or equally suitable thermometric glass. Length, 20 to 30 mm. Diameter, not greater than stem. Distance to--4 line from bottom of bulb.--50 to 70 mm. Distance to+104 line from top of thermometer.--20 to 50 mm. Filling above mercury.--Nitrogen gas. Top finish.--Glass ring. Graduation.--All lines, figures, and letters dear cut and distinct, lines corresponding to even degree marks to be longer than the remaining lines. Graduations to be numbered at each multiple of 2. Immersion.--TotaL Scale error.--The error at any point of the scale, when the ther mometer is standardized at total immersion, shall not exceed 0.3. Special marking.--A serial number and the manufacturer's name or trade mark shall be etched on the stem. Case.--The thermometer shall be supplied in a suitable case, on which shall appear "--4 to4-104 C. in 0.2, total immersion." The A.S.T.M. low S.P. --2 to 4-80 C. thermometer (see AJ3.T.M. Standards D 36-26 or D 61-24) gives within its range readings iden tical with the --4 to 4-104 C. thermometer specified above. BIRD 006505 B-P-88t--< (JutuiOaS) FEDEBAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IY, Part 5) F-2b (2). Preparation of sample.--The pitch shall be molded into a 12.7 ram (one half inch) cube, truly shaped and with sharp edges, either by melting and pouring or softening and pressing into a mold. oi PIQUE* L (Two satisfactory molds are shown in fig. 1.) In all cases an excess of pitch ahall be used and the surplus material shall be cut off cleanly with a slightly heated knife. If the pitch is melted, it should be thoroughly stirred to avoid incorporating air bubbles in the mass and then poured into the mold so as to leave an excess on cooling. The mold should rest on a brass plate, and the surface of the plate and the interior surfaces of the mold should be amalgamated to prevent the pitch from adhering to them. 9) V V BIRD 006506 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Saottoa IV, Part 8) (jjjt) Determine the softening point within three hours after the sample tin* been prepared. F-2b (a). Procedure.--Assemble the apparatus as shown in figure 1. Fill the glass container to a depth of approximately 9# cm (3% inches) with freshly boiled, distilled water that has been cooled to not less than 45 G. below the softening point of the material under test. Place the cube of pitch on the wire as shown in figure 1 and suspend it in the water so that its lower edge is 2.50.1 cm (1 inch) above the bottom of the beaker and its upper edge is not less than 5 cm (2 inches) below the surface ef the water. Allow it to remain in the water for 15 minutes before applying heat. Suspend the ther mometer so that the bottom of the bulb islevel with the bottom edge of the cube of pitch and within 6 mm (# inch), but not touching the cube. Apply the heat in such a manner that the temperature of the water after the first three minutes of heating is raised uniformly 5 C. (9 FO 0.5 C. (1 F.) each minute. Report as the softening point the temperature indicated by the thermometer (adding or subtract ing any certified corrections but making no emergent stem correc tions) at the instant the sample touches the bottom of the container. F-2c. Ductility.--The ductility shall be determined by the "Ten tative Method of Test for Ductility of Bituminous Materials" D 113-26 T, Proceedings A.S.T.M. 1926, voL 26, part 1, p. 886. This method is essentially as follows: F-2c (1). Apparatu*.-- Fiao** 2. y*fjflSO FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG. (Section IV, Part Q F-2c (1) a. Mold.--The mold shall be of the shape shown in figure 2. It shall be made of brass, the ends B and B' being known as dips and the parts A and A' as sides of the mold. The dimensions of the mold shall be as follows: OM Total length (internal)7. 45-7. 55 Distance between clips2. 97-3.06 Width of dips at mouth1. 98-2. 02 Width of briquet at minimum cross section (halfway between clips)-------------------------------------------------------- 0.99-1.01 Thickness of briquet throughout0. 99-1. 01 F-2o (1) b. Water bath.--A water bath shall be maintained at a temperature varying not more than 0.1 C. from 25 C. (77 F.). The volume of water shall be not less than 10 liters, and the sample shall be immersed to a depth of not less than 10 cm- and shall be supported on a perforated shelf not less than 5 cm from the bottom of the bath. F-2c (1) o. Testing machine.--Any apparatus may be used for pulling the briquets of pitch apart which is so constructed that the briquet will be continuously immersed in water and the two clips pulled apart at a uniform rate of 5 cm per minute. F-2c (2). Procedure.--The coal-tar pitch shall be completdy melted at the lowest temperature at which it will be thoroughly fluid and then poured into the standard mold. The mold shall be as sembled on a brass plate, and the surface of the plate and the interior surfaces of the side pieces A and A' of the mold shall be thoroughly amalgamated so as to prevent the pitch from sticking. In filling the mold care shall be taken not to disarrange the parts andi thus distort the briquet. In filling, the pitch shall be poured in a thin stream back and forth from end to end of the mold until it is more than level full. After cooling at room temperature for 30 minutes the excess pitch shall be cut off by means of a hot putty knife, so that the mold will be just level full The brass plate and mold containing the briquet shall then be placed in the water bath and kept at a temperature of 25 C. (77 F.) for at least one and one half hours, when the briquet shall be removed from the plate and the side pieces A and A' detached. The rings at each end of the clip shall then be attached to the inns or hooks in the ductility machine and the two clips pulled apart at a uniform rate of 5 cm per minute (5 percent). While the test is being made, the water in the tank of the ductility machine shall cover the briquet by at least 2.5 cm and shall be kept continuously at a temperature of 25 C. (77 F.) 0.5 C. (1.0 F.). When the briquet of pitch breaks, the distance from the original position of the clip before pulling to its present position shall be measured and shall be taken as the ductility. The average of three tests shall be taken, excepting that any obviously abnormal result shall.be rejected. F-2d. Specific gravity at 85{25 C. (77/77 F.).--The specific gravity may be determined by any approved method, but some method similar to the following is recommended: A small platinum pan or crucible supported in a wire sling shall be accurately weighed m air and the weight designated by (A). It FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part Si R-P-MI--T (jwutmi shall then be weighed in a similar manner suspended in freshly distilled water at 25 C. (77 F.) but immersed except for the fine platinum wire used for suspension and this weight designated by (B). The crucible shall then be dried and poured almost full of coal-tar pitch which has been melted at the lowest possible temperature. It Bhall then be allowed to cool to 25 C. (77 F.) and weighed in the sling in air. This weight shall be designated as (C). Then it shall be weighed in water and the weight shall be designated as (Z>). From these weights the specific gravity shall be computed according to the following formula: Q__ Sp. br-~(0--.4) --(D--B) F-2e. Insoluble in carbon bisulphide.--Approximately one g of coal-tar pitch, accurately weighed, shall be placed in a beaker of 100 to 150 ml capacity, covered with cold carbon bisulphide and set aside for about 15 minutes, the liquid being stirred every few minutes until the lumps break up and the bitumen goes into solution. The soild particles shall be allowed to settle, and the carbon bisulphide solution of the bitumen shall be decanted through a weighed Gooch crucible prepared with a mat of asbestos fiber of a thickness that will scarcely transmit light. The sediment remaining in the beaker shall be crushed with a stirring rod and a little more carbon bisulphide added. The sides of the beaker also shall be washed down with carbon bisulphide. The contents of the beaker shall then be poured into the crucible and all sediment washed from the beaker into the crucible with carbon bisulphide. Suction may be used to aid in filtering; The sediment on the filter shall be washed with carbon bisulphide until the washings run through colorless. The crucible shall then basset in a place free from dust until the carbon bisulphide evaporates and then placed in an oven at 105 to 110 G. (221 to 231 F.) for.oneiiour. It shall then be cooled and weighed, the increase giving the toted insoluble matter. F-2f. Ash.--Place approximately one gram of the pitch, accu rately weighed, in a previously ignited and weighed crucible of about 30 ml capacity and incinerate until all of the carbon is consumed. Cool, weigh, and calculate the percentage ash. F-2g. Distillation test.--The coal-tar pitch shall be distilled by the "Standard Method of Test for Distillation of Bituminous Mate rials Suitable for Road Treatment" D 20-30, A.S.T.M. Standards 1030, part II, p. 642. This method is essentially as follows: V. F-2g (1). Apparatus.-- F-2g (1) a. Flask.--The distillation flask, fig. 3, shall be a side neck distilling flask, having the following dimensions: Diameter of bulb, outside 86 mmdb 1.5 mm Diameter of neck, inside 22 mmdb 1.0 mm Diameter of tubulature, inside 10 mmzb 0.5 mm Height of flask, outside 131 mm 1.5 mm Vertical distance bottom of bulb/outside, to hori zontal tangent at tubulature, inside__________ 93 mm 1.5 mm Length of tubulature 220 mm 5.0 mm Angle of tubulature 73 dec.zfc 2 dec. 'v Thickness of tubulature wall___________________ 1.0 to 1.5 mm BIRD 006509 K-P-3S1-- (Jmnta3S) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Prt 5) /3/ wm t-F m m- Kara* 3. F-2g (1) b. Condenser tube.--The condenser tube shall be a suit able form of tapered glass tubing of the following dimensions: Outside diameter of small end, 12.5 mm permissible varia tion:!: 1.5 mm. Outside diameter of large end, 28.5 mm permissible varia tion:!: 3.0 mm. Length, 360.0 mm permissible variation:!: 4.0 mm. Length of tapered part, 100.0 mm permissible variation^ 5.0 mm. F-2g (1) e. Skidd.--A galvanised iron shield, lined with % inch asbestos, of the form and dimensions shown in fig. 4 shall be used to protect the flask from air currents and to prevent radiation. The cover (top) may be of asbestos cement board made in two parts, or it may be of galvanized iron lined with % inch asbestos. F-2g (1) d. Receiver.--Any satisfactory receiver may be used for collecting the distillate. An Erlemneyer flask having a capacity of 25 ml has been found convenient. F-2g (1) e. Thermometer.--The thermometer shall conform to the following requirements. These specifications cover a total immersion thermometer graduated in either Centigrade or Fahrenheit degrees as specified, the range being from 0 to 400 C. or 30 to 760* F., respectively. Type.--Etched stem, glass. liquid.--Mercury. 20Rjpange and subdivision.--0 to 400 C. in 1 C. or 30 to 760 F. in Toted length.--378 to 384 mm (14.88 to 15.12 in.). Stem.--Plain front, enamel back, suitable thermometer tubing. Diameter, 6.0 to 7.0 mm (0.24 to 0.28 in.). BIRD 006510 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Fart 5) E-P-381-- (JimeJIOS) Shield Fut/mmo opi/i e/m cwwnt MADE or ZZ DA ex KAL.VAHIZ.XB IKON WITH fa IH. 4SSSST04 UHIK* EtVZTZD TO MM.TAL Figub* 4. Bulb.--Corning normal or equally suitable thermomefcric glass. Length, 10 to 15 mm (0.39 to 0.59 in.). Diameter, 5.0 to 6.0 mm (0.20 to 0.24 in.). Distance to 0* C. or 32 F. line from bottom of bulb: 25 to 35 mm (0.98 to 1.38 in.). Distance to 400 C. or 752 F. line from top of thermometer: 30 to 45 mm (1.18 to 1.77 in.). Filling abate mercury.--Nitrogen gas. Top finish.--Glass ring. Graduation.--All lines, figures, and letters dear out and distinct. BIRD 006511 % B-p-Mi-n (JenelBSS) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Saotlon IV, Part 5) The first and each succeeding 5 C. or 10 F. line to be longer than the remaining lines. Graduations to be numbered at each multiple of 10 C. or 20 F. Immersion.--Total. Special marking.--"A.S.T.M. High Distillation", a serial number, and the manufacturer's name or trade mark shall be etched on the stem. Scale error.--The error at any point of the scale up to 370 C. or 700 F. when the thermometer is standardized as provided below shall not exceed 1 G. or 2 F. Standardisation.--The thermometer shall be standardized im mersed in the testing bath to the top of the mercury column, at the ice point and at temperature intervals of approximately 50 G. or 100* F. up to 370 C. or 700 F. Test for permanency of range.--After being subjected to a tempera ture between 360 and 370 C. or 680 and 700 F. for 24 hours, the accuracy shall be within the limit specified. Case.--The thermometer shall be supplied in a suitable case on which shall appear the marking: "A.S.T.M. High Distillation, 0 to 400 C.", or "A.S.T.M. High Distillation, 30 to 760 F.'', according to the type of thermometer. Note.--For the purpose of interpreting these specifications the following definitions apply: The total length is'the over-all length of the finished instrument. The diameter is that measured with a ring gage. The length of the bulb is the distance from the bottom of the bulb to the beginning of the enamel backing. The top of the thermometer is the top of the finished instrument. F-2g CD Burner and shield.--A Bunsen burner and a suitable shield or chimney to protect the burner from draughts. F-2g (2). Procedure.-- F-2g (2) a. Assembly of apparatus.--The flask shall be supported on a tripod or rings over two sheets of 20 mesh gauze, 150 mm 4***\ TiqubxS. BIRD 006512 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 6) ('jrttncitta square, as shown in fig. 5. It shall be connected to the condenser tube by a tight cork joint. The thermometer shall be inserted through a cork in the neck with the top of the bulb level with the lowest point of juncture of the tubulatiire and neck of the flask. The axis of the flask through the neck shall be vertical. The distance from the bulb of the thermometer to the outlet end of the condenser tube shall be not more than 600 nor less than 500 mm. F-2g (2) b. Distillation.--Place 100 grams 0.1 gram of the pitch in the flask and apply heat so that the first drop comes over in from 5 to 15 minutes. Conduct the distillation at the rate of between 50 and 70 drops per minute, collecting the distillate in the weighed receiver and stoppingthe distillation when the thermometer registers 300 C. (572 F.). During the distillation the condenser tube shall be warmed whenever necessary to prevent the accumulation of solid distillates. Weigh the distillate and calculate the percentage of distillate under 300 C. (572 F.). F-2li. Specific gravity of distillate at S8I15.6 C. (100[60 F.)-- Any approved method that gives results accurate to the third decimal place may be used for determining the specific gravity of the distil late, but the Westphal balance is recommended for small amounts. The specific gravity is not determined on distillates weighing less than five grams. G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MARKING G-l. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified the subject commodity shall be delivered in standard commercial containers, so constructed as to insure acceptance by common or other camera, for safe trans portation, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery. G-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of net liquid measure of the contents, ana some means of identification of <fthe particular contract on which purchase and shipment were made"" Each shipment of the material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification: H-l a. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, roofing, siding, and sheet metal work; damp proofing and membrane waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D.C. *-P-W--li (JWMtlttS) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Put 6) L NOTES 1-1. Type I coal-tar pitch is intended for use with coal-tar satu rated felt for roofing and waterproofing in the construction of built-up roofing over board sheathing with inclines not exceeding 3 inches to the foot and over concrete surfaces with inclines not exceeding 1 inch per foot. 1-2. Type II coal-tar pitch is intended for use with coal-tar satu rated felt for roofing ana waterproofing, as a plying cement in the construction of membrane waterproofing, or alone as a damp proofing coating. This coal-tarpitch may be used fordampproofingand waterproofing tanks, retaining walls, dams, conduits, foundations of buildings, tunnels, subways, pools, reservoirs, etc., where not exposed except during installation to temperatures exceeding 38 C. (100 F.) and where not subject to vibration. 1-3. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the . characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-4. This specification governs all United States Government purchases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this specification in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-5. Interested parties are advised that an Alphabetical Index of Federal Specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintend ent of Documents. 1-6. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. Price, 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are nsed for any purpose other than In connection with a definitely related Government procurement opera tion, the United States Government thereby Incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the feet that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveyingany rights or permission to manofecture, nseorsell any patented Invention that may in any way be related thereto. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.O. Price 5 cents k?rK v* , * *1. '*`5"/ *, '^* * *J <*v y iy*1 N * -it --L. *.. FEBRUARY 5,1953 V'' V rk. * FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) _ : FEDERAL SPECIFICATION - . FOB .. .. PITCH; COAL-TAR (FOR) MINERAL SURFACED BUILT-UP ROOFING, WATERPROOFING AND DAMPPROOFING /; v ' y1t . * ' ":1 This amendment, which forms a part of Federal Sp& R-P-381, dated Jose 6, 1833, was- approved by sioner, Federal Supply Service. General Services for the oae of all Federal agencies. t.... ..., ^ yjUfe ` " * a ' - '*- "-i/J -f5* Page 2, paragraph &-2, the eoftening point (cabeln wati^methDA): . . type I, maximum: Delete "86 O. (150 F.>,,->And^auI^i^ra(|^%S*:Q.' ::'J (155*f.)-*** '; `r;:rj Page 11, paragraph H-la: Delete rX^fs' .?.' ' '?.i'W H--la. Army, 2Tavy, and Air For<.--filter rior packages and exterior pipping in-: Fed. Spec. R-P-?81 *Applicable data tobeate?ed by the contractor^ Paragraph H-lb-i Immediately following" NAVY INTEREST* Y. Z00435^f-53- i: *>V..?A- r*"-* .*'**- -' .Vi--- - V-;-gVfx ;V>:va-V r'V BIRD 006515 R-P-381 AMENDMENT---1 FEBRUARY S, 1953 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR PITCH; COAL-TAR (FOR) MINERAL SURFACED BUILT-UP ROOFING, WATERPROOFING AND DAMPPROOFING This amendment, which forms a part of Federal Specification R-P-381, dated Jane 6, 1933, was approved by the Commls-, sioner, Federal Supply Service. General Sendees Administration,. for the use at all Federal amende*. .. Page 2, paragraph E-2, the softening point (cubein water method), type I, maximum: Delete "60 C. '(ISO'? F.)" and substitute "68* C. (155* F.)". .. . ;- Page 11, paragraph H-la: Delete and substitute; -. H-la. Army, Navy, and Air Force.--Marking of ikipments.--Inte rior packages and exterior. Shipping contalners fihaU.be marked In accordance with Military Standhtd; SdDlIrSTD-129, Markiiig of Ship ments. The nomenclature shall be aa follows: :` . Pitch, Coal Tar, Type_______ _*v . . " . Fed; Spec. R-P-381 Applicable data to be entered by the contractor. ' -- ' Paragraph H-lb rimmedistely following' H-ibfinsert as follows: NAVY INTEREST] T. 200435*--53--(No r- v -;V/-i A:. r AMENDMENT--1 FEBRUARY S.195I .. FED15HAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV. (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION . ' . V ' FOB PITCH} eoXi^AR (FOR> MINERAL SURFACED BUILTUP ROOFING, WATERPROOFING AND DAMPPRdOFINa ! .1 "wleyh.<SicLeh- r1vfo8lcr3em3^ ,sG-weaanaperaaarlptSpoerofrvvFiecededsebrAardl tmShpeineiscCitforiacibatmitoiolnsn,- ' ;x*, - Page 2ijmiagrapli E-Z. the softening point (cube In water method), type I, .maximum-; Delete "66* G., (150 P.)" and substitute "68 C. (165* F.}". 'v Page ll,i^ta^i^ H^la; Deiete and substitute: B-la, Airmg* JSMt^h,and Mr Pottoei--Mittffing of shipments.--Inte & rior paekag^ ai^ ieetVerior^sWpping containers sfiali be marked in accordane^^yiiMilitar^r Standard MIL-STD-I29, Marking of Ship ments, ;.Tfe%3ttwe@^^ealiaB*eaaoUowV. Pttp&r3)^^^ -~s Fed, ~ ..... * AppUc^fe^tA|ti>8itered by flwcontractor. ` Itoag^^^|fr^|niniteteljr^ foRbwing H-fb insert as follows: -'il *&z-'X<x--; 'V*, f swtiimExr reiHrtxs ?Kici i*- *> BIRD 006517 ; vji-p** ; oo ' O O: BIRD 006518 SS-S-451 JULY 26, 1932 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR SLATE; ROOFING This specification was approved for promulgation by the Federal Specification Board on July 28, 1932, lor the use ol the departments and independent establish ments of the Government in the purchase of this commodity, and shall become mandatory for all departments and independent establishments of the Govern ment not later than February 15, 1933. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date, after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification.. A-2. Any special requirements of individual departments of the Government are noted in section H. B. TYPES, GRADES, CLASSES, ETC. B-l. This specification covers only one type, i. e., commercial standard thicknesses and sizes of roofing slate, and three grades-- Grade A Grade B. Grade C. Non.--For color requirements see paragraph. E-L C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP, ETC. C--1. Slate shall conform to the following requirements: C-la. Unless otherwise specified surfaces shall be of reasonably smooth cleavage. (See I-r5b.) O-lb. Slate shall be free from knots or knurls that would lessen the durability or weather tightness of the finished work. C-lc. Unless otherwise specified slate shall be rectangular, with straight cut edges. C-ld. Unless otherwise specified corners shall be reasonably full on exposed edges, with no broken corners on covered ends that would diminish the nailing strength or weather tightness. C-le. Thickness shall be approximately three-sixteenth inch, measuring 22 to 25 inches per 100 pieces when closely piled for smoothsurface slate and 25 to 30 inches per 100 pieces for rough-surface slate. 127529--32 fhfafgss)2 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE (Section IV, Part 5) C-lf. Flatness.--The maximum bend shall not exceed one-eighth inch in 12 inches. Slate if curved shall be made so that it can be laid with the convex side up. C-lg. Unless otherwise specified, holes shall be machine punched for 3-inch double lap. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D-l. Slate shall be whole and clean. Not more than 2 per cent of broken slate will be accepted. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS. E-l. Color.--The color designations for slates shall be as follows: Black. Blue black. Gray. Blue gray. Purple. Mottled purple and green. Green. Purple variegated. Red. If a definite ultimate color effect in grade A is desired these color designations shall be preceded by the word "unfading" or* "weather ing." (See I-5d). E-2. Strength. E-3a. The average modulus of rupture across the grain shall not be lower than 9,000 pounds persquare inch. E-3. Absorption. \ E-3a. The average absorption shall be not more than the; follow ing: Per cent Grade*A0. 25 Grade B: ______________________________ . 35 Grade^C------ ------------ '-----------------<--------a*-*-. 45 E-4. Add'resistahce. "' E-4a. The slate shall, under the acid test, .'show no softening to an average depth greater than the following: Inch GradeJA____________________________ <* 002 Grade'B............................. ......... _.............................. 008 GradelC^................ v014 ... F. METHODS OF SAMPUNG, INSPECTION. AND TESTS, P-1. The inspection of the slate may be made at the discretion of the Government either before or after delivery. P--2". Samples for test, when required, shall he selected by the ^inspector and shall be representative of the material: Atleaat one sample of 6 slate shall be selected from each oarload or-fraction thereof. Additional samples may be taken for test-at any time or place at the discretion of- the Government. P-3. Absorption test. P-3a. The specimen shall consist of a square or rectangular slab not less than 4 inches on any side, cut from the slate:ahingle so .that the saw cut is nowhere nearer than 1 inch to the sheared edge. At > 1 rt ) r\ FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE SS-S-451--3 (July, mt) (Section IV, Part 5) least six specimens each from a separate slate shall be prepared from each sample, the sample being considered as any number of shingles selected from a particular consignment. The specimens shall be scrubbed 'with a fiber brush and water, then dried in a wellventilated oven for 24 hours at 110 3 C. The specimens shall then be cooled in a desiccator and weighed to the nearest 0.01 gram for the dry weight W\. They shall then be completely immersed in water at 20 3 for 48" hours, surface dried with a damp cloth and immediately weighed, as before, for the saturated weight Wz. The percentage of absorption is then computed by the formula , 100(Tra-TFi) Wi F-4. Modulus of rupture test. F-4a. The specimen shall consist of a piece 4 inches wide and 12 inches long sawed with the long dimensions of the specimen parallel to the long dimension of the slate, so that the saw cut is not nearer than 1 inch to. the sheared edge of the shingle. At least five speci mens each from a separate slate shall be prepared and tested from each sample. The specimens shall be dried for at least 4 hours in an oven at approximately 105 G. The width at the middle B shall then be determined to within 0.01 inch and the average thickness at the middle D shall be determined to the nearest 0.001 inch. The test piece shall be supported on two knife-edges of the rocker type S' with edges spaced 10 inches and adjusted perpendicular to the long dimension. The load shall be applied-through the third knife-edge at the middle of the specimen along a Kne parallel to the supporting knife-edges. The load shall be increased at a rate of about 100 pounds per minute until rupture occurs, at which the breaking load W is recorded. . The modulus of rupture R is then computed by the formula r> - 31VL '-2BD* where L is the distance in inches between the lines of support. P-5. Acid test. F~5a. Acid tests shall be made by immersing at least four 4 by 6 inch slabs of each sample, each from separate slate, in glass trays containing T part by weight of sulphuric acid and 99 parts pure \ water for 7 days. The slates shall be spaced in such a way that the acid- has free access to all surfaces, and the acid solution shall be re newed daily. At the end of 7 days the specimens shall be removed from the add bath, washed free- of acid, and surface dried with a cloth without rubbing. At least three representative areas about one-half inch square shall be marked near the edge of each specimen I and the thickness at these areas measured with a micrometer. The softened material at the chosen areas shall then be removed from both faces with a putty knife by scraping with the side of the blade. The thickness of the slab at the scraped areas shall be determined as orig inally and the depth of softening taken as half of the average loss in thickness; Whexe ribbons or veins are present, at least naif of the tests shall be made on such parts. BIRD 006521 SS-S-451--4 {July, 1SS3) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE (Section IV, Part S) G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MARKING. G-l. Packing.--For domestic shipment, current commercial packing, which will insure delivery in good order; for export, res pective specifications of individual departments referred to in section H shall govern. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. H-l a. Army: United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-2. Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, Roofing, Siding, and Sheet-Metal Work; Damp proofing and Membrane Waterproofing (copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application, to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D. C.). L NOTES. 1-1. Each purchase, order, shall specify the required color. 1-2. If thicknesses other than three-sixteenths inch: am desired they should be specified in conformity. with Simplified Practice Recommendation R 14-28. 1-3. Sizes.--The following is a list of standard sizes given in inches. 1. SLOPING ROOFS 10X6 10X7 10X8 12X6 12X7 12X8 12X9 12X10 14X7 14X8 14X9 14X10 14X12 16X8 16X9 16X10 16X12 18X9 18X10 18X11 18X12 20X10 20X11 20X12 20X14 22X11 22X12 22X14 24X12 24X14 2. FLAT ROOFS 6X6 6X8 6X9- 10X6 10X7 10X8 12X6 12X7 12X8 Note.--Thickness of flat roof slates for ordinary service may be three-sixteenths Inch and for promenade or extraordinary service one-fourth to three-eighths inch. . 1-4. Certain sizes of slate are at times more plentiful than other sizes, and certain sizes usually cost more than other sizes of the same grade:- It will be economical both in cost and time to specify a range of sizes as acceptable and to permit the use of random widths. Smaller sizes should be selected for smaller surfaces, even when larger sizes are desired for the larger surfaces of the same project. 1-5. General information for 'purchasing agents. I-5a. Knots and knurls.--These terms refer to rounded pro tuberances which sometimes occur in slate and affect the smoothness of the split surface. I-5b. Texture.--This term is used to designate the character and appearance of the split surface. Rough splitting or rough-textured slates are preferred by many architects to avoid the appearance of a FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOGUE (Section IV, Part 5) SS-S-451--5 (July, 19SS) milled or molded roofing material. The smooth and rough splitting slates are as follows: MaineSmooth. VermontSmooth and rough. New York______________________ Do. Pennsylvania soft veinSmooth. Pennsylvania hard veinSmooth and rough. Peach Bottom, PaRough. VirginiaSmooth and rough. X--5c. Colors.--All slates from Pennsylvania except the "gray beds," as well as those from the Peach Bottom district of Pennsyl vania and Maryland, from Monson, Me., and from Arvonia, Va., known as Buckingham slates, are dark gray to blue-black. The purple, red, and green slates are produced in Vermont or in the con tiguous region around Granville, N. Y. Production of red slate is intermittent. Vermont also produces a limited quantity of dark mottled gray slate and black slate. 1-5d. Color changes.--Some dark slates upon exposure may fade to a gray color. This change is not always uniform and may result in an undesirable appearance. Such color changes have led to use of the terms "unfading" and "weathering." Since there is no satis factory laboratory test for determining permanence of color in slate, the classification of Dale in United States Geological Survey Bulletin No. 586, page 188, shall be taken as a guide. Another type of color change occurs in certain green slates from Vermont and New York which become buff or brown after a few months' exposure. These are known as weathering green or sea green slates. Although referred to by Dale as fading, this is a type of color aging that does not detract from the quality and is usually considered as a desirable change. I-5e. This specification governs all United States Government purchases of this commodity except as covered by paragraph H-2. Users should retain this specification in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-6. Interested parties are advised that an alphabetical index of Federal Specifications may be purchased as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-7. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by money order or coupon or cash, to Superin tendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D".' Cl Price, 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used Cor any pur pose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement opera tion, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever, and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded by im plication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or cor poration, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. U. 3. GOVERNMENT FRUITING OfflCE. I3E For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. - - - - Price 5 cents Q\ \rri cro, il--oolsJ BIRD 006524 -'m BIRD 006525 BIRD 006527 SS-R-501a SEPTEMBER 28, 1948 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spe. SS-R-SOl Anfoat 1, 1933, d ____ EMERGENCY ALTBB9TATB E-S9-R-501 October al> 1941 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR ROOFING, PREPARED; ASPHALT, SMOOTH SURFACED This specification was approved on the above date by the Director, Bureau of Federal Supply, for the use of all de partments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effective not later than January 1, 1949, for use In procurement Initiated on or after that date. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. V\ ! i A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS A-l. There are no other specifications applicable to this speci fication except those referenced in section H by individual de partments. A-2. The following Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., publication, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall form a part of this specification: List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials. B. CLASSES, WIDTHS, AND GRADE B-l. Classes.--Prepared roofing shall be furnished in the fol lowing classes, as specified in the invitation for bids, contract, or purchase order. Class A.--^65-pound. Class B.--66-pound. B-2. Widths.--Prepared roofing shall be furnished in rolls 36 % inches or 32 *4 inches wide, as specified in the invita tion for bids, contract, or purchase order. B--3. Grade.--Prepared roofing shall be furnished in one grade only. C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP C-l. Material.--The prepared roofing shall be composed of roof ing felt made of organic fibers, saturated with asghalt and coated on both sides with asphaltic compounds that include mineral stabilizers, and surfaced with powdered talc, mica, or any suitable surfacing material which will prevent sticking in the rolls. The 801559--48--(59) BIRD 006528 2 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Bept. 19W (Section IV, Fart 6) mineral stabilizer shall consist of mica, slate, talc, limestone, or any other suitable inorganic material. C-2. Workmanship.--The surface of the roofing shall be smooth or finely veined in appearance. The coating on both sides of the sheet shall be uniformly applied and shall extend to both edges of the sheet, and no uncoated spots or defects, such as blisters or lumps of coating, shall be perceptible. O. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Underwriters* Laboratories requirements.-- IL-la. The contractor shall submit proof to the purchasing agency that the material he furnishes under this specification con forms to the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., regarding fire and casualty hazards. The label (class C), listing, marker, or certified report of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., will be accepted as evidence of compliance with this requirement. D-lb. In lieu of Underwriters' Laboratories evidence, the con tractor may submit evidence from other sources that his material conforms to Underwriters' Laboratories requirements. The ac ceptance or rejection of such proof of conformance shall be de cided by the purchasing agency. D-lc. Compliance with the Underwriters' Laboratories require ments regarding fire and casualty hazards does not absolve the contractor from complete compliance with the requirements of this specification in order to secure the acceptance of his material. In the event of differences between any of the requirements of this specification and those of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., the requirements of this specification shall govern. EL-2. Area of rolls.--The roofing shall be furnished in rolls con taining not less than 108 square feet or 216 square feet, as speci fied in the invitation for bids, contract, or purchase order. (See par. 1-2.) D-3. Average gross weight.--The average gross weight per 108 square feet of roofing, complete with wrapping, packing, nails, and lap cement, shall be not less than 65 pounds for the 65-pound class (class A) and 55 pounds for the 55-pound class (class B). D-4. Weight per roll of wrapping.--The total weight of the wrapping, packing, nails, and cement per roll of roofing shall be not greater than 3 pounds for rolls containing 108 square feet, or 6 pounds for rolls containing 216 square feet. D-5. Nails.-- D-5a. Dimensions.--The gage of the wire shall be not greater than Washburn and Moen No. 10(0.135 inch) nor less than Wash burn and Moen No. 12 (0.105 inch). The head shall be not less than % inch in diameter, nor less than 0.025 inch in thickness,. The shank shall be not less than % inch in length for class B, 55-pound roofing, and % inch in length for class A, 65-pound roofing, ex cept that %-inch nails may be supplied for both classes when the roofing is to be applied by the "blind" or concealed nailing method. If barbed, the barbing shall not increase the diameter of' the* lower two thirds more than 0.01 inch. The lower end of the shank shall be pointed. If square and twisted (spiral), the cross-sectional area shall be equivalent to that specified above. t i ) ) ) BIRD 006529 44 -- CS rt * \ 2> O' FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part 5) SS-R-BOla-- (Sept, jam D-5b. Protective coating.--Nails shall be galvanized or sherardized, and shall resist four 1-minute dips in a copper sulfate solution when, tested in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Uniformity of Coating by the Preece Test (Copper Sul fate Dip) on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles (A.S.T.M. designation A 239) of the American Society for Testing Materials.1 D-5c. Quantity.*--There shall be furnished per 108 square feet of roofing an average of not less than 252 nails for 36-inch roofing and not less than 275 nails for 32-inch roofing. D-6. Lap cement.--The lap cement shall be such that it can be readily applied by brush or trowel and will firmly bind the laps without any injurious effect upon the roofing. The lap cement shall consist of a bituminous base dissolved in a volatile organic solvent. Organic products or inorganic filler may be added to im prove working and adhesive properties. Not less than % pint per 108 square feet shall be furnished for 36-inch roofing and not less than 1 pint per 108 square feet for 32-inch roofing. D-7. Condition.--The roofing shall not crack or be sjr sticky as to cause damage when unrolled at temperatures between 50 and 90P. E. DETAIL EEftWREBENTS E-l. The roofing shall comply with the requirements shown in table I. Table I.--Physical ami chemical requirements Class A, 65-pound Class B. 55-pound Maxi Mini Maxi Mini mum mum mum mum Weight per 108 square feet of roofing........................................ pounds Pliability at 26C. (77"F.) (crack ing on bending 90 over a rounded edge of ^4-incih radius) --. . Heat test at 80 C. (176F.) (slid- ing, blistering, or absorption olf the coating asphalt) ..................... .. > Weight of moisture-free desat- urated felt per 108 square feet :.;.......................................pounds Ash of moisture-free desaturated felt..........................percent by weight to Thickness of desaturated felt-- .inch * * * Saturation of felt*..................... percent * Weight of coating per 108 square feet...............;.................... ....... pounds Mineral stabilizer in coating pass ing No. 100 sieve, including mineral surfacing material passing no. 100 sieve......................./ e V* `40 Mineral matter retained on a No. 100 sieve. In and. on coat- - ing, per -108 square feet..... .pounqa 60 None None 13.0'. 10 0.06 . 160 13 ./ * -. "W* 40 r.\ . . 5.0 50 None None 10.8 * 0.05 - 160IS -IS* y u -ifx*??1**: * The sheet of felt shall be thQtbufiS 11946 Edition of A. a T. M.- Standards, t-A. - 9 Nalls may b furnished in bulk as agreed between buyer and seller. A t i.r\ Mf\ \ y/ BIRD 006530 a . -a-- -f--.--1----|^T-|------- - .- ^` --4 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part 5) E-2. Piecing.--No roll shall contain more than two pieces of roofing nor shall there be more than 3 percent of such rolls in a shipment. No piece of roofing shall be less than 10 feet in length. F. METHODS OB* SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment or fraction thereof representing a product of the same class and width, a number of rolls shall be taken at random as follows: Rolls In shipment Number of rolls to be taken Up to 1,000............. 1,001-1,728 ............. 1,729-2,744 ............. 2,745-4,096 ............. 4,097-5,832 ............. 5,833-8,000 ............. 8,001-10,648 ........... 10,649 and over... 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 F-2. Inspection.--The sample rolls taken shall be inspected to determine compliance with this specification with respect to work manship, condition, width, and weight. F-2a. Gross weight of roll, `packing material, nails, and cement. --Each roll taken (see par. F-l) shall be weighed intact to the nearest % pound. The wrappers, packing material, nail3, and cement from each roll shall be weighed together to the nearest % pound. The quantity and character of nails and lap cement shall be recorded. F-2b. Weight per 108 square feet of finished roofing.--The width and length of each roll taken shall be measured to the nearest % inch and weighed to the nearest % pound. From this data the weight per 108 square feet of finished roofing can be conveniently calculated by the following formula: Weight in pounds x 108 = Weight of 108 square width in inches feet of roofing Length in feet x 12 If" the calculated weight of 108 square feet of finished roofing of any roll taken as in paragraph F-l is less than 50 pounds for the 55-pound class and 60 pounds for the 65-pound class, addi tional rolls equal to twice the "number originally taken shall be inspected. If the calculated weight of 108 square feet of finished roofing of any of these additional rolls is less than the minimum specified, the entire lot shall, be rejected by the inspector and no samples taken for laboratory examination. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the rolls ex amined in sampling for inspection* select one the weight of which is nearest the average weight of the lot examined. Unroll, and at approximately 10-feet from the-outside end, cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long. The sheet shall be cut at right angles to the edge of the roll. Measure s r K BIRD 006531 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG(Section IV, Part 6) SS"rSeot!iW and weigh the strips and calculate the weight per 108 square feet of each. Discard any strip whose weight varies by more than 1.5 percent from the weight obtained in paragraph F-2a. Divide each strip into four equal parts, identifying the inside of the roll and the direction of the fiber grain on each section. (The direc tion of the fiber grain is parallel to the edge of the roll.) Label and pack flat between supports wide and stiff enough to prevent crushing. Transmit one sample (the four sections cut from one sheet) to the testing laboratory and retain the other for check tests if necessary. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- F-4a. Weight.--Assemble the pieces and trim the sample so that it is 36 inches long and the full width of the roll. Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest gram (15 grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per 108 square feet. Designate the weight as A. The weight so deter mined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. (See par. F-2b.) F-4b. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sample and note the appearance. The coating should extend to the edges of the sheet, which should not be ragged. No uncoated spots or defects, such as blisters or large lumps of coating, should be perceptible. F-4c. Pliability.--Cut five strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the fiber grain and immerse them in water at 25C. (77F.) for 10 to 15 minutes. Remove the strips from the water and immediately bend each strip, with the exposure side up, 90 over the edge of a block (which has been rounded to an arc whose radius is % inch) at a uniform speed in approximately 2 seconds' time.' Dry thoroughly and examine. If one or more of these five strips crack on this test, cut 10 strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these strips crack, the material shall be reported as failing the pliability test. F-4d. Behavior on heating at 80C. (176F.) for 5 hours.--Cut a strip of the roofing approximately 8 by 8 inches and suspend it vertically for 5 hours in an oven maintained at 80C. (176F.) 3C. (5F.). Remove at the end of this period, and note any flowing,-sagging, blistering, or absorption of the coating asphalt. F-4e. Weight of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Cut a strip ap proximately 2 inches wide and 16 inches long from the area cor responding to the original center of the sheet, the 16-inch dimen sion being perpendicular to the fiber grain. Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest milligram. From this data calculate the weight in pounds of 108 square feet of roofing. If this weight varies by more than 1.5 percent from that calculated in paragraph F-4a, discard and cut additional strips until a sample within this limit is obtained. Extract with carbon tetrachloride, benzol, or carbon bisulfide until free from soluble constituents. Dry the extracted felt in air until free from organic solvent and brush off any adhering mineral matter. Determine the thickness as specified in paragraph F--4f. Place the desaturated felt in an uncapped, tared weighing bottle and dry in an oven for 1 hour at 105 5C.; cap the bottle. Cool in a desiccator and weigh; designate this BIRD 006532 SS-R-SOla--8 (8<spt. aw FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) weight as a. (Note.--This weight includes the moisture-free desaturated felt plus any absorbed and adhering mineral stabilizer from the coating asphalt.) Incinerate the strip at a temperature not exceeding 600 C. in a muffle furnace or over an open flame, until all the organic matter is consumed. Cool in a desiccator and weigh; designate this weight as b. Calculate the weight of 108 square feet of moisture-free de saturated felt as follows: (See par. F~4i for the quantity F.) (a - 6) x 34.29 100 ------------------------ ----- X----------- -- weight, pounds per 108 sq. ft. Area in sq. in. 100-F Designate this weight as B. F-4f. Thickness of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Measure the thickness of the moisture-free desaturated felt obtained in para- fraph F-4e with a dead weight micrometer gage having a cylinrical foot and anvil, with flat bearing surfaces 1 square inch in area. The load used shall be 2 pounds per square inch. The thick ness of the felt shall be measured at 10 equally spaced points along the long dimension of the strip. 1 V F-4g. Total ash of roofing.--Cut a strip 2 inches wide and 16 inches long from the area corresponding to the original center of the sheet, with the 16-inch dimension perpendicular to the fiber frain. .Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest milligram. rom this data calculate the weight in pounds of 108 square feet K & of roofing. If this weight varies by more than 1.5 percent from that calculated in paragraph F-4a, discard and cut additional strips until a sample within this limit is obtained. Boll the strip, place it in an evaporating dish (approximately 4 inches in diameter), and ignite from above until the greater portion of the combustible matter is consumed, then in a muffle furnace at a temperature not greater than 600*C. until free from organic mat ter. Cool in a desiccator and weigh. Calculate from this weight the weight of total mineral matter contained in 108 square feet t of roofing. Designate this weight as C. Place total ash obtained * as above on a 100-mesh sieve and wash with a gentle stream of water until free from fines (material passing the 100-mesh sieve). Dry the material retained on the 100-mesh sieve for 1 hour at 105:5C., cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Calculate from this weight the weight of mineral matter retained on a 100-mesh sieve contained in 108 square feet of roofing. Designate this weight as D. F-4h. Saturation of felt.--Cut three strips 2 inches wide and 8 inches long at random from the sheet and warm in an oven at about 80C. (176F.) until the coating asphalt can be easily stripped from the saturated felt. In removing the coating asphalt, care should be taken to remove as little felt as possible and that none of the coating asphalt remains on the felt. The felt so ex posed shall be uniformly saturated, showing no gray or unsatu rated spots. Weigh the stripped sample, and extract with carbon tetrachloride, benzol, or carbon bisulfide until free from soluble constituents. Dry the extracted felt in air until free from solvent and then in an uncapped, taxed, weighing bottle in an oven at 105* 5C. for~l hour. Cool in a desiccator and weigh. Calculate the percentage saturation in the following manner: BIRD 006533 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK: CATALOG (Section IV. Part 6) ss-it-ooia--T (Sept. JW Weight of saturated felt--weight of desaturated felt ------------------------------------------------- X 100 = percentage satura- Weight of desaturated felt tion of moisture- free felt. Designate this percentage as E. F-4L Ash of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Incinerate the felt obtained in paragraph F-4h, in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all the organic matter is con sumed. Cool in a desiccator, weigh, and compute the percentage ash in the moisture-free desaturated felt. Designate this per centage as F. Place this ash on a 100-mesh sieve and wash until free from lines (material passing the 100-mesh sieve). Dry the material retained on the 100-mesh sieve at 106 5C. for 1 hour, cool, and weigh. Calculate from this weight the weight contained in 108 square feet of roofing. Designate this weight as G. F-4j. Mineral matter in and on coating.--The weight of mineral matter retained on a 100-mesh sieve, in and on the asphalt coating, per 108 square feet is obtained by subtracting G (weight of ash of the felt retained on a 100-mesh sieve per 108 square feet (par. F-4i)) from D (weight of total ash of the roofing retained on a 100-mesh sieve per 108 square feet (par. F-4g)). F~4k. Weight of coating and percentage of mineral stabilizer in coating.--Determine the weight of coating per 108 square feet and the percentage of mineral stabilizer passing a 100-mesh sieve as follows: A--Weight of 108 square feet of finished roofing. (See par. F--4a.) B--Weight of 108 square feet of moisture-free desaturated felt. (See par. F-4e.) C--Weight of total mineral matter (ash) in 108 square feet of roofing. (See par. F-4g.) D--Weight of total mineral matter (ash) in 108 square feet of roofing retained by 100-mesh sieve. (See par. F-4g.) - E--Percentage saturation of moisture-free desaturated felt. (See par. F-4h.) - F--Percentage ash of moisture-free desaturated felt. (See par. ~ - F-4i.) G--Weight of mineral matter (ash) in 108 square feet of moisture-free desaturated felt retained on a 100-mesh sieve. (See par. F-4i.) Weight of coating: / (BxE) \ A--I B -j----------------- b (D -- G) 1 = weight of mineral-stab- \ 100 / ilized coating per 108 square feet. BIRD 006534 SS-R-501n--S (Sept. 19$) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part 5) Percentage mineral stabilizer in coating: / (BxF) \ C -- ( D +----------- -- G| V (100) / x 100 = percentage of mineral stabilizer Weight of mineralstabilized coating passing 100-mesh sieve. per 108 square feet G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MARKING FOR SHIPMENT G-l. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack-' ages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the rolls shall be se curely taped or some other equally protective wrapping shall be employed. A standard label shall be attached to each roll to iden tify the material. The ends of the rolls need not be covered except to retain the nails and lap cement when packed in the rolls. G-3. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified, each package shall be marked with the name of the item, the class, width, and quan tity contained therein, as defined by the contract or order under which the shipment is made, the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications and other publi cations, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification by the respective departments: H-2. Army.--U. S. Army Specification 100-2, Standard Speci fication- for Marking Shipments by Contractors, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the procuring agency. H-3. Air Force.--U. S. Army Specification 94-40645, Marking; Exterior, Domestic and Export Shipment, by Contractors, copies of which may be obtained without cost, upon application to the Commanding General, Air Materiel Command, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Dayton, Ohio. -- H-4. Navy.-- H-4a. Applicable specifications and other publications.-- Joint Army-Navy Specification: JAN-P-132--Packaging and Packing for Overseas Shipment--Crates; Unsheathed, Wood; Nailed (for Maximum Net Load of 2,500 Pounds). Navy Department Specification: General Specifications for Inspection of MateriaL Bureau of Supplies and Accounts Publication: Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. Copies of Federal and Joint Army-Navy specifications (required for Navy purchases). Navy Department specifications, and the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy "W. BIRD 006535 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section TV, Part 6) SS-R-501H-- (Sept. ttyt) Department, Washington 25, D. C., except that Naval activities should make application to the Supply Officer in Command, Naval Supply Center, Norfolk 11, Va. When requesting specifications, refer to both title and number (or symbol). H-4b. Packaging.--Asphalt roofing shall be furnished in rolls # of the size and type commonly used. The rolls shall be securely taped or some other equally protective wrapping shall be employed. H-4c. Packing.-- H-4c(l). For domestic shipment.--Bolls shall be packed accord ing to best commercial practice to withstand handling and ship # ping. On less-than-carload-lot shipments rolls shall be packed in unsheathed crates not exceeding 500 pounds gross weight and conforming to the requirements of Joint Army-Navy Specification JAN-P-132. H-4c(2). For overseas shipment.--Packing will Joe the same as for domestic shipment, except that the entire shipment shall be packed in unsheathed crates not exceeding 500 pounds gross weight and conforming to the requirements of Joint Army-Navy Specification JAN-P-132. H-4d. Marking.--In addition to any special marking required by the contract or order, marking of interior packages and ship ping containers shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. H-4e. Ordering information.--Requests, requisitions, schedules, and contracts or orders should specify whether the subject com modity is to be packed and shipping containers marked for do mestic or overseas shipment. (See pars. H-4c and H-4d.) NAVTl JkMCX X. NOTES 1-1. Purchasers should exercise any desired options offered herein and should specify the class and width required. (See pars. B-l, B-2, D-2, G-l, G-2, and G-3.) 1-2. A roll of roofing containing 108 square feet will cover 100 square feet of roof area, and a roll containing 216 square feet will cover 200 square feet of roof area when the roofing is laid with a lap of 2 inches. 1-3. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples -mil be necessary prior to award to de termine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifi cally asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular pur pose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-4. Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are in tended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. v.V BIRD 006536 SS-R-C01*--1 FEDERAL standard stock catalog (Mepr. (Section rv. Part E) 1-6. An Index of Federal specifications may lie purchased as noted in the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Super intendent of Documents. 1-6. Copies of the listings of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., referred to herein, may be obtained without cost from the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago 11, Illinois. .. 1-7. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by postal note, money order, coupon, or cash, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington 26, D. C. Price 6 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Gov ernment thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation what soever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, fur nished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any mhnner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. ,U. 9 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICES 14*--SOIW<0*) A For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents. ( t BIRD 006537 BIRD 006538 gfr*. - > AMENDMENT^!-; <$k: APRIL27.1956 '.^- `-y SUPERSEDING ' AMENDMENT--a April 29, 1952 ,t , > jr FEDERAL SPECIFICATION 'K ROOFING, PREPARED; ASPHALT;, SMOOTH-SURFACED .~ This amendment, which forms a part of Federal Specification - SS-R-501a dated September 28, 1948, was approved by the Com* - missioner. Federal Supply Service,- General Services Adminis- tration, for the use of all Federal agencies. . ' '' >- '! li Page 1, paragraph C-l, line 3: Insert "may".before "include".. Page 2, paragraph C-l (continued), line 1: Insert "when present"' after "stabilizer". -^ Page 3, paragraph E-l: , :i Table I; Mineral stabilizer in coating passing No* !# . tPii?. including mineral surfacing material .paj&Bg No; by weight--Minimum: Class A (65-pourid) - and ' CHass B&'tpH pound), delete "16". "'"is*.-. ,c'\' Page 8, paragraph <3-2: Delete in its enttretyv and substitute: G-2. Packing.--The rolls of roofing shall be tight#' woundj and. shall be securely wrapped with a substantial 'grade of paper,, completely encircling the roll,.and pasted- or gum stripped at the; overlap in such a manner as to prevent shifting from positioa,? .- .The nails and lap cement shall be packed ia!ttte core o each ... J? roll and secured in such a manner that they'Vcahnot shift er;' work loose and fall ourof the core of the rolL - Esther apfin(|v ... wrapper or a standard labeL shall be. attached td- each roUlfei&y-'A. , identify the material. " Page 8, paragraph,EC-3: Delete and substitute: \ ;H-3. Air Force. -Interior packages ahd' ^xtepioi*shipping ^. Class- Width Federal Specification SS-R-50la (Copies of specifications and standards require^ Jly ebnfc..^ connection with specific procurement functions mkyipe bbtainfedl, the procuring agency or as directed by'the contracting btfieer.,)^ Fage:8^paragraph H-4 through H-4e^ Delete in theiir Cfitirefyf--__ substitutd't'.'-'. ' * v* ' H-^&^Nayyv -.yj "HMal Applicable specification and'standard; ^Military'specificationz " ' .. . MID-P-3423--Packaging! .'ofJ S *ed; "Asphalt andfV ' >"1"' -v.-:. "i'iv as. 1 .' *"v -v-.v^: 'tr.yifi. <v*r `!J *..'L. -Jiir BIRD 006539  ,_.,.v, SMS~ ^'; __ . .*-,,.*- 3-129--Marking for Shipment and Storage, ions and standards required by contractors In cmnijpipfipgjiaito' procurement functions should be obtained from-.-i|^^:^bc)ttlpnS;agency or as directed by the'contracting officer.) W^^.Pte^^v^for.deiivery.,. . ............ H^lb (I). p&riq8tie shipment. H-4b (I). M^Iifymediate use.--The roofing shall, be packaged and packed hf ^ mfuaiefr which will insure arrival at destination in satisfactory-condition and which will be acceptable to the carrier at lowest rates.,: ' H-4B (l)Sb; Bidrage.--The -roofing shall, be packaged and packed as specdfied &r overseas shipment JEf^-ib , (^)^:;Orferaeaa shipment.--The roofing shall he packaged and packed*# aOTpfcdahce with Military Specification MIL-P-3423. H~4b (8)$.$tarking.--Interiqr packages, and shipping containers shall be piarked.in accordance with Military Standard MlL-STD-129. The- appxovedittan name is Roofing, Prepared; AsphaltySmooth- Surfah4^;H<-'-'.:'^."'; . Hr4b {$.y::)rtiertrig data.--Procurement documents should specify. whether domestic"(immediate use or storage) or overseas packaging are required (seeT3E--4b (1) a, H-4} (1) b, and H-4b. (2) ). INTERESTS: . , ' - 7 .Ain.Edre^v,,- *. '. ' - \ - . Fage:18:;Foilbwlng paragraph 1-7 insert: ... l-8; Tran^pottaion Description. v * . I-8a. TTanfigortation description applicable terthis-item is: .; RodMg,_composition or. prepared, not otherwise indexed by name: ' - (^ioad giinimnin weight 40,000 pounds - .^^iickioad minimum weight 48,000 pounds - Delete^sosagtaphs whiebgive instructions for obtaining copies of Federal', Specifications and: Standards and the .Index of Federal Spe<fiflcallohs ahd"S.tandar^ substituting the following: . ' . - (Ad^iff^t out^4e "ike':5tedeipal <Jovernmeiit may obtahi<"Conies'M Fed- ' era!'Sb^fficattras-;ima SumdaMs aa-outllned- under General Information the Inde__X_'_f_ff_t.Fe. de. ra._l Spe__d___f_l_C__dthSa.s. and_ Standards and at the prideain_-_____________ __________________________ ,,______________ . diCated.tn Mhe mdex..'^jfhe Index, ;which- includes^ cumulative' monthly.. >r .safe da a- subscription basis by the. Superin* tendento; Government Printing-' Office, -^-'"ton 25, Jfc-TSSMhi m cation and- other product', Jectflcattons 're---'1> quited !e the. Federal' Government for 1 ddingDurposea are C# * .,**.<*1 ".'A tied distribution points in their- agencies.); "For Sale" statement apd gubsti- * 1 <v *.&!&? *- - " ..X'/ . 4, t^ies .qj|-fi^4pB^ba(3iph-mpy he--'pitBr.cha3sed for. b'Canta ^ghi 4-S - ;yv;' ' .*. ***-.* !****: ; 1* .4 - 'r j- -' * J~- - ../.r' * t. ?'< * J, V- ; <* T>' , i't* ,;7-.i*v;yr1. : -y v.. , - ,i . **? 1... ,+`*t.'w.uuo^J&Jn BIRD 006540 SS-R-501 AUGUST 1, 1933 SUPERSEDING F.S. No. 214 September30.1924 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 6) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR ROOFING; ASPHALT-PREPARED, SMOOTHSURFACED This specification was approved far promulgation by the Federal Specifications Board on August 1,1933, for the use of the departments and independent establish ments of the Government in the purchase of this commodity, and shall become mandatory for all departments and independent establishments of the Govern ment not later than February l, 1934. It may be pat into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Special requirements of individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. & GRADES B-l. Smooth-surfaced prepared roofing shall be of the following grades. (The grade or grades desired shall be specified in the invitation for bids.) Grade A.--Heavy weight. Grade B.--Medium weight. C. MATERIAL C-l. This asphalt-prepared roofing shall be composed of roofing felt made of organic fibers, saturated and coated on both sides with asphaltic compounds and surfaced with finely powdered talc or mica, ` which must prevent sticking in the rolls. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Basis of purchase shall be by the roll (to cover 100 or 200 square feet, according to agreement between purchaser and the seller). K. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E-l. Appearance.--The surface in both grades of roofing shall be smooth or finely veined in appearance. Deeply ribbed roofing will 418122 0 -41 KmW federal standard stock catalog (Section IV, Part i) not be acceptable. The coating shall be uniformly applied on both sides and up to the edge of the sheet, and no uncoated spots or defects--such as blisters or large lumps of coating--shall be per ceptible. E-2. Physical and chemical requirements.-- Width, inches, 36H or 32H, as specified Grade A Grade B Max. Min. Max. Min. Area of roll... --...square feet.. Average gross weight per 103 square feet_____pounds- Weight per roll ofwrapping, packing, nails, ana cement pounds.. Weight per 108 square diet of roofingpounds.. FlfebUity at 23 O. (77 F.) (cracking on bending 90 'over aroundededge of Mdnehradius) Heat test at 80s O. (176s F.) (sliding, blistering, or ab- GnrntfflT) nf fehA fairfftiy AnnHncr) r , ______ , ________________ Weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per 108 square feet__ _______________________ __________ pounds.. Thickness of dofistmfttod ......... ...n^ _rfnr*h Weight oftotal ash ofrooflng per 108square feet.pounds.. Saturation of felt.--.__ __ percent Nails (rino-coated): Gage of wire----- ------------ ------- ---.--............ Diameter at heads________ __ ........inch Thickness of heads--.__ ______ do. Length of shank_______________ _____ do. Number per 108 square feet of 36-inch roofing----- Number per 108 square feet of 32-inch roofing----- 108 216 65 60 None None 13.5 0.-080 9 >160 12 101$ .... % 0.0261 ?4 250 278 106 216 45 40 None None 10.8 a 048 >150 12 10H H 0.025 H 250 276 > The sheet of felt shall be thoroughly and uniformly saturated. E-3. Lap cement.--The lap cement shall be of such nature as firmly to bind the laps without injurious effect upon the roofing. It shall consist of a suitable bituminous material dissolved in a volatile solvent. Not leas than three fourths of a pint per 108 square feet shall be furnished for 36-inch roofing and not less than one pint per 108 square fefet for 32-inch roofing. F. METHODS OF INSPECTION, DETEBMINATION OF WEIGHT AND WIDTH, SAMPLING, AND TESTING Ddiveries will, in general,- be sampled and tested by the following methods, but the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional informotion to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment take at ran dom rolls of roofing equivalent to the cube root of the total number included in the lot. If the cube root is a fractional number, express it as the next higher digit. F-2. Determination of weight and width.--The weight per 108 square feet of material, and its variation in weight: The width and its variation muBt be determined by the inspector and the results transmitted to the testing laboratory with the sample. Material c f BIRD 006542 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part SS-R-501--3 (Aug. 1833) which does not conform-to the specification in these respects should be rejected by the inspector and only deliveries which conform in these respects sampled for laboratory tests. F-2a. Remove the wrappers, other packing material, nails, and cement from each roll selected and weigh the roll and the packing ' material, etc., separately to the nearest one-fourth pound. Then unwind each roll and measure the length and width of the rectan gular portion of the roll to the nearest one fourth inch, and reroll. Observe the appearance of the roofing while unrolling and rerolling. Satisfactory roofing will not stick and will be free from visible ex ternal defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, indentations, or Lumps of coating. Unless the coating covers both sides and extends to the edge of the sheet, the material should be rejected. Compute the area and weight per 108 square feet of each roll selected, and from these weights compute the average weight of the shipment. Should the weight of any 108 square feet be less than the minimum weight specified (40 pounds for medium and 50 pounds for heavy) it shall be cause for the rejection of the whole shipment. Compute also the average weight of the packing materials, nails, and cement. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the rolls exam ined for sampling, select one, the weight of which is near the average weight of the lot. Unroll, and at approximately 10 feet from the end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long, label, roll carefully, but do not crease, wrap, and transmit one to the testing laboratory. Retain the other for use in case of dispute. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- F-4a. Weight.--Trim the sample so that it is 36 inches long and the full width of the roll. Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest gram (15 grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per 108 square feet. The weight so determined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. (See F-2.) F-4b. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sample and note the appearance. The coating should extend to the edge of the sheet, which should not be ragged. No uncoated spots or defects, such as blisters or large lumps of coating, should be perceptible. F-4c. Pliability.--Cut five strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the fiber grain and immerse them in water at 25 C. (77 F.) for 10 to 15 minutes. Remove the strips from the water and immediately bend each strip, with the exposure side up, 90 over the edge of a block (which has been rounded to a radius of % inch) at a uniform speed, in approximately 2 seconds' time. Dry thor oughly and examine. If one or more of these five strips crack on this test, cut 10 strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these strips crack, the material is reported as failing on the pliability test. F-4d. Behavior on heating at 80 C. (1780 F.) for five hours.--Cut a strip of the roofing approximately 8 by 8 inches and suspend it vertically for five hours in an oven maintained at 80 C. (176 F.) BS4M01-4 (A*3-18SS) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) plus or minus 3 C. (5F.). Remove at the end of this period, and nte aoy flowing, sagging, blistering, or absorption of the surface coating. F-4e. Weight of moisture-free, desaturated felt.--Cut two strips approximately 2 inches wide and 8 inches long from the roofing, weigh accurately, and extract with benzol (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform .or carbon bisulphide will usually give the same results, but benzol should be used in case of dispute) in a suitable extraction apparatus until the benzol runs through colorless and contains no soluble material. The roofing may be cut into squares approximately 1 inch on each side in case an extraction apparatus of sufficient size to accommodate the whole strips is not avuable. Remove the de saturated felt from the extractor, dry in air until free from the odor of benzol, and brush off any adhering mineral matter. Place the desaturated felt in a tared weighing bottle, dry in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one half hour, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Calculate the percentage of moisture-free desaturated felt in the sample taken for extraction and compute the weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per 108 square feet from the weight obtained in F-4a. F-4f. Thickness of desaturated felt.--Cut one of the strips of felt obtained in F-4e into four equal portions and caliper each piece at four equally spaced points at least three quarters of an inch from a cut edge with a micrometer having fiat bearing surfaces, or if the strips were cut into pieces in F-4e take at random 16 pieces of the felt and caliper each piece at its center. Average the readings. F-4g. Total ash of roofing.--Cut two strips of the roofing approxi mately 2 inches wide and 8 inches long into squares about 1 cm on each side and mix thoroughly. Take at random enough pieces to weigh about 10 grams, dry in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230* F.) for one naif hour, cool in a desiccator, weigh accurately, and incinerate in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all of the carbon is consumed. Cool, weigh, and calculate the percentage ash of the roofing and compute the weight per 108 square feet from the weight obtained in F-4a. F-4h. Saturation of felt.--Cut two strips of the original roofing approximately 2 inches wide and 8 inches long and warm them in an oven at about 80 C. (176 F.). Strip off the surfacing and coatings, taking care that as little as possible of the saturated felt is removed' with the coatings and that none of the coatings adhere to the felt. Weigh the saturated felt obtained and extract in a suitable-extractor with benzol (see F-4e) until the benzol runs through colorless and contains no soluble material. Remove the desaturated felt from the extractor and dry in air until free from the odor of benzol. Place in a tared weighing bottle, dry at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one half hour, and weigh. From the weight obtained and the original weight compute the percentage saturation of the moisture-free felt as follows: Weight of saturated felt--weight of desaturated felt ^ Weight of desaturated felt X1UU percentage saturation of moisture-free felt BIRD 006544 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Pert 6) SS-B401-- CXutf. 10SS) Cut three 2-inch strips of the roofing at random across the entire sheet and split them open for their full length. The felt so exposed shall be uniformly saturated, showing no gray or unsaturated spots. G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MASKING 0-1. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. 0-2. Packing,--The asphalt-prepared roofing shall be put up in rolls of 108-pr 216 square feet as specified in the order. No roll shall con tain more than two pieces of roofing nor shall there be more than 3 percent of such rolls in a shipment. The rolls shall be tightly wound and their ends shall be protected with metal caps, scrap roofing cloth, or other suitable means. The wrapper shall be of a substantial grade of paper of the same width of the fabric and shall completely encircle the roll. G-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of the manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of the contents, and some means of identification of ``the particular contract on which purchase and shipment were made." Each roll shall contain printed directions for laying. Nails and lap cement shall be furnished either in each roll or in bulk, as specified in the contract. H. BEQUIBEMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. H-la. Army: United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Stand ard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, Roofing, Siding, and Sheet-metal Work; dampproofing and membrane waterproofing; copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D.C. L NOTES 1-1. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that nor mally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked "for'in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-2. This material is intended primarily for use on temporary buildin 1-3. specification governs all United States Government purchases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this sp1e-c4if.icaIntitoenreisntepderpmaarntieesnt file are until a revision is issued. advised that an alphabetical Index of Federal Specifications may be obtained upon application as noted BIRD 006545 U^fm)6 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section iv. Part 5) in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintend ent of Documents. ' 1-5. Copies of this Specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by money order, coupon, or cash, to Superintend ent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C Price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other date are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United Statu Government thereby incurs no responsibility or any obliga tion whatsoever; and the bat that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or nonvaying any rights nr permission fa. monnfmrtairr, tug, nr y!j patented invention that may in any waybe related thereto. /-V> *i i .j. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRIHTING OFFICE X 1&41 toe tale by the Snpcrintentoit of Documents, Washington, PeO. - - * - Price 5 cents N t I'' BIRD 006546 SS-R-501a SEPTEMBER 28, 1948 SUPERSEDING Fed. Spec. SS-R-501 Augnit 1, 1933, and EMERGENCY ALTERNATE E-SS-R-501 October SI, 1941 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR ROOFING, PREPARED; ASPHALT, SMOOTH SURFACED This specification was approved on the above date by the Director, Bureau of Federal Supply, for the use of all de partments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effective not later than January 1, 1949, for use in procurement initiated on or after that date. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS A-l. There are no other specifications applicable to this speci fication except' those referenced in section H by individual de partments. A-2. The following Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., publication, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall form a part of this specification: List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials. B. CLASSES, WIDTHS, AND GRADE B-l. Classes.--Prepared roofing shall be furnished in the fol lowing classes, as specified in the invitation for bids, contract, or purchase order. Class A.--65-pound. Class B.--55-pound. B-2. Widths.--Prepared roofing shall be furnished in rolls 36` % inches or 32 % inches wide, as specified in the invita tion for bids, contract, or purchase order. B-3. Grade.--Prepared roofing shall he furnished in one grade only. C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP C-l. Material.--The prepared roofing shall be composed of roof ing felt made of organic fibers, saturated with asphalt and coated on both sides .with asphaltic compounds that include mineral stabilizers, and surfaced with powdered talc, mica, or any suitable surfacing material which will prevent sticking in the rolls. The 801559--48--(59) --3 FEDERAL. STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Sept. im (Section IV. Part 5) mineral stabilizer shall consist of mica, slate, talc, limestone, or any other suitable inorganic material. C-2. Workmanship.--The surface of the roofing shall be smooth or finely veined in appearance. The coating on both sides of the sheet shall be uniformly applied and shall .extend to both edges of the sheet, and no uncoated spots or defects, such as blisters or lumps of coating, shall be perceptible. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Underwriters* Laboratories requirements.-- ]>-la. The contractor shall submit proof to the purchasing agency that the material he furnishes under this specification con forms to the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., regarding fire and casualty hazards. The. label (class C), listing, marker, or certified report of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., will be accepted as evidence of compliance with this requirement. D-lb. In lieu of Underwriters' Laboratories evidence, the con tractor may submit evidence from other sources that his material conforms to Underwriters' Laboratories requirements. The ac ceptance or rejection of such proof of conformance shall be de cided by the purchasing agency. D-lc. Compliance with the Underwriters' Laboratories require ments regarding fire and casualty hazards does not absolve the contractor from complete compliance with the requirements of this specification in order to secure the acceptance of his material. In the event of differences between any of the requirements of this specification and those of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., the requirements of this specification shall govern. D-2. Area of rolls.--The roofing shall be furnished in rolls con taining not less than 108 square feet or 216 square feet, as speci fied in the invitation for bids, contract, or purchase order. (See par. 1-2.) I>-3. Average gross weight.--The average gross weight per 108 square feet of roofing, complete with wrapping, packing, nails, and lap cement, shall be not less than 65 pounds for the 65-pound class (class A.) and 55 pounds for the 55-pound class (class B). D-4. Weight per roU of wrapping.--The total weight of the wrapping, packing, nails, and cement per roll of roofing shall be not greater than 3 pounds for rolls containing 108 square feet, or 6 pounds for rolls containing 216 square feet. D-5. Nails.-- D-5a. Dimensions.--The gage of the wire shall be not greater than Washburn and Moen No. 10(0.135 inch) nor less than Wash/burn and Moen No. 12(0.105 inch). The head shall be not less than / % inch in diameter, nor less than 0.025 inch in thickness. The shank shall be not less than % inch in length for class B, 55-pound roofing, and % inch in length for class A, 65-pound roofing, ex cept that %-inch nails may be supplied for both classes when the roofing is to be applied by the "blind" or concealed nailing method. If barbed, the barbing shall not increase the diameter of the lower two thirds more than 0.01 inch. The lower end of the shank shall be pointed. If square and twisted (spiral), the cross-sectional area shall be equivalent to that specified above. FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) (Bept'm) D-5b. Protective coating.--Nails shall be galvanized or sher- ardized, and shall resist four 1-minute dips in a copper sulfate solution when tested in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Uniformity of Coating by the Preece Test (Copper Sul fate Dip) on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles (A.S.T.M. designation A 239) of the American Society for Testing Materials.1 J I>-5c. Quantity.2--There shall be furnished per 108 square feet of roofing an average of not less than 252snails for 36-inch roofing and not less than 276 nails for 32-inch roofing. D-6. Lap cement.--The lap cement shall be such that it can be readily applied by brush or trowel and will firmly bind the laps without any injurious effect upon the roofing. The lap cement shall consist of a bituminous base dissolved in a volatile organic solvent. Organic products or inorganic filler may be added to im prove working and adhesive properties. Not less than % pint per 108 square feet shall be furnished for 36-inch roofing and not less than 1 pint per 108 square feet for 32-inch roofing. D-7. Condition.--The roofing shall not crack or be so sticky as to cause damage when unrolled at temperatures between 50 and 90 F. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E~l. The roofing shall comply with the requirements shown in table I. Table I.--Physical and chemical requirements. Class A, 65-pound Class B, 55-pound Maxi Mini Maxi Mini mum mum mum mum Weight per 108 square feet of roofing pounds#** p 60 Pliability at 25C. (77F.) (crack ing on bending 90 over a rounded edge of %-incsh radius).... None Heat test at 80C. (176F.) (slid ing, blistering, or absorption of the coating asphalt) ................. None Weight of moisture-free desat- urated felt per 108 square feet . ;........................'................pounds 'V 18,0 Ash of moisture-free desaturated felt percent by weight....................................................... 10 Thickness of desaturated felt....inch Saturation of felt* percent............................................. 0.06 160 Weight of coating per 108 square feet .. pounds.................................................... ................................... 18 . Mineral stabilizer in coating pass ing No. 100 sieve, including mineral surfacing material passing no. 100 sieve.................................................. 40 15 Mineral matter retained on a No. 100 sieve, in and on coat ing. per 108 square feet.........pounds . 5.0 *** * * .1.0.. -- .... 40 5.0 50 None None 10.8 0.05 160 18.- 15 - -- * The sheet of felt shall be thoroughly and uniformly saturated. 11946 Edition of A. S. T. M. Standards, Part I-A. * Nails may be furnished in bulk as agreed between buyer and seller. SS-R-601*--4 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG- (Sept. 19W (Section IV. Part 5) E-2. Piecing.--No roll shall contain, more than two pieces of roofing nor shall there be more than 3 percent of such rolls in a shipment. No piece of roofing shall be less than 10 feet in length. F. METHODS OF SAMPLING. INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment or fraction thereof representing a product of the same class and width, a number of rolls shall be taken at random as follows: Rolls in shipment Number of rolls to be taken. Up to 1,000............. 1,001-1,728 ............. 1,729-2,744 ............. 2,746-4,096 ............. 4,097-6,832 ............. 6,833-8,000 ............. 8,001-10,648 ........... 10,649 and over... 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 F~2. Inspection.--The sample rolls taken shall be inspected to determine compliance with this specification with respect to work manship, condition, width, and weight. F-2a. Gross weight of roll, packing material, nails, and cement. --Each roll taken (see par. F-l) shall be weighed intact to the nearest hi pound. The wrappers, packing material, nails, and cement from each roll shall be weighed together to the nearest hi pound. The quantity and character of nails and lap cement shall be recorded. F-2b. Weight per 108 square feet of finished roofing.--The width and length of each roll taken shall be measured to the nearest hi inch and weighed to the nearest hi pound. From this data the weight per 108 square feet of finished roofing can be conveniently calculated by the folio-wing formula: Weight in pounds x 108 --Weight of 108 square width in inches feet of roofing Length in feet x 12 If "the'calculated weight of 108 square feet of finished roofing of any roll taken as in paragraph F-l is less than 50 pounds for the 55-pound class and 60 pounds for the 65-pound class, addi tional rolls equal to twice the number originally taken shall be inspected. If the calculated weight of 108 square feet of finished roofing of any of these additional rolls is less than the minimum specified, the entire lot shall be rejected by the inspector and no samples taken for laboratory examination. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the rolls ex amined in sampling for inspection, select one the weight of which is nearest the average weight of the lot examined. Unroll, and at-approximately 10 feet from the outside end, cut two samples the full -width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long. The sheet shall be cut at right angles to the edge of the roll. Measure I FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Part 5) SS-K-501a--5 fSept. 19W and weigh the strips and calculate the weight per 108 square feet of each. Discard any strip whose weight varies by more than 1.5 percent from the weight obtained in paragraph F-2a. Divide each strip into four equal parts, identifying the inside of the roll and the direction of the fiber grain on each section. (The direc tion of the fiber grain is parallel to the edge of the roll.) Label and pack flat between supports wide and stiff enough to prevent crushing. Transmit one sample (the four sections cut from one sheet) to the testing laboratory and retain the other for check tests if necessary. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- F-4a, Weight.--Assemble the pieces and trim the sample so that it is 36 inches long and the full width of the roll. Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest gram (15 grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per 108 square feet. Designate the weight as A. The weight so deter mined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. (See par. F-2b.) F-4b. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sample and note the appearance. The coating should extend to the edges of the sheet, which should not be ragged. No uncoated spots or defects, such as blisters or large lumps of coating, should be perceptible. F-4c. Pliability.--Cut five strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the fiber grain and immerse them in water at 26C. (77F.) for 10 to 15 minutes. Remove the strips from the water and immediately bend each strip, with the exposure side up, 90 over the edge of a block (which has been rounded to an arc whose radius is % inch) at a uniform speed in approximately 2 seconds' time. Dry thoroughly and examine. If one or more of these five strips crack on this test, cut 10 strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these strips crack, the material shall be reported as failing the pliability test. F-4d. Behavior on heating at 80C. (176F.) for 5 hours.--Cut a strip of the roofing approximately 8 by 8 inches and suspend it vertically for 5 hours in an oven maintained at 80C. (176F.) 3C. (5"F.). Remove at the end of this period, and note any V. flowing, sagging, blistering, or absorption of the coating asphalt. - F-4e. Weight of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Cut a strip ap proximately 2 inches wide and 16 inches long from the area cor responding to the original center of the sheet, the 16-inch dimen sion being perpendicular to the fiber grain. Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest milligram. From this data calculate the weight in pounds of 108 square feet of roofing. If this weight varies by more than 1.5 percent from that calculated in paragraph F-4a, discard and cut additional strips until a sample within this limit is obtained. Extract with carbon tetrachloride, benzol, or carbon bisulfide until free from soluble constituents. Dry the extracted felt in air until free from organic solvent and brush off any adhering mineral matter. Determine the thickness as specified in paragraph F-4f. Place the desaturated felt in an uncapped, tared weighing bottle and dry in an oven for 1 hour at 105 5 G.; cap the bottle. Cool in a desiccator and weigh; designate this BIRD 006551 6 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG ' V` w (Section IV. Part 5) weight as a. (Note.--This weight includes the moisture-free desaturated felt plus any absorbed and adhering mineral stabilizer from the coating asphalt.) Incinerate the strip at a temperature not exceeding 600 C. in a muffle furnace or over an open flame, until all the organic matter is consumed. Cool in a desiccator and weigh; designate this weight as b. Calculate the weight of 108 square feet of moisture-free de saturated felt as follows: (See par. F-4i for the quantity F.) (a- 6) x 34.29 100 ----- ------------------------ X --------- - = weight, pounds per 108 sq. ft. Area m sq. in. 100-F Designate this weight as B. F-4f. Thickness of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Measure the thickness of the moisture-free desaturated felt obtained in para graph F~4e with a dead weight micrometer gage having a cylin drical foot and anvil, with flat bearing surfaces 1 square inch in area. The load used shall be 2 pounds per square inch. The thick ness of the felt shall be measured at 10 equally spaced points along the long dimension of the strip. F-4g. Total ash of roofing.--Cut a strip % inches wide and 16 inches long from the area corresponding to the original center of the sheet, with the 16-inch dimension perpendicular to the fiber grain. Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest milligram. From this data calculate the weight in pounds of 108 square feet of roofing. If this weight varies by more than 1.5 percent from that calculated in paragraph F-4a, discard and cut additional strips until a sample within this limit is obtained. Roll the strip, place it in an evaporating dish (approximately 4 inches in diameter), and ignite from above until the greater portion of the combustible matter is consumed, then in a muffle furnace at a temperature not greater than 600C. until free from organic mat ter. Cool in a desiccator and weigh. Calculate from this weight the weight of total mineral matter contained in 108 square feet of roofing. Designate this weight as C. Place total ash obtained as above on a 100-mesh sieve and wash with a gentle stream of water until free from fines (material passing the 100-mesh sieve). Dry the material retained on the 100-mesh sieve for 1 hour at 1055aC., cool in a desiccator,-and weigh. Calculate from this weight the weight of mineral matter retained -on a 100-mesh sieve contained in 108 square feet of roofing. Designate this weight as D. F-4h. jSaturation of felt.--Cut three strips 2 inches wide and 8 inches long at random from the sheet and warm in an oven at about 80C. (176F.) until the coating asphalt can be easily stripped from the saturated felt. In removing the coating asphalt, care should be taken to remove as little felt as possible and that none of the coating asphalt remains on the felt. The felt so ex posed shall be uniformly saturated, showing no gray or unsatu rated spots. Weigh the stripped sample, and extract with carbon tetrachloride, benzol, or carbon bisulfide until free from soluble constituents. Dry the extracted felt in air until free from solvent and then in an uncapped, tared, weighing bottle in an oven at 105 it 5C. for 1 hour. Cool in a desiccator and weigh. Calculate the percentage saturation in the following manner: federal, standard stock catalog (Section IV, Part 6) SS-R-SOla--7 (Sept lSJfi) Weight of saturated felt--weight of desaturated felt X 100 = percentage satura Weight of desaturated felt tion of moisture- free felt. Designate this percentage as E. F-4i. Ash of moisture-free desaturated felt.--Incinerate the felt obtained in paragraph F-4h, in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all the organic matter is con sumed. Cool in a desiccator, weigh, and compute the percentage ash in the moisture-free desaturated felt. Designate this per centage as F. Place this ash on a 100-mesh sieve and wash until free from fines (material passing the 100-mesh sieve). Dry the material retained on the 100-mesh sieve at 105 5C. for 1 hour, cool, and weigh. Calculate from this weight the weight contained in 108 square feet of roofing. Designate this weight as G. F-4j.: Mineral matter in and on coating.--The weight of mineral matter retained on a 100-mesh sieve, in and on the asphalt coating, per 108 square feet is obtained by subtracting G (weight of ash of the felt retained on a 100-mesh sieve per 108 square feet (par. F-4i) ) from D (weight of total ash of the roofing retained on a 100-mesh sieve per 108 square feet (par. F-4g)). ,F-4k. Weight of coating and percentage of mineral stabilizer ih coating.--Determine the weight of coating per 108 square feet and the percentage of mineral stabilizer passing a 100-mesh sieve as follows: A--Weight of 108 square feet of finished roofing. (See par. F-4a.) B--Weight of 108 square feet of moisture-free desaturated felt. (See par. F-4e.) C--Weight of total mineral matter (ash) in 108 square feet of roofing. (See par. F-4g.) D--Weight of total mineral matter (ash) in 108 square feet of roofing retained by 100-mesh sieve. (See par. F-4g.) E--Percentage saturation of moisture-free desaturated felt. (See par. F--4h.) F--Percentage ash of moisture-free desaturated felt. (See par. F*-4i.) G--Weight of mineral matter (ash) in 108 square feet of ....... moisture-free desaturated felt retained on a 100-mesh sieve. (See par. F-4i.) Weight of coating: weight of mineral-stab ilized coating per 108 square feet. SS-R-501n--8 (Sept, law FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) Percentage mineral stabilizer in coating: (BxF) 0CI -- ( D +--------------- G] (100) Weight of mineralstabilized coating X 100 = percentage of mineral stabilizer passing 100-mesh sieve. per 108 square feet G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MARKING FOR SHIPMENT G-l. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack ages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the rolls shall be se curely taped or some other equally protective wrapping shall be employed. A standard label shall be attached to each roll to iden tify the material. The ends of the rolls need not be covered except to retain the nails and lap cement when packed in the rolls. G-3. Marking.--Unless otherwise specified, each package shall be marked with the name of the item, the class, width, and quan tity contained therein, as defined by the contract or order under which the shipment is made, the name of the contractor, and the number of the contract or order. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications and other publi cations, of the issues in effect on date of invitation for bids, and special requirements, shall form a part of this specification, and shall be applicable to purchases made under this specification hy the respective departments: H-2. Army.--U. S. Army Specification 100-2, Standard Speci fication for Marking Shipments by. Contractors, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the procuring agency. H-3. Air Force.--U. S. Army Specification 94-40645, Marking; Exterior, Domestic and Export Shipment, by Contractors, copies of which may be obtained without cost, upon amplication to the Commanding General, Air Materiel Command, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Dayton, Ohio. H-4. Navy.-- H-4a--Applicable specifications and, other publications.-- Joint Army-Navy Specification: JAN-P-132--Packaging and Packing for Overseas Shipment--Crates; Unsheathed, Wood; Nailed (for Maximum Net Load of 2,500 Pounds). Navy Department Specification: General Specifications for Inspection of Material. Bureau of Supplies and Accounts Publication: Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. Copies of Federal and Joint Army-Navy specifications (required for Navy purchases). Navy Department specifications, and the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy S BIRD 006554 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 6) mm) W Department, Washington 25, D. 0., except that Naval activities should make application to the Supply Officer in Command, Naval Supply Center, Norfolk 11, Va. When requesting specifications, refer to both title and number (or symbol). H-4b. Packaging.--Asphalt roofing shall he furnished in rolls of the size and type commonly used. The rolls shall be securely taped or some other equally protective wrapping shall be employed. H-4c. Packing.-- H-4c(l). For domestic shipment.--Rolls shall be packed accord ing to best commercial practice to withstand handling and ship ping. On less-than-carload-lot shipments rolls shall be packed in unsheathed crates not exceeding 500 pounds gross weight and conforming to the requirements of Joint Army-Navy Specification JAN-P-132. H-4c(2). For overseas shipment.--Packing will be the same as for domestic shipment, except that the entire shipment shall be packed in unsheathed crates not exceeding 500 pounds gross weight and conforming to the requirements of Joint Army-Navy Specification JAN-P-132. H-4d. Marking.--In addition to any special marking required by the contract or order, marking of interior packages and ship ping containers shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Navy Shipment Marking Handbook. H~4e. Ordering information.--Requests, requisitions, schedules, and contracts or orders should specify whether the subject com modity is to be packed and shipping containers marked for do mestic or overseas shipment. (See pars. H-4c and H-4d.) NAVYi AMOY I. NOTES 1-1. Purchasers should exercise any desired options offered herein and should specify the class and width required. (See pars. B-l, B-2, D-2, O-l, 0-2, and 0-3.) 1-2. A roll of roofing containing 108 square feet will cover 100 square feet of roof area, and a roll containing 216 square feet will cover 200 square feet' of roof area when the roofing is laid with a lap of 2 inches. -- 1-3. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to de termine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifi cally asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular pur pose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-4. Federal specifications do not include all types, classes, grades, sizes, etc., of the commodities indicated by the titles of the specifications, or which are commercially available, but are in. tended to cover the types, etc., which are suitable for Federal Government requirements. (Sept 19W FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section rv. Part 5) 1-5. An Index of Federal specifications may be purchased as noted in the paragraph below, price to be obtained from the Super intendent of Documents. 1-6. Copies of the listings of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., referred to herein, may be obtained without cost from the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago 11, Illinois. 1-7. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by postal note, money order, coupon, or cash, to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used Cor any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Gov ernment thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation what soever; and the tact that the Government may have formulated, fur nished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE! ISM--S01XSS(B) For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. Price 5 cents. \ ' `` ................... E-SS-R-501 OCTOBER 21T 1941 federal standard STOCK CATALOG'' " SECTION IV .: (p*rt s) EMERGENCY-ALTERNATE FEDERAL SPEC I FI CAT l ON FOR . , ' ROOFING; ASPHALT-PREPARED, SMOOTH-SURFACED _. \ "A* IN THE INTEREST OF THE.COHSERVATJON OF CERTAlN' 'sfRATEdl'Ci- ' MATERIALS AND WITH THE PURPOSE, OP SPECIFY I NS A PRbQUCT. THAT. W| LI, BETTER SERVEVTME NEEDS OF THE GOVERNMENT, THIS SPEC I FI CATION -.WS" APPROVED ON THE ABOVE DATE BY THE DIRECTOR OF .PROCUREMENT, ` FOR 1 THE USE OF ALL DEPARTMENTS AND ESTABLISHMENTS OF THE GOVERNMENT* COVERED BY FEDERAL SPEC I PI CATION S3-R-50I', ROOFING, ASPHALT- PREPARED, SMOOTH-SURFACED. > ' i the'requirements of this Emergency alternate specification are. covered by federal. .. SPECIFICATION SS-R-SOI ROOFING; ASPHALT-PRCPAREO, SMOOTH--SURFACED, DATED AUGUST I, 1933, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHANGES'; ~ GRADES SMOOTH-SURFACED PREPARED ROOFING SHALL QE OF THE' FOLLOWtNS GRADES'. (THE GRADE OR GRADES DE8IRED SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN THE INVITATION FOR BIDS,') * ` - 1 65-LB. GRADE ' SS-LB, GRADE (SEE NOTE 2) MATERIAL > ;' . 1 , ?- THIS ASPHALT-PREPARED ROOFING 8HALL BE COMPOSED OF-1 ROOFING'FELT MAOE OF ORGANIC FIBERS, *' . i V* . SATURA* TED AN- D COATED ON ROTH SIOES WITH ASPHALTIC COMPOUNDS' AND SURFACED WITH FINELY , POWDERED TALC OR MICA, WHICH'MUST PREVENT STICKING |N THE ROLLS. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' '' BAS I sTF PURCHASE SHALL BE BY T^E R&.L (TO' COVER 1^6 OR- 2*0' SQUARE FEET, ACCORDING TO- AGREEMENT BETWEEN PURCHASER AND THE" SELLER), '4 * ` : .I, . detail requirements ' . .I I. Appearance. - The- surface in both grades ok Roaring, shall be qgeejw or finely VEINED IN APPEARANCE. DEEPLY RIBBED ROOFING WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. THE COATING SHALL BE * UNIFORMLY APPLIED ON BOTH SIDES AND UP TO THE EDGE OF THE SHEET, AND NO UNCOATED SPOTS OR DEFECTS w SUCH AS-BLISTERS OR LARGE LUMP*. Olf. ^DATING - 3H/0.L. BE PERCjEfTTSLE, ... J'* (over) (40459) BIRD 006558 SS-R-511 /"V AUGUST 1,1881 SUPERSEDING F.S.Nc.423 July *, M* ^ * FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Parts) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB ROOFING; ASPHALT AND ASBESTOS-PREPARED, MINERAL-SURFACED Thhpfriflnttnn WBmmrnTadfcrnrminlffttlnn hy th Tartml BatrdonAnfmt L the tue ofthe department* and independent *t*Wiilj- m*at ot the Gomment in the pcroheee ot thl* oommodlty, and thall become mandatary brail departments and independent astabilihmsaU of tbe Gavem- mant not later tban February 15, 18S4. It may ba pot into affect, howarer, at any earlier data alter pramnltation. '\ A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-3. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. B. CTPB B-l. Mineral-surfaced, asphalt, and aabestos-prepared roofing shall be of one type only. C. MATERIAL O-I. This prepared roofing shall be composed of asbestos roofing felt, containing at least 85 percent of asbestos fiber, saturated and coated with asphaltic compounds. One side shall be surfaced with mineral granules. The other side may be dusted with tale or mica to prevent sticking in the rolls. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Basts of vurchas*.-- D-la. Basis of purchase shall be by the roll or by the square (to cover 100 or 200 square feet) according to agreement between purchaser and the seller. 1321073 0--41 t3 BIRD 006560 fSJSo* federal standard stock catalog (Section IV, Fart 19 E- DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E-l. Color and appearance.--The mineral granules shall be uniformly distributed over the entire surface (except as noted below) and when so specified the color shall substantially match a sample mutually agreed upon by buyer and seller. The coating and mineral surfacing must extend to the edge of the sheet on one side and may have an unsurfaced lapping edge approximately 2 inches wide on the other side. The edges of the sheet shall not be ragged. B-2. Physical and chemical requirements.-- Width, inches, or 32& as called for Maxi Mini mum mum Arwof roll--.....--------- ...---------------------------- square feet. fees coating, or lose ol mineral granules). Volatile matter at 80 O. (176 F.).......... ................ ..........percent.. ' __ tare-tree desatnrtd wt r ----------------- ------- * t of deeatorated felt_____ Ash of deeatorated felt........_______________ ___ percent. Competition offelt: Aabeetoe fiber, percent (remainder may be hair, cotton rags or listers, starch or other soitahle binding materials)^ Saturation of feltpercent.. Weightofmaterialother than mineral surfacing, and mineral matter in the aoatlng per 108 square feet_____ _____ .--______ pounds.. Nails (zino-coated): (Jane ot wire.... Diameter of heads_________ ......-------------------- inch.. Thickness of headfc._________________________..... inch.. Length of shank.....---------------------------------------------inch.. Number per UOB square feet of 36-fneh roofing..._____________ Number per 108 square feet of 32-inch roofing_______ ...__ .... 1H 12 .... 108 80. None 18 aots 70 85 00 45 10 a 025 K 250 276 E-3. Lap cement.--The lap cement shall be of such nature as to firmly bind the laps without injurious effect upon the roofing. It shall consist of a suitable bituminous material dissolved in a volatile 'solvent. Not less than three fourths of a pint per 108 square feet whali be famished for 36-inch roofing and not less than one pint per 108 square feet for 32-inch roofing. F. METHODS OF INSPECTION, DETERMINATION OF WEIGHT AND WIDTH, SAMPLING, AND TESTING Deliveries will, in general, be sampled and tested by the following methods, but the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional information to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment select at random rolls of roofing equivalent to the cube root of the total number included in the lot. If the cube root is a fractional number, express it as the next higher digit. F-2. Determination of weight and width.--The weight per 108 square feet of material and its variation in weight: The width and - its variation must be determined by the inspector and the results FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG SS-B-51I--S (.Aug. 1988) (Section TV, Part 8) transmitted to the testing laboratory with the sample. Material which does not conform to the specification in these respects should be rejected by the inspector ana only deliveries which conform in these respects sampled for laboratory tests. 7.2a. Remove the wrappers, other packing material, nails and cement from each Toll selected and weigh the roll and the packing material, etc., separately to the nearest one fourth pound. Then unwind each roll and measure the length and width of the rectangular portion of the roll to the nearest % inch and reroll. Observe the appearance of the roofing while unrolling and rerolling. Satisfactory roofing will not stick and will be free from visible external defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, breaks, rents, cracks, indenta tions, or lumps of coating. The mineral granules should be uniformly distributed over the entire^ surface (except as noted below), and when so specified the color should substantially match the mutually agreed-upon sample. The coating and surfacing may extend to the edge of the sheet of roofing, but an unsurfaced lapping edge approxi mately 2 inches wide along one side is permissible. The edges of the sheet should not be ragged. Compute the area and weight per 108 square feet of each roll taken. Should the weight of any roll per 108 square feet be less than the minimum weight specified, 80 pounds, it shall be cause for the rejection of the whole shipment. Compute also the average weight of the packing materials, nails, and cement. P-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the rolls exam ined for sampling, select one, the weight of which is near the average weight of the lot. Unroll and, at approximately 10 feet from the end, cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long, label, roll carefully but do not crease, wrap, and transmit one to the testing laboratory. Retain the other for use in case of dispute. 7-4. Laboratory examination.-- F-4a. Color and appearance.--Examine both sides of the roofing and note the color and general appearance and compare them with the mutually agreed upon sample. 7-4b. Weight.--Trim the sample so that it is 36 inches long and the full width of the. roll (except that material having an unsurfaced lapping edge shall have that edge trimmed off). Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest gram (15 grains). From the measurements and weights so obtained compute the weight per 108 square feet. The weight so determined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall hot be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. 7-4c. Behavior on heating at 80 C. (176 F.) for # hours.--Cut two strips from the roofing approximately 8 by 8 inches, weigh, and suspend vertically for 2 hours in an oven at 80 C. (176 F.) plus or minus 3 C. (5 F.). Remove at the end of this period and note any flowing, sagging, blistering, or absorption of the surface coating. Cool, weigh, and compute the loss in weight. 7-4d. Weight of moisture-free, desaturated felt.--Cut two strips approximately 2 inches wide and 8 inches long from the roofing, CAwMS)* federal standard stock catalog (Section 19", Part 8) weigh accurately, and extract with benzol1 In a suitable extraction apparatus until the benzol runs through colorless and contains no soluble material. The roofing may be cut into squares approxi mately one inch on each side in case an extraction apparatus of sufficient size to accommodate the whole skip is not available. Retain the extract for any mineral matter it may contain. Remove the desaturated felt from the extractor, dry in air until free from the odor of benzol and brush off any adhering mineral matter, retaining it with the .mineral matter in the extractor. Place the desaturated felt in a tared weighing bottle, dry in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one half hour, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Calculate the percentage of moisture-free, desaturated felt in the sample taken for extraction and compute the weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per 108 square feet from the weight obtained in F-4b. F-4e. Thickness of desaturated felt.--Cut one of the strips of felt obtained in F-4d into four equal portions and caliper each piece at four equally spaced points at least three fourths of an inch from a cut edge with a micrometer having fiat bearing surfaces or, if the strips were cut into pieces in F-4d, take at random 16 pieces of the felt and caliper each piece at its center. Average the readings. F-4f. Ash of moisture-free desaturated feU.--Cut the desaturated felt obtained in F-4d into squares about 1 cm on each side and mix thoroughly. Take at random enough pieces to weigh about 10 grams, dry in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one half hour, cool in a desiccator, weigh accurately, and incinerate in a weighed crucible in a muffle furnace or over an open flame until all of the carbon is consumed. Cool, weigh, ana compute the percentage ash of the moisture-free desaturated felt. F-4g. Material other than mineral surfacing and mineral mailer in the coaling per 108 square feet.--Combine the mineral matter from the extractor and from the surface of the desaturated felt with that obtained by the filtration or evaporation and ignition of the benzol extract from F-4d, dry in air until free from the odor of benzol, heat for one half hour in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.), cool, and weigh. Calculate the percentage of mineral matter other than.in the felt in the sample taken for extraction and compute this total mineral matter per 108 square feet from the weight obtained in F-4b. This weight, plus the weight of moisture-free desaturated felt subtracted from the weight obtained in F-4b, is the weight of material other than mineral matter in 108 square feet of roofing. F-4h. Saturation of fell.--Cut two strips of the original roofing approximately 2 inches wide and 8 inches long and warm them in an oven at about 80 C. (176 F.). Strip off the surfacing and coatings, taking care that as little as possible of the saturated felt is removed with the coatings and that none of the coatings adhere to the felt. Weigh the saturated felt obtained and extract in a suitable extractor with benzol1 until the benzol runs through colorless and contains no soluble material. 1 Carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, or carbon bisulphide win usually give tbe same results, bat benzol should be used in case of-dispute. 1 J BIRD 006563 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK .CATALOG (Section 17, Part W Remove the desaturated felt from the extractor and dry in air until free from the odor of benzol. Place in a tared weighing bottle, dry at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one half hour, and weigh. From the weight obtained and the original weight compute the percentage saturation of the moisture-free felt as follows: Weight of saturated felt--Weight of desaturated feltw</in Weight of desaturated felt x <= Percentage saturation of moisture-free felt G. FACEAGING, PACKING, AND MASKING 0-1.. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. 0-2. Packing.--The prepared roofing shall be put up in rolls of 108 square feet. No rolls .shall contain more than two pieces of roofing nor shall there be more than 3 percent of such rolls in a shipment. The rolls shall be tightly wound and their ends shall be protected with metal caps, scrap roofing cloth, or other suitable means. The wrapper shall be of a substantial grade of paper of the same width of the fabric and shall completely encircle tne roll. 0-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of the contents, and some means of identification of "the particular contract on which purchase, and shipment were made." Each roll shall con (T tain printed directions for laying. Nails and lap cement shall be furnished either in each roll or in bulk, as specified in the contract. Roofing for export shipment shall be packed as mutually agreed upon by purchaser and seller. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. H-la. Army: United States Army Specification No. 100-2, standard specification for marking shipments. H-lb. Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, Roofing, Siding, and Sheet-Metal Work; Damp-proofing and Membrane Waterproofing, copies of j which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D.C. I. NOTES X-l. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification, if, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. BIRD 006564 <355flT FEDERAL standard stock catalog (Section IV, Part 5) 1-2. This specification governs all United States Government purchases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this specification in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-3. An alphabetical index of Federal Specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-4. Copies of this Specification may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order, coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. Price 6 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used tor any purposeotherthan in connection withadefinitelyrelated Government procurement opera tion, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation or conveyinganyrights orpermission to manufacturer, use, orsellany patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. / u. s. sovwsaiMT FUST!as orncii tm Forsale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C. - - - - Price 6 cents ) j BIRD 006565 SS-R-521 AUGUST 1.1933 SUPERSEDING F.S. No. 2SC My 20,12S FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (PartS) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB ROOFING AND SHINGLES; ASPHALT-PREPARED, MINERAL-SURFACED This specification wa3 approved for promulgation by the Federal Specifications Board on August l, 1933, for the use of the departments and independent estab lishments of the Government in the purchase of this commodity, and shall be come mandatory for all departments and independent establishments of the Government not later than February 1,1934. It may be put into effect, how ever, at any earlier date, after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A-l. There are no other Federal specifications applicable to this specification. A-2. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. B. TYPES B-l. Mineral-surfaced prepared roofing shall be of the following types. (The type or types desired shall be specified in the invitation for bids.) Type L Mineral-surfaced asphalt prepared, ready or roll roofing. Type II. Mineral-surfaced asphalt shingles. C. MATERIAL G-l. Mineral-surfaced asphalt prepared roofing and shingles hn be composed of roofing felt made of organic fibers saturated and coated on both sides with asphalt and surfaced on the side to be exposed to the weather with mineral granules. The other side may be dusted with talc or mica to prevent sticking in the package. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Basis qf purchase. D-la. Basisofpurchase shall be by the roll or by thesquare (to cover 100 square feet) according to agreement between purchaser and seller. 1321073 0--41 . SSliw)* FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Bection IV, Part 5) T>-2. Color and appearance.--The mineral granules shall be distrib uted uniformly over the entire surface (except as noted below) and when so specified the color shall substantially match a sample mutu ally agreed upon by buyer and seller. The coating and surfacing must extend to the edge of the sheet of roofing or of the shingles, except that roll roofing may have an unsurfaced tapping edge ap proximately 2 inches wide along one side of the sheet. The edges of the sheet of roofing or of the shingle shall not be ragged. Satis factory roofing will not stick and will be free from visible external defects, such as holes, ragged or untrue edges, rents, cracks, indenta tions, or lumps of coating. D-3. Trimmings.--If desired, trimmings shall be as specified in order_______ _______ _ D-4.-Physical and chemical requirements applicable to both tvpes of roofing. Maximum Minimum Heat test at 80 C. (176 P.) (sliding, blistering, absorption of the surface coating or loss of minAral prannloR)___ ____ __ ___ _________ .. Volatile matter at 80 C. (178 F.) (percent)........ Weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per 108 swam-fent (pounds) ___ ___ ______ T'bfcime* of feefttlirated fait (Inch) ... Total weight of organic fibers and bitumen per 108 square feet (pniindat ...................... m None .10.8 0. OS- 15 E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS E-l. Requirements applicable to type / roofing.--Width (inches), 36 (}4 inch), or 32 (K inch), as called for. Minimum Aron nf rail ._ __ .Mjnnna fact Weight per roll of wrapping, packing, nails, and cement___________________ ______ pounds.. 5 Weight per 106 square feet of roofing--------do-- Pliability at 25 C. (77 F.). (cracking on bend- in^iWdegrees over a rounded edge of H-inch SAtirmitfan nf toll: .... ____ _. rwiwmt. None Nails (tinecoated): ofwin________ _______ ___ _ ,, 12 Diameter ofbeads------ ----------- -------- inch.. . . ... . . ......... do. ... Length of shank... __________ do----- Number per 106 square feet of 3ft*lnch roofing. Numberper 108 square feet of32-inch roofing.. -- 108 80 160 . 10 a 02H5 9i 250 275 Lap cement.--The lap cement shall be of such nature as to firmly bind the laps without injurious effect upon the roofing. It shall consist of a suitable bituminous material dissolved in a volatile FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 6) solvent. Notless than three fourths ofapint per 108 square feet shall be furnished for 36-inch roofing and not less than 1 pint per 108 square feet for 32-inch roofing. E-2. Requirements applicable to type II roofing.--The size and form of the shingles shall be as specified in the invitation for bids and they shall also meet the following requirements: Maximum Minimum Wfifght per IflRsqnarn _ ... ___ pninwis Saturation of fait ... ..... .... ppiwvnf: 83 176 j Nails.--Nails shall be as specified for type I roofing except that they shall be 1 inch long when the shingles are laid on solid sheathing and IK to 1% inches long when laid over old shingles. Nails for shingles shall be purchased separately and the number required will depend upon the size and form of the shingles and shall be agreed upon by the purchaser and seller. F. METHODS OF INSPECTION. DETERMINATION OF WEIGHT AND WIDTH, SAMPLING AND TESTING Deliveries will, in general, be sampled and tested by the following methods, but the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional information to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment select at random rolls of roofing or packages of shingles equivalent to the cube root of the total number included in the lot. If the cube root is a fractional number, express it as the next higher digit. F-2. Determination of weight and width.--The weight perl 08 square feet of material, and its variation in weight: The width of roll roofing and its variation must be determined by the inspector and the results transmitted to the testing laboratory with the sample. Material which does not conform to the specification in these respects should be rejected by the inspector ana only deliveries which conform in these respects sampled for laboratory tests. F-2a. Type I mineral-surfaced asphalt prepared roofing.--Remove the wrappers, other packing material, nails, and cement from each roll selected and -weigh the. roll and the packing material, etc., separately to the nearest one-fourth pound. Then unwind each roll and measure the length and width of the rectangular portion of the roll to the nearest one-fourth inch and reroll. Observe the appear- ance.of the roofing while unrolling and rerolling. The mineral granules should be uniformly distributed over the entire surface (except as noted below) and when so specified the color shall sub stantially match the sample mutually agreed upon by buyer and seller. The coating and surfacing may extend to the edge of the sheet of roofing, but an unsurfaced lapping edge approximately 2 inches wide along one side is permissible. The edges of the sneet should not be ragged. Compute the area, and the weight per 108 square feet of each roll taken. Should the weight of any roll per 1Q8 {Aug. /ftW) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 6) square feet be less than the minimum weight specified, 80 pounds, it shall be cause for rejection of the whole shipment. Compute also the weight of the packing materials, nails, and cement. F-2b. Type II mineral-surfaced asphalt shingles.--Remove the wrappers and other packing material from each package of shingles taken and weigh the shingles and also the packing material to the nearest one-fourth pound. Count the number of shingles or strips in each package, taken, compute the area, and from these results and the weight compute the weight per 108 square feet. A minimum weight of less than 83 pounds shall be cause for rejection of the whole shipment. Observe the color and general appearance of the shingles while counting them and compare with the mutually agreed upon sample. The mineral granules should be uniformly distributed over the entire surface of the shingles. The'coating and surfacing should extend to the edge of each shingle. The edges should not be ragged. No patches of coating should show through the mineral surfacing nor should the coating be broken from the edges. The shingles should be of the specified shape and should not stick together in the package to such an extent as to injure the coating when unpacked. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.-- F-3a. Type I mineral-surfaced asphalt prepared roofing.--From the rolls examined for sampling, select one, the weight of which is near the average weight of the lot. Unroll, and at approximately 10 feet from the end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approxi mately 40 inches long, label, roll carefully, but do not crease, wrap, and transmit one to the testing laboratory. Retain the other for use in case of dispute. F-3b. Type II mineral-surfaced asphalt shingles.--For sampling take, in the case of individual shingles, two shingles from each pack age examined or, in the case of strip shingles, one strip from each two packages examined. Carefully wrap, label, and transmit to the testing laboratory. The sample submitted to the laboratory shall contain at least six individual shingles or two"' strips. Samples similar to those transmitted to the testing laboratory should be . taken and retained for use in case of dispute. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- F-4a. Color and appearance.--Examine both sides of the roofing or shingles and note the color and general appearance and compare them with the mutually agreed upon sample. F-4b. Weight.-- F-4b (1). Type I mineral-surfaced asphalt prepared roofing.--Trim the sample so that it is-36 inches long and the full width of the roll (except that material having an unsurfaced lapping edge shall have that edge trimmed off)- Measure accurately and weigh to the nearest gram (15 grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per 108 square feet. The weight so determined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection (see F-2). F-4b (2). Type II mineral-surfaced asphalt shingles.--Weigh each shingle or strip submitted to the nearest gram (16 grains); measure J BIRD 006569 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 6} to the nearest one sixteenth inch and from the weights and area so obtained compute the weight per 108 square feet. The weight so determined is only to be used in making laboratory calculations and php.ii not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection (see F-2).. F-4c. Pliability (type I only).--Cut five strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the fiber grain and immerse them in water at 25 C. (77 F.) for 10 to 15 minutes. ` Remove the strips from the water and immediately bend each strip with the exposure side up, 90 degrees over the edge of a block (which has been rounded to a radius of % inch), at a uniform speed, in approximately 2 seconds time. Dry thoroughly and examine. If 1 or more of these 5 strips crack on this test, cut 10 strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these strips crack, the material is reported as failing on the pliability test. F-4d. Behavior on heating at 80 C. (176 F.) for two hours.--Cut two strips from the roofing or shingles approximately 8 inches by 8 inches, weigh, and suspend vertically for two horns in an oven at 80 C. (176 F.), plus or minus 3 C. (5 F.). Remove at the end of this period and note any flowing, sagging, blistering, or absorption of the surface coating. Cool, weigh, and compute the loss in weight. F-4e. Weight of moisture-free, desaturated felt.--Cut two strips ap proximately 2 inches wide and 8 inches long from the roofing, weigh accurately and extract with benzol1 in a suitable extraction appara tus until the benzol runs through colorless and contains no soluble material The roofing may be cut into squares approximately 1 inch on each side in case an extraction apparatus of sufficient size to accomodate the whole strips is not available. Retain the extract for any mineral matter it may contain. Remove the desaturated felt from the extractor, dry in air until free from the odor of henzol, and brush off any adhering mineral matter, retaining it with the mineral matter in the extractor. Place the desaturated felt in a tared weighing bottle, dry in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230F.) for one half hour, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Calculate the percentage of moisture-free desaturated felt in the sample taken for extraction and compute the weight of moisture-free desaturated felt per 108 square feet from the weight obtained in F-4b. F-4f. Thickness of desaturated felt.- -Cut one of the strips of felt obtained in F-4d into four equal portions and caliper each piece at four equally spaced points at least three quarters of an inch from a cut edge with a micrometer having fiat bearing surfaces, or if the -strips were cut into pieces in F-4d take at random 16 pieces of the felt and caliper each piece at its center. Average the readings. F-4g. Total weight, of organic fiber and bitumen.--Combine the mineral matter from the extractor and from the surface of the desat urated felt with that obtained by the filtration or evaporation and ignition of the benzol-extract from F-4e, dry in air until free from the odor of benzol, heat for one half hour in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.), cool and weigh. Calculate the percentage of mineral 1 Carbon tetrachloride, chloroform or carbon bisulphide will usually give the same results but benzol should be used in case of dispute. federal standard stock catalog (Section IV, Part 6) matter in the sample taken for extraction and compute the total mineral matter per 108 square feet from the. weight obtained in F-4b. Subtract this weight from the weight computed in F-4b. F-4h. Saturation of felt.--Cut two strips of the original roofing or shingle approximately 2 inches wide ana 8 inches Ipng and warm them in an oven at about 80 C. (176 F.). Strip off the surfacing and coatings, taking care that as little as possible of the saturated felt is removed with the coatings, and that none of the coatings adhere to the felt. Weigh the saturated felt obtained and extract in a suitable extractor with benzol * until the benzol runs through colorless and contains no soluble material. Remove the desaturated felt from the extractor and dry in air until free from the odor of benzoL Place in a tared weighing bottle, dry at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one half hour and weigh. From the weight obtained and the original weight compute the percentage saturation of the moisture-free felt as follows: Weight of saturated felt--Weight of desaturated felt,, .. weight of desaturated felt X100-- percentage saturation of moisture-free felt. G. PACKAGING. PACKING, AND MASKING G-l. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack ages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing. G-2a. The roofing shall be put up in rolls of 108 square feet. No roll shall contain more than two pieces of roofing, nor shall there be more than 3 percent of rolls containing two pieces in any shipment. The rolls shall be tightly wound and securely wrapped in a sub stantial grade of paper. The wrapper shall completely encircle the roll and shall be pasted at the overlap in a manner which will prevent it shifting from position. The ends of the roll shall be protected with metal caps, cloth, or other suitable means. The nails and lap-ceinent shall be furnished either in each roll or in bulk, as specified in the order. When furnished in bulk, the cloth or metal ends may be omitted. Rolls for export shipment shall be packed as agreed upon by the purchaser and seller. G-2b. Shingles shall be packed in bundles weighing not more than 135 pounds gross. The bundles shall either be packed in cardboard cartons or between wooden or cardboard ends and tied with rope, wire or steel bands so as to make a substantial package, as may be agreed upon by the purchaser and seller. G-3. Marking.--Each package or roll shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of the contents, and some means of identification of "the par^'p"!"^ en trant on which purchase and shipment were made*^ Each shipment of tne material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. * See note under 2Me. i BIRD 006571 FED.EBAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG SS-RS21--7 (Auf. mi) (Section IV, Part 5) H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. H-l a. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy.--Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, roofing, siding, and sheet metal work; dampproofing, and membrane waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D.C. L NOTES 1-1. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary, prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects tsee D-2). 1-2. This specification governs all United States Government purchases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this specification in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-3. An alphabetical index of Federal specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-4. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superin tendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. Price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government' drawings, specifications, or other data, are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility or any obliga tion whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell anypatented invention that may in any way be related thereto. i .*. COVEMKERT PR1HT1M0 OFFICE, 1911 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C, Price 5 cants / BIRD 006572 UU-P-536 FEBRUARY S. 1935 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV * (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR PAPER; SHEATHING, WATERPROOF This specification was approved by the Director of Procurement for the use of all departments and establishments of the Oovernment and shall become effective not Eater than August 15, 1935. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS A-l. The following Federal specification of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids shall form a part of this specification: Federal Specification UU-P-31, General Specifications for Paper. A-2. Any special requirements of the individual departments are noted under section H. B. GRADES AND USES B-l. Sheathing paper shall be furnished in two grades: Grade A. For permanent structures or for other uses where long-continued exposure to dampness may occur (see I-t). Grade B. For temporary structures, or other uses where long service is not required. C. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP 0-1. Shall be free from visible defects and have a uniform ap pearance. The paper shall not stick together to an extent that will cause tearing when unrolling. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. Shall be waterproofed with asphalt. D-2i Purchase shall be on a basis of 100 square feet. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS Grade A Grade B E-l, Tensile breaking strength each direction not less than (pounds per inch width)___________________ 40 20 E-2. Water resistance.--Not less than (hours)_____ 120 24 E-3. Pliability.--Shall not crack when bent. E-4. Size.--Width, 36, 48, 60, 72, or 84 inches, as specified in invitation for bids, with a plus or minus tolerance of % inch. 115742--35 IntSSius) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) F. METHODS OF SAMPLING, INSPECTION, AND TESTS F-l. Any requirements applicable to individual departments are noted under section H. F-2. All tests not herein specified shall be made in accordance with Federal Specification UU-P-31, General Specifications for Paper. F-3. Each sample shall consist of not less than 5 sheets, each not less than 3 square feet, and each taken from a different roll. F-4. Water resistance shall be determined by the ground-glass method as follows: F~4a. Five specimens, 6 by 6 inches in size, shall be folded to form boxes 2 inches square and 2 inches high, open at the top, the tabs formed by folding being held by convenient fasteners, such as paper clips. The paper boxes shall be placed on the ground surface of a piece of ground glass resting on black paper or other suitable dark surface. The boxes shall be filed to within K inch of the top with water at 65 to 90 F. temperature. They shall be lifted at the end of the time period corresponding to the specification requirement in paragraph E-2, and the ground glass under them observed for transuded moisture, this being visible as a dark film on the surface of the glass. F-5. The number of square feet in the shipment shall be calculated from the weight of the entire shipment, the net weight of the sample roils, and the weight per foot of paper calculated from the weight of the sample sheets. F-3. A strip 1 inch wide shall be used in the tensile breaking strength test. F-7. Cut five strips, 6 inches by 1 inch, in the machine direction of the paper. Bend them over a >ia-inch mandrel at 32 F. through an arc of 180 at a uniform rate in 2 seconds. All strips shall remain uncraeked. G. PACKAGING. PACKING, AND MARKING G-l. Unless otherwise specified, shall be furnished in commercial rolls. G--2. The grade and the contents in square feet shall be plainly marked on the outside of each roll. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids shall respectively form a part of this specification, in so far as the activities noted are concerned: H-la. Army: United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy: Navy Department General Specifications for Inspection of Material, copies of which may be obtained upon application to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Depart ment, Washington, D. C. H-lc. Marine Corps: Instructions issued by the quartermaster. W$m T. . AMENDMENT-1 . OCTOBER IS, mi * FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB PAPER; SHEATHING, WATERPROOF* lata: than Dec: 15, 1848. It juaybe pot Intot any earlier date after moniilnttoit The following changes shall be; made lo UU-P-530, dated February 6, 1035: * Page 1: {t~. Paragraph E-l. Column "Grade A" tuttee"82'- aad aubatl- Certain provisions of this Mnepdment'gx'it*to4ed- to tonaervecrltical or W -strategic materials. Whea the preseat ogowrxtucy layover, this amfittdmeirt ^g .r will be considered for revision. z V-. .c/j'.. - m r * * * . V.. * -*r 4 fi'- * " ^y- ".^,*.>.." , - ^ .v- &; . . "- = VVS-, L V if; e, BIRD 006575 3/1/51 FS-PL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS MINERAL SURFACED ROOFING - 90# - 32" or 36" - 106 SQ. FT. - TO MEET FEDERAL SPECIFICATION SS-R-521 - TYPE I. Color8: - As specified. RAW MATERIAL PER SQ. SET Felt - 50 lb x 35 778 or 31 7/8" 11.2 Saturation - #1$J - 160$ (Min.) IT .9 Coating - #2lJ 18.4 Filler - 15$ 3.2 Surfacing - #11 Oiled 34.9 Back - Ga. Talc Net Wt. JU2 S7T5 Fixtures 2.5 Shipping Wt. 9o3 GROSS 12.5 18.8 19*3 3* 36.6 2.0 Variation in Shipping Wt. - Max. - 92.0# Min. - 88.C# Underwriters' Label - 1 Sq. Class C. Direction Sheet, Date Mark each roll. Fixtures Printed Wrapper - Bands Printed - 2 Colors. 1 pt. Lap Ceasent in pt. or #2 canal 1 pkg- 7/8" Galv. Nails 12 Ga. - 252 county each roill-^xlS" Fib#* Board Fixture Bolder each roll. Length of Rol-ls 36*-Ow for 36" Rolls. (No extra allowance) 40^-6" for 32" Rolls (For two piei^rolls) Wt. of Sheet per 100 Sg^. Ft* - 8l.Q#- it i BIRD 006576 Page #2 Ctft/i-tj Production per hour - Wo ROTE; Each roll to have Government Purchase Order stenciled on each roll* Each roll to show "Conforms to Federal SpecificationJ3S-R-521 $ype I." New Specification. RHP/ae FEDEEAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (*gHiSS (Section IV, part 5) L NOTES 1-1. Grade A is intended for sheathing permanent structures, and for other construction uses where long-continued exposure to damp ness may occur, the curing and protecting of concrete and terrazzo, covering sand cushions, the protection of membrane waterproofing, and the protection of floor finishing materials following their instal lation. 1-2, It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, sample with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-3. An alphabetical index of Federal specifications ma3r be pur chased as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-4. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order or coupon or cash, to Superintendent of Documents,. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C., price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose, other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever; and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data is not to be regarded, by Implication or otherwise, as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or cor poration, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. D. S. SOVERNHEKT PRIHT1RS OFFICE! IJS* For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents / V BIRD 006579 ' *7. - * _ - /. .}.,< <'J*'. _* .j?*'<-*5- _*:*''.*>sem` v-f -*'. * , SS-A-666 AMENDMENT-! NOVEMBER 4,1943 [FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR ASPHALT; (FOR) BUILT-UP ROOFING, WATER PROOFING, AND DAMP-PROOFING* This amendment was approved on the above date by the Director of Procurement, for the use of all departments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effective not later than Jan. 15, 1944. It may be put Into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. The following change shall be made in Federal Specification SS-A-666, dated June 0, 111?,3 : Page SS-A-666-2: Paragraph E-2: Table: Type II, Ductility (centimeters) at 25 C- (77 F.), Minimum: Delete "fi" and substitute "4" for Grade 1 and "8" for Grade 2. i;/ This amendment is Intended to conserve critical or strategic materials. When the present emergency Is over, this amendment will be considered for revision. 559423*--43 S.SftVCSHIKNr tXIKTIM orftci, ifctl BIRD 006580 HH-C-581a DECEMBER 18, 193S SUPERSEDING Fed. Spec. HH-C-581 September 5,1933 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 5) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR COTTON FABRIC; WOVEN, ASPHALT-SATURATED This specification was approved by the Director of Procurement, for the use of all departments and establishments of the Government, and shall become effec tive not later than July 15, 1935. It may be put into effect, however, at any earlier date after promulgation. A. APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. A-l. Federal Specification CCC-T-191--Textiles; Test Methods--of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall form a part of this specification. A-3. Any special requirements of the individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. B. TYPES. B-l. Asphalt-saturated woven cotton fabric shall be of but one type. C. MATERIAL. C-l. Material shall be composed of woven cotton fabric impregnated with an asphaltic saturant. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D-l. See Detail Requirements. E. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS. E-I. Appearance.--It must be free from visible external defects, such as ragged or untrue edges, breaks, and rents. The meshes of the fabric shall not be completely closed or sealed by the asphalt saturant. There shall be sufficient porosity to allow the moppings of asphalt plying .cement to come through. The fabric shall not stick when unrolled at temperatures between 10 C. (50 F.) and 32 C. (90 F.) to such an extent as to cause injury. The surface of the fabric shall be uniformly smooth and free from irregularities, folds, and knots. It shall not be coated with talc, Portland cement, or other substance which would tend to interfere with the adhesion between the fabric 433138 0-42 FEDERAL standard stock catalog (Section IV, Part 5) and the plying cement. The use of powdered silica or wood flour shall be permitted. 35-2. Physical and chemical requirements.-- Maxi Mini mum mum Width______ _____ inches.. Selvage__________ inch. Weight per roll. To he mutually agreed upon by buyer and seller but in no case more than 80 pounds. Weight per square yard--------------------- ------ ------------------------ ounces.. Average strength (grab method): nironriop of th warp. ____________ .. _ ponnils ,, TUrenMop of the filling ______ . Volat.ilo mattnr nfc 1<V> O. f221 Ft) __ ... ... 'So porratn* Pliability at 0 G. (32 F.). (Cracking on bending over a ^a-inch mandrel through an arc ot 180 in one direction and then through 300 over the same mandrel in the opposite direction)______________ Average weight of moisturedree desaturated fabric per square yard ounces.. SatunrtfOP Of mnfsbjre-frfin fabric,. - ,........ poroanfc Ash of moiatum-firnn dhsntnratad fahric ....... ......... ..... _ . ........ ' do Thread count per inch. (Both in the direction of the warp and the flllfng)................ .... ............. ............. Ootton~bher content____ r .. ........................... -pArnant 38 so H IS u 50 40 2 None m 200 1 33 18 <100 i This shall not exclude the customary sizing materials in amounts not exceeding 8 percent by weight ol the moisture-free cotton. F. METHODS OF INSPECTION, DETERMINATION OF WEIGHTS AND WIDTH SAMPLING AND TESTING. Deliveries will, in general, be sampled and tested by the following methods, but the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional information to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. P-1. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment of more than 1,000 rolls taken at random a number of rolls of fabric equivalent to one-half the cube root of the total included in the lot. If this proves to be a fractional.number, express it as the next higher digit. From each shipment of 1,000 roils or less take at random 5 in each case. P-2. Determination of weight and width.--The weight per square yard of material, and its variation in weight; the width and its vari ation must be determined by the inspector and the results trans mitted to the testing laboratory with the sample. Material which does not conform to the specification in these respects should be rejected by the inspector and only deliveries which conform in these respects sampled for laboratory tests. P-2a. Remove wrappers and other packing material from each roll selected and weigh the roll and the packing materials, etc., sepa rately to the nearest one-quarter pound, then unwind each roll and measure the length and width to the nearest one-quarter inch and observe the appearance of the material. (See E-l.) Compute the area of each roll and the weight per square yard of each roll of fabric examined. I BIRD 006582 l fe o TOBEBAL STANBABB STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the rolls exam ined for sampling, select one the weight of which is near the average weight of the whole lot. Unroll and at approximately 25 feet from the end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approximately 40 inches long, label, carefully wrap, and transmit one to the testing laboratory. Retain the other sample for check analysis in case of dispute. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- F-4a. Appearance.--Examine both sides of the sheet of saturated fabric and note the color and general appearance. F-4b. Weight.--Trim the sample so that it is 36 inches long and the full width of the roll, measure accurately to one-sixteenth inch, and weigh to the nearest gram (15 grains). From the measurements and weight so obtained compute the weight per square yard. The weight so determined is only to be used in making the laboratory calculations and shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or re jection. (See F-2.) F-4c. Pliability.--Cut five strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the warp and immerse in a cooling mixture of ice and water at 0 C. (32 F.) for 10 to 15 minutes. The strips shall then be removed from the water and each strip bent over a 1/32-inch mandrel through an arc of 180 at a uniform speed in approximately 2 seconds and then through 360 over the same mandrel in the oppo site direction. Dry thoroughly and examine. If 1 or more of tnese 5 strips crack on this test, cut 10 strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these strips crack the material is reported as failing on the pliability test. F-4d- Breaking strength.--(Grab method.) Follow method given in section VI, Federal Specification CCC-T-191. F~4e. Volatile matter.--Cut two strips of asphalt-saturated fabric 6 inches wide and 12 inches long. Weigh the strips separately and suspend them for 5 hours in an oven at 105 to 110s C. (221 to 230 F.), remove from the oven, cool in a desiccator, and weigh. Com pute the percentage loss in weight and average the two results. F-4f. Weight of desaturated fabric.--Cut a strip approximately 2 inches wide and the full width of the sample, weigh, and extract with benzol (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, or carbon bisulphide will usually give the same results but benzol should be used in case of dispute) in a suitable extraction apparatus until the solvent runs through colorless. The saturated fabric may be cut into squares approximately 1 inch on each side in case an extraction apparatus of sufficient size to accommodate the whole strip is not available. .Remove the desaturated fabric from the extraction apparatus^ dry in air until free from the odor of benzol, and brush off any adhering par ticles of foreign matter. Place the desaturated fabric in a tared weighing bottle and heat in an oven at 105 to 110 C. (221 to 230 F.) for one half hour, cool in a desiccator and weigh. Calculate the percentage of moisture-free fabric in the sample taken for extraction and compute the weight of moisture-free desaturated fabric per square yard from the weight obtained in F-4b. BIRD 006583 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 5) F-4g. Saturation of moisture-free fabric.--The weight of saturant in the fabric is the difference in weight between the original sample taken for extraction in F-4f and the weight of the desaturated fabric (plus any surfacing material present). The percentage saturation of the moisture-free fabric is obtained by the following formula: Weight of saturant v mn--Percentae Weight of moisture-free desaturated fabric " ^ snna4t-ullrtan4t-iion F-4h. Thread count.--Count the number of threads to the inch in both the warp and filling at five different places. The average of these shall be taken as the threads per inch or thread count. F-4i. Character of fiber.--From a piece of the desaturated fabric (from which any sizing has been removed by bringing to a boil in a 0.5 percent sodium hydroxide solution), take at random 5 threads in the direction of the warp and 5 in the direction of the filling and sep arate the fibers in water on a microscope slide, so that the fibers are uniformly distributed. Dry the slides so prepared until all the water is removed, cool and add a drop of zinc-chloriodide solution (Herzberg solution).1 Cover the stained fibers with a cover glass, draw off the excess stain, and examine under a microscope with a magnification of about 100 diameters. The fibers should all be stained a wine-red color, and shall have the characteristic shape of cotton fiber. G. PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MARKING. G--1. Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial packages are acceptable under this specification. G-2. Packing.-- G--2a. The rolls of treated cotton fabric shall be wound on mandrels * not less than 2 inches in diameter and extending 2 to 4 inches beyond the end of the rolls. They shall be securely tied or wrapped in a manner which will prevent unrolling in transit. G-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of the contents, and some means of identification of "the particular contract on which the purchase and shipment were made." Each shipment of the material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. i The Herzberg stain is made according to the following formula: Ssoolluuttiioonn Aa</1200 ^ zidnicsCtilhlelodriwdea,ter. (2.1 g potassium iodide, Solution (0.1 g iodine, 15.0 ml distilled water. Dissolve solutions A and B separately, then mix and allow to stand several hours, or until all sediment has settled out. The clear liquid is then decanted into a dark-colored bottle and is ready for use. The stain shall be kept in the dark and should be tested before use on known fibers. i The mandrel may be either round, square or polygonal n FEDEBAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part 8) H-la. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy.--Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, Roofing, Siding, and Sheet Metal Work; Dampproofing and Membrane Waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D. C. I. NOTES. 1-1. Basis of purchase shall be by the roll or by the square (100 square feet) according to agreement between purchaser and the seller. 1-2. Asphalt-saturated fabric is intended for use with asphalt for waterproofing and dampproofing in the construction of membrane waterproofing. 1-3. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bid, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-4. An alphabetical index of Federal specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-5. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents. Notice.--When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used for any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever and the fact that the Government may have formulated, furnished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by implication or other wise as in any manner licensing the holder or any other person or corporation, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention that may in any way be related thereto. U. 1. SQVERNMENT FRIMTJN8 OFFICE : 1942 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C Price 5 oents BIRD 006585 HH-C-591 JULY 3, 1935 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG Section IV (Part 6) FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOB COTTON-FABRIC; WOVEN, COAL-TAR-SATURATED This specification waa approvsd by the Director of Procurement, for the use of all departments andestablishmentsof the Government, and shallbecome effective not later than January 15, 1036. It may be pot Into effect, however, at any earUer date after promulgation. A. AS CABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS L. The following Federal Specification, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall form a part of this specification: CCC-T-191--Textiles; test-methods. A-2. An7 special requirements of the individual departments of the Government are noted under section H. B. TYPES B-l. Coal-tar-saturated woven cotton fabric shall be of but one type. C. MATERIAL C-l. Material shall be composed of woven cotton fabric impreg nated with a coal-tar saturant. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D-l. See Detail Requirements. B. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS B-l. Appearance.--If must be free from visible external defects, such as ragged or untrue edges, breaks, and rents. The meshes of the fahric shall not be completely closed or sealed by the coal-tar - saturant. There shall be sufficient poroeity to allow the moppinga of coal-tar-pitch plying cement to come through. The fabric shall not stick when unrolled at temperatures between 10 C. (60 F.) and 32 C. (90 F.) to such an extent as to cause injury. The surface of the fabric shall be uniformly smooth and free from irregu larities, folds, and knots. It shall not be coated with talc, portland cement, or other substance which would tend to interfere with the adhesion between the fabric and the plying cement. The use of powdered silica or wood flour shall be permitted. 467016 0-41 BIRD 006586 cwmsf* FEDERAL standard stock catalog (Section IV, part 6) E-2. Physical and chemical requirements. Maximom Mmiiinmt Width------------------ ------- ----------- -------------------------------- Inches.. Selvtute________ _ _____ Innh Weight per roll. To be mutually agreed upon by buyer and seller but In no case more than 80 nounds___ -________ ___________ ... Weight per square yard--____ ________ .......____ Average strength (grab method): .ounces-- DDiirreeccttoorr noff tthhefi Awialirnpg__._____________.._.__________________________________._._.._._p_o_udnad_s__ Pliability at 0 O. (32 F.). (Cracking on bending over a Hi-inch man drel through an are of 180 In one direction and then through 360 over the same mandrel in the opposite direction) ____________________ Fabric: Thread count per inch. (Both in the direction of the warp and the Ailing).. _. ____________ ., . . . ______ ____ Cotton fiber oontent----- ----- ------- ------- -------- percent.. 38 30 H 16 U 60 40 None 86 18 100 F. METHODS OF INSPECTION, DETERMINATION OF WEIGHTS AND WIDTH SAMPLING, AND TESTING Deliveries will, in general, be sampled and tested by the following methods, but the purchaser reserves the right to use any additional in formation to ascertain whether the material meets the specification. F-l. Sampling for inspection.--From each shipment of more than 1,000 rolls take at random a number of rolls of fabric equivalent to one-half the cube root of the total included in the lot. If this Sroves to be a fractional number, express it as the next higher digit. Tom each shipment of 1,000 rolls orless take at random 5 in each case. F-3. Determination of weight and width.--The weight per square yard of material, and its variation in weight; the width and its variation must be determined by the inspector and the results trans mitted to the testing laboratory with the sample. Material which does not conform to the specification in these respects should be rejected by the inspector and only deliveries which conform in these respects sampled for laboratory testa. F-2a. Remove wrappers and other packing material from each roll selected and weigh the roll and the packing materials, etc., separately to the nearest one-quarter pound, then unwind each roll and measure the length and width to the nearest one-quarter inch and observe the appearance of the material. See paragraph E-l. Compute the area of each roll and the weight per square yard of each roll of fabric examined. F-3. Sampling for laboratory examination.--From the rolls exam ined for sampling, select one the Weight of which is near- the aver age weight of the whole lot. Unroll and at approximately 25 feet from the end cut two samples the full width of the roll and approxi mately 40 inches long, label, carefully wrap, and transmit one to the testing laboratory. Retain the other sample for check analysis in case of dispute. F-4. Laboratory examination.-- ) ^ BIRD 006587 r' FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG HH-C-5J1--S (July ms) (Section IV, part 5) F-4a. Appearance.--Examine both aides' of the sheet of saturated fabric and note the color and general appearance. F-4b. Pliability.--Cut five strips 1 inch wide and 6 inches long in the direction of the warp and immerse in a cooling mixture of ice and water at 0 C. (32 F.) for 10 to 15 minutes. The strips shall then be removed from the water and each strip bent over a ^2-inch mandrel through an arc of 180 at a uniform speed in approximately 2 seconds and then through 360 over the same mandrel in the oppo site direction. Dry thoroughly and examine. If 1 or more of these 5 strips crack on this test, cut 10 strips from another part of the sample and repeat the test. If one or more of these strips crack the material is reported as failing on the pliability test. F-4c. Breaking strength.--(Grab method.) Follow method given in section VI of Federal Specification CCC-T-191. F-4d. Character of fiber.--Cut a strip approximately 2 inches wide and the full width of the sample, and extract with benzol* (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, or carbon bisulphide will usually give the same results but benzol should be used in case of dispute) in a suitable extraction apparatus until the solvent contains not more than a trace of soluble matter. The saturated fabric may be cut into squares approximately 1 inch on- each side in case an extraction apparatus of sufficient size to accommodate the whole strip is not available. Remove the desaturated fabric from the extraction apparatus, dry in air until free from the odor of benzol, and brush off any adhering particles of foreign matter. From a piece of the desaturated fabric (from which any sizing has been removed by bringing to a boil in a 0.5 percent sodium hydroxide solution), take at random 5 threads in the direction of the warp and 5 in the direc tion of the filling and separate the fibers in water on a microscope slide, so that the fibers are uniformly distributed. Dry the slides so prepared until all the water is removed, cool, and add a drop of zinc-chlor-iodide solution.1 Cover the stained fibers with a cover glass, draw off the excess stain, and examine under a microscope with a magnification of about 100 diameters. The fibers should all be stained a wine-red color and should have the characteristic shape o cotton fiber. F--4e. Thread count.--Count the number of threads to the inch in both the warp and filling at five different places. The average of these shall be taken as the threads per inch or thread count. a PACKAGING, PACKING, AND MASKING G--1, Packaging.--Unless otherwise specified, commercial pack ages are acceptable under this specification. G--2, Packing.--The rolls of treated cotton fabric shal be wound on mandrels not less than 2 inches in diameter and extending 2 to 4 inches beyond the ends of the rolls. They shall be securely tied or wrapped in a manner which will prevent unrolling in transit. G--3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly marked with a description of the contents, the name of the manufacturer, the place > The Herzberg stain Is made according to the following formula: Solution A: 20 grams eino chloride. 10 milliliters distilled water. Solution B: 2.1 grama potassium iodide, 0.1 gram iodine, 6 milliliten distilled water, 1 BIRD 006588 \ HH-C-5M--4 (July J93S) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, part 5) of manufacture, the brand (if any), the net weight of the contents, and some means of identification of "the particular contract on which the purchase and shipment were made." Each shipment of the material shall be accompanied by printed directions for its use. Dissolve solutions A and B separately, then mix and allow to stand several hours, or until all sediment has settled out. The clear liquid is then decanted into a dark-colored bottle and is ready for use. The Btain shall be kept in the dark and should be tested before use on known fibers. H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H--1. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, shall respectively form a part of this specification. H-la. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Stand ard Specification for Marking Shipments. H-lb. Navy.--Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7 Y, Hoofing, Siding, and Sheet Metal Work; Dampproofing and Membrance Waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D. C. I. NOTES 1-1. Basis of purchase should be by the roll or by the square (100 square feet) according to agreement between purchaser and the seller. 1-2. Coal-tar-saturated fabric is intended for use with coal-tar pitch for waterinroofing and dampproofing in the construction of membrane waterproofing. 1-3. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bid, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid-sample should be definitely stated, the,'specification to apply in all other respects. 1--4. An alphabetical index of Federal Specifications may be ob tained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents. 1-5. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon application, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents. - Notice---When Government drawings, specifications, or other data are used far any purpose other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement oper ation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility nor any obligation whatsoever, and the &ct that the Government may have formnlated, famished, or in any way supplied the said drawings, specifications, or other data, is not to be regarded by Im plication or otherwise as in any manner licensing the bolder or any other person or corpora tion, or conveying any rights or permission to manufacture, use, or sell any patented invention tint may in any way be related thereto. V,S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1942 For sale by the Superintendent c_ Documents, Washington, D. C. Price 5 cents J \ l l ? V fc- . BIRD 006589  *&$,'i'astitfdSy .-.^f. oysr.-listed <$lx*o baSksc* w 00*A"WW ``' JUNE , Itt#** smpcksi ^ -- r.''^.'!?:{ -i af'ii iifersi' -.w-j-vr .r.'..'iawPO'javM s. -C. 1 .s . - ' ? ?/"-* '' **> SectionsIV .. ''-a. . -' '' -i- : <m.(!.-.,,( * , . . -,.>'*; .-.*. .- -.. ; (Part 5), . <.. . f vi. - . ..rVv.,,/ . * ASPH4l.Tr m Rlfe*# ROOFING, WATERPROOFING* AND DAMP-PROOFING > 'sa.u .c; *rrr the n become Government wan wuW H *= ever, at any eerlier<xete*aftaepRmia]c*tion. : . . tu,'- . '... ,s~XZ:.!. *>t *. tmiciiu ntfxiMi.. oamnmdi^aadlibaSS debt eetabliebmoate of the J/....'.\ , ~ *" ' I ;J ' - .*.* --. . X- 'K. > ^ISL-JS il ....__>,._ .. -A-l. There aremjother specification. -- the GovernmSni ana a. nra&CfcttMK^ r.s^r-shr-,-,--a-- i ie mdividusldi t 8sv's3j ~*r:. A v-: - -**..... ~ '''* ~. ; .W-a^SBfcA- B-l, -- aa spfehifie' .... 25s* r. fee . . .. Glass A^ ClaarK, J* Of .Jfr jiwiiCWBW*' .'ff. ,. L--....................... e -asi-.' tsorttsc; -smoO Tfp* m pneortwo f; ae-felTo*^ - GradeM^For-of*r OV6T boards V Grade 2. Fdr^gft Inclines not exceeding 6 inches to. fe$ 4 over boards w&fomm - ... ,, ,!:: CHaw ___ __ 'Type ^iAqpiiait9foi' -ifiee from'inonr(icdiKiBittior^ Siij r +ai*7jp9 xJ3=3;4!J3<f'ics:' f327407 0--41 u- 'v'V^* "* " s^SL., , FKpJQBAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG "'' (Saettoa IV, Part 0 C. MAT*RIAL " '" : G-l. Material shall be as specified under detail requirements. D. GKNKBAL *BqOIR*MENTS D-l. Boris ^purchase.--Material is to be purchased by weight. K. DETAIL REQUIREMENTS B-l. Appearance.--Freshly melted material of both types shall be uniformly .glossy, and on aging one week its surface shall not become dull or show any separation of oil, grease, paraffin scale, or similar material. E-2. Physical and chemical requirements.-- Typel Typall TypeIH Ittd- Mini* Mud- Mint- Maxi- Mini rhum mtua mum * *i#' .dt . BQfBC PMtnmmmi.*-. r..S, L v *. :c - m* o. (M? F.), t#** r.>l<WH0Q*i.) :-b; 0If8i*fFOO. , rratd0a,'.'f; 0* f.); C. F.) Fanatratidfi --------- = -fa:, a wotimatar) at 0* C. _________ I*ra4rx . Itadii .IEM505S #0 GOV- 10 JO vs PeaUration (hundredth* of a centimenter) at 29* O. 09 as yn-m, .,.33018* * Penetration--,, a dtattSMtari at3 X Jt? t- lac r (US* F.H_______ -------- 100 'JOfc- - Volatile matter (serei&t) ~*t 1 C. (MS*T.)------- Li ADwecresasse sIn.Wpeoe.t.rri-"A v: i-, OImB_________ _ Coaaa partkdes (ioortaole W.-i rr+T&'r J.k is/fi ' '. ;cfs!&v t bsB" iA j1`- *$ pww &**&- ,A ea, 10 /-*v\ iTbs abahaUJreuakirjffloaw*8trifc ,, ,%-f; -a ' Sca.^-sr^ -felt C-* r.v ' -r . -;v :*: -o'! .3 F. METHODS OF 84MFUNG. INSPK'npN. ATTESTS .. DflHyuries willi ingenfcrsl, be sampled sikl teatedl^tlwfollAWing methods* but the purchaser rasenraathe? righttmuse mny additional information toaaoertaiitwhstherthesaatariai meetsthenpSdfieiSoda.. eachrshipmottk seJeet aferandobiajtt&ib# ofpackages equivalent to the cube rootofthstotal^nuihber of ppilf jr' - ^ ' -^g/ V - -^W . ' :f +. -4f. :v^ BIRD 006591 I3SDZRAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV. Pwtiffi a * m t (Ahk/IW} ages included in the lot. If the cube root aa calculated-proves to be a fractional number, express.it as tine next higher digit. - , _ Samples shall toe. taken at. least 3 inches below the surface and at least 3 inches from the side of each container selected.. A clean hatchet may be used if the material is hard.enough to shatter and a broad, stiff putty knife if the material is soft. An. auger,, or brace and three fourths inch bit, or.other suitable means may also be used. Avoid-contamination with superficial water, wood slivers, or foreign matter. The samples so taken shall be combined by melting together, with constant stirring to prevent overheating, but the temperature must not exceed 200 C. (302 F.). When thoroughly melted, two l-quart friction-top cans shall be filled with the well-mixed material-, allowed to cool, tightly sealed, marked for identification with-the-manufac turer's name and brhnd, -etc:, and one transmitted to the- testing laboratory. The other shall be retained for use in-caseof dispute. F-2: Laboratory examination.-**. .. F-2a. Appearance.--Carefully melt about 10 g of the asphalt at a temperature not exceeding 200 C_ (302 F.) andpour it into a small tin box or other suitable container provided-with a cover. At-least one half the surface shall be freefrom froth, or bubbles. Allow the asphalt to cool in a place free from drafts and dust. -When cool, examine the surface, then cover with the lid and set aside for one week, after which period examine again. Immediately after cooling the surface shall be glossy black, and after standing one week the surface shall not show any duliia&or the separationof paraffin scale or greasy or oify material. -.. F-2b. Softening point.--Determine the softening point by the method given in Bureau of Standards Research Piper No. 142, '."The Ring ana- Ball Method of Test for- Softening. Point of Bituminous Materials, Resina^ and Similar Substances'', Bureau of Standards Journal of.Research-, VoL 4, February 1930. Reprints*)! this paper are for sale by the Superintendent of Documental Government Prints ing^Offics^Washington, D.C. Pries 6 cents. This method is-essen tially as follows: . ~- ` F-21ifi|)y Apparatus.-- * - y -F-2b?fi$i Rtna:--A brass ring of the following dimensionsr Depth.~-%Mto 0:10 mm ()4incb)-. - Inside (Hafcdertat bottom.--15.880.10 mm (#-Inch)* Insid&diametsr at top.--Hot less than inside diameter at bottomnor more thantl7.0mm, preferably 17.40 mm (% inch). " - - Outsidedfametsrat bottoms--Not less than 18.0 mm nor more than 21.0 mm. f. . Outside diametsrat top.--Not less than outside diameter at botiom nor more than-21.0 mm. The interior of the ring may be either tapered, within.the toler ances given above, or cylindrical. (The tapered ring is td bfe pre ferred, as it can be used with afi. kinds of materials to which the ring and ball method-is applicable. The cylindrical ring, while suitable , for asphalts,- cannot be used with materials that shrink away from the ring, such-as Teams and pitches.) VtoUrSZ) FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Bwtfon XV; Pftrtf) The outside of the ring may be either uhiformly cylindrical- or smaller at the botton provided the above dimensioas arer-complied with. For convenience in mounting it is advisable tohave it smaller at the bottom. {8ee fig. 1.) F~3b (l)b. Ball.--A steel bah, such as used in ball bearings, 9.53 mm {% inch) in diameter, weighing between 3.45 mid 3.55 g. F-2b (l)e. Container.--glass vessel, capable of beingheated, not less than 3.5. cm (3Ji inches) in diameter and not lesa than 10.5 cm <4H inches) in depth from the bottom of the flare. (A 600 ml beaker; low form.) SVdb (I)d. Thermometer.--A total immersion thermometer meet* ' ingthe following specification: ' Type^-Mtoibie&etam, glass* . " - 1- - I*jatd.i-^-Mecury. :=- ' rs ,? r rJ. Ring and subdivision.---Minus 4 to H*104?:G. in.0.2. Total length.--454to460mmi >u l.e.p .i Stem.--Plain front, enamel back*: .suitable thermometer., tubing. - Diameter, 0.0'to 7J0 mm- :- r ss-xO'- , , - Bulb.--Corning normal or equally? suitable thermometer glass. Length, 20 to 30 mm. Diameter;, iaofc greater than stem. Instance to --4 line from bottom of 5ul6t--50 to .70 mm. _ Distance to <+104 h`ne from top aflhermomfierj-^^Q to 50'mirt. Filling above mercury.--Nitrogen gas..: . . r u-.j -. 3 > Top.finish.--Glass nng. ~ . .1 - -J;r. ' Graduation.---AH lines, figures, and letters cleat cut rand distinct . Lines corresponding, to even degree marks to be-danger than the remaining lines. Graduations to be numbered at each, multiple . of 2?..v - ~ \ ' "1 Immeraion.-r~Sobel: :*>. b-.h. ;. ;>- v ..Scale emuv-T-The errorat any poiht.ofIthe*oaler.when the ther- mnmefcer is standardised afctotal immersion; shaft not exceed) 0.3. nSpecid marJrinfr+--A serial numberand the manufacturers name or - traanmarkshkll be atcbeddritheurtenL.;'. jE . -'a* ,-v . -m .. - Co*ti-reThe thermometer shalPbe ihpplieA:ia-auitabld&use,.on which shall appear "--4 to +104 C. in 0.2, total'UataersibmV The A.S.T.M. low softening point, --2= to -b>60*. G<Jhertndmeter (see A^S.TsM.s D-^6-26) gitfee w*thk*:itk range readpgaf identical with the --4 to +104 C. thermon^ter3gpEBmd^p>ve., -r: .. F-2b (lym Suppartifot ritw and~therntometermsAiiy:. stonvenient method: for^supporting, the ring mayrbb used projadeditmoeta the following requirements: The ring-must be -suppOttecLm jm sub stantially horizontal position?. the'top'-of^thajiing:must, beL.ats least 8..cm. below the top of the container and the bottom o: the: ring . 2.540.02-em (l inch), above: a,horizontal plate-.on tha, bottom or the container; the distance from the center of the rthgtothermometer bulb inust b not more thah-16.5 mm. - < *3 < -'T A device-for centering the bafbis desirable* but not esseptlahr.j \ - F-2b (3). Preparation of tampht-r-Melt-the^ sample andistit it thoroughly, avoiding incorporating, air buhbles, mV the mas$,.. and then pour it ibto the ring so as to-leave an excess oneooling, :->The ring while being filled ahould -reat onca -hraas -plate thal'-has^fcBen ft ) BIRD 006593 nwn; A. ZJ BIRD 006594 <JW/*D FEDERAL STANDARDSTOCK CATALOG (Sce&BlY.PvtD . amalgamated to prevent the sample from adhering to it. After cooling, cut off the excess material cleanly with a slightly heated knife. Determine the softening point within three hours after the sample is prepared. F-2b (3). Procedure.-- F-2b (3) a. Asphalts hatting softening points 80? C. (1780 F.) or lower.--Fill the glass container to a depth of not less than 9 cm with freshly boiled distilled water that has been cooled to not less than 45 -C. <81 F.) below the softening point of the material under test, provided such softening point is not below SO9 C. (122 F.). If the softening point is below 50 C. the water shall be cooled to not above 5*C. (41 F.). Place the filled ring and ball, but pot in contact, in -the bath and maintain the initial temperature for 15 minutes. Then place the ball in the center of the upper surface of the material in the ring, and at once suspend the support carrying the ring, ball (ball guide if used), and horizontal plate so that the .1 top of the ring is not lass than 5.1 cm below the surface of the water and the --4.0* to 4-104 C. thermometer is banging approximately in the middle of: the container. The figure shows details of ring, ball guide, support, container, and assembly of apparatus except tripocrand burner. Apply heat in such a manner that the tempera ture of the water after the first three minutes of heating is raised uniformly 5 C. (9 F.) 0.5 C. (1 F.) per minute. -To facilitate uniform heating, it is advisable to place the burner midway between the center ana the edge of the beaker away from tjhe specimen. Report as the softening point the temperature indicated by the thermometer' (adding or subtracting any certified corrections, but making no emergent stem corrections) at the instant-the sample touches the horizontal .plate or the. bottom of the container. ...........F-2b (3)b. Asphalts having softening points higher- them, 80 C. {176*;'Pi---Use same method as given under F-26(3)a except that instead of water U.S.P. glyceride- shall be used as the bath. F-2c. Penetration at 86 C. (77 F.).--Determine the penetration by the "Standard Method of Test for Penetration of Bituminous Materials", D-5-25, A.S.T.M. Standards, 1930, part II, p. 647, which is essentially as follows: F-2c (1). Apparatus.-- ^ V J ^ t h? BIRD 006595 C C if G FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG} (SMttonr.ftrto . . F-2c (1)*. Container.^--The container for holding the asphalt to be tested shall be a flat-bottomed cylindrical dish approximately 55 mmt(2Ki inches) in diameter and 35 mm (1-H inches) deepi F**2o (i)b. Needle.--The needle (fig. 2) shall be a cylindrical steel rod approximately 50.8 mm (2 inches) long, having a diameter of 1.00 to 10.2 mm. This shall be symmetrically tapered at one end to a cone approximately 6.35 mm 0i inch) in height and whose angle shall be within the range of 8 degrees 40 minutes and 9 degrees 40 minutes. After tapering, the point shall be blunted by grinding off to a truncated cone, the smaller base of which shall be from 0.14 to 0.16 mm in diameter.- The finished needle shall be hardened and highly polished. F-2c (l)c. Water tatA.-~The water bath shall be maintained at a temperature not varying more than 0.1 C. from-25 G. (77F.). The volume of the water shall be not less than 10 litem, and the sample shall be immersed to a depth of not less than 10 cm (4 inches) mid shall be supported on a perforated shelf not leas than 5 cm (2 inches) from the bottom of the bath. F*2e (l)d. Penetration mlfefcms.---Any apparatus which will allow the needle to penetrate without appreciable friction -and which is accurately calibrated to read in hundredths of a centimeter. F-2e (l)e. Transfer dith.--The transfer dish for the container shall be a small dish or tray of such capacity as will insure complete immersion of the container during the- test. It shall be provided with some means which will insure a firm bearing and prevent rocking of the container. ....... F-2c (2). Preparation of acwnplcv---The sample shall be eompetely melted at the lowest possible temperature and stirred thoroughly until it is homogeneous and free-from air bubbles. It shall then be poured into the sample container to a depth of not less than 15 mm (five eighths inch). The sample shall be protected from dust and allowed to cool in air at a temperature not lower than 18 C. (65 F.) for 1 hour. It shall then be placed in the water bath along with a transfer dish and allowed to remain 1 hour. F-2c (8). Procedure.--In making the test the sample shall be placed in the transfer dish which has been filled with water from the water bath to a depth sufficient to completely cover the container. The transfer dish containing the sample shall then be placed upon the stand of the penetration machine. The needle, loaded with the specified weight (100 g) shall be adjusted to make contact with the surface of the sample and the dafiadjusted to zero or its reading noted. The needleis then released for the specified period oftime <5 seconds), after whlcbifcs penetration is measured. ... 1. At least three tests shall be made at points on the surface of the sample not less than 1 cm (three eighths inch) from the side of the container, and not lew than 1 cm (three eighths inch), apart* After each test, the sample and transfer dish shallbe returnedto the Water bath, and the needle shall be carefully wiped* toward fts pofnt Wfth a clean dry cloth to remove all adhering asphalt.- The penetration 1 GtUitylaointment box,deep pattern*madeby tba American ,Ca*;Cojeiet3'ouet capacity.maatathisnqpbamant. ...............AT jJU BIRD 006596 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (8*eik IV, Part 8) reported shall be the average, of at least three testa whose value* shall not differ more than four hundredths of a centimeter between maximum and minimum. F-SJd. Penetration at <P C. (t F.).--This shah be determined ' as in F-2c at a temperature of 0 C. (32 F.) 0.2 C. (0.4* F.), a 200 g load, and a period of 60 seconds instead of a temperature of 25 C. (77 F.), a Load of 100 g, and a period of 5 seconds. F-2e. Penetration at 49 C. (116 F.).---This shall be determined as in F-2-c at a temperature of 46 C. (115 F.)0.S O. (1 F.), a SO g load and for a period of 5 seconds, instead of a temperature of 25 C. (77 F.), a load of 100 g, and a period of 5 seconds. F-2f. Ductility.--The ductility shall be determined by "Tenta- tive method of test for ductility of bituminous materialsD-113-26T, proceedings A.3.T. Id., 1926, vol. 26, -part. I, page 886. This method' is essentially as follows: . F-2f (1). Apparatus,--> .. _ F-2f. (l)a.- Mold.--The moid' shall be of the shape shown in figure 3. It shall be made of .brass,, the ends b and b' being known as dips, and the parts a and a' as antes of themold. The dimensions of the mold shall be as follows:.. Wjdthpf.cups at-mouth------"Width of briquet at minimum cr - tween-clips)__ --------------------- Thickness of briquet throughout. Z 55 2. 06 1. 9S-2. 02 99-1. 01 .99^1:01 FEDERAL STANDARD STOjOX CAT&LQg (8*ctton IV, Vvi$) T F-2 (l}b. Water bath.--Same aa'F-2c (l)c. F-2f (l)cw, Testing machvn.--Any apparatus may be-jused for pulling the briquet of asphalt apart that is so constructed thatfhe briquet will be.continuously immersed in water and the two clips pulled apart at a uniform rate; of 5 cm per minute. F-2f (Z). -Procedure.--The- mold shall, be assembled on a brass plate, and the surface oh the- plate and the interior surfaces or the aide-pieces 4 and A1 of the7mold shall be thoroughly amalgamated, so as.to .prevent the asphalt from.sticking.: The asphalt shall be .completely melted at the lowest temperature at which it will.be thor- . ougnly fluid andthea poured into the standard ,mold. In filling, the asphalt shall; be poured in a thin stream baek and.fprth from end to end of the.mold until it is more than level fulL. After cooling to room. temperatureJor 30,miaute8.the excess asphalt shall be-out off by means.of-a.hot puttyJcmfe,.ao tbaAthe.moldwilibe just levelfull. . The brass piate.and mold conhainhng the' briquet shall then -be laced, in-Abe water, bath *ud kspteVh temperature of.25p CL (77 '.) for at least ton and one ban hours*.,when.- the .briquet shall-he removed from theplate and the sidb.pieces 4 and A' detaches^ . The rings at each end ofthe-clipsball then battached toting pins or hookstn the ductility machiimand the two (dips pultedapartAt a uniform rate of 5 cm-, per minute^drfi percent). while the test is being made thewater in the tank ofe.the:duetiUtx .machine>_8h^l, cover the briquet by at. least SK.fi cm and shall-.be kept continuously at a temperature of. 25 C. (77F.)fi::Q<50 O. When the briquet of asphalt. breaks, .the distance from the originAlposition of the dip before pulling to its present position ahallbe measured and shall be taken as the ductility.. The^average of three tests shall be taken, except that any obviously abnormal result shall be rejected* - F-2g. Volatile jnahsr.--The- volatile, matter shah be. determined by the "Standard Method of Test> of Lees on: Heating of Gil and Asphaltic Compounds'1, EMhSO, A-&T<M.;StandardB,. l930i4>artH, page 638, which is essentially as follows: _ JPT2g fl) Apperotue- ****2M WXMTS f. . ' F-2g (r) tonstant-femiperature oven so constructed that the temperature in all parthdf the-Wen wiBnofcvary more than t* C. Air oyhii with' a revotvmg- shelf m reeoznmendedi The oven shall be well ventilated, and-'shall be provided-witkia window so- that the- thermometer cab be read" Wrtaout opening the door. The ource of heat shallbd either gasbrfclectricity. F-Slg' (l>b. T/iermomdcr.^--LJse "either the- thermometer specified hi A;8.T.M.` EML80- or any'shirt accurate thermometer7having a range iheludfbglSfi0' to 176.C.' graduated in C. or smaller subdivision (ah Anschuts thehnometer is conVeaient.) F-2g (l)c. C&rUiiiner.--Same:as*F-2e l)a. *' F-2g (2).' Preparation of iathp&i-^-The sample as reeeived'ehsdl be melted and thoroughly stirred to insure complete mixture before the portion,for teat is.removed. ..............^ ` " J. F-2g (3), ^rocMhri.-r-Kace. approximately 56 g of the adpbalt, accurately weighed^ in a tarred container aha placeJp the coastaht- temperature oven, which has previously been heated 'to 163-G.^ i i A BIRD 006598 <S*%H FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, PartO (325 F.) 0.5 C. (1 F.). Maintain this tempe&tuite forfi-hours, then remove the sample from the oven, cool, weigh and compute the loss as volatile matter. Place the thermometer so that it will record the actual temperature to which the asphalt is exposed. If an oven of the revolving^ehelf type is used, the thermometer may be laid on the shelf whickshall be rotated five to six revolutions per minute. F-2h. Penetration at 25 C. (77 F.) after heating.--The sample from test F-2g shall be melted at a temperature not exceeding 2(H)0 C. (392 F.) until fluid and thoroughly mixed. It shad then be allowed to coolto room temperature and tested for penetration as in F-2c at a temperature of 25 C. <77 F.), a load of lOO g, and for a period of 5 seconds. F-2L Ask.--About 1 g of asphalt'accurately weighed shall be placed- in a crucible of about 30 ml capacity and- incinerated until the carbon is consumed and -only mineral matter- remains. Cool in a desiccator, and weigh. From the weights of^ the original sample and the ash obtained compute the percentage-ef-ash. Determine nature of ash by usual methods of qualitative analysis; F-2j. Coarse particles (inorganic matter-retained on a no. 100 sieve) expressed as percentage -of ash, class B, only. Weigh accu rately into a 400 ml beaker an amount of sample, calculated from the percentage ash that will yield about 1 gram of mineral matter. Add a suitable organic solvent (benzol, carbon tetrachloride ot-chloro form are suitable solvents but benzol must be used in case of dispute) and warm until the asphalt is dissolved. Pour the solution through a weighed no. 100 sieve, wash all residue on to* the sieve and wash sieve (with organic solvent) until free from asphalt. Dry and weigh sieve and contents. From the weight of sample taken, the percentage ash and the weight of the residue retained on the sieve, compute the percentage of coarse particles in the mineral matter. G. PACKAGING, PACKING. AND MARKING 0-1. Packaging.--Unless other wise specified, commercial pack ages are acceptable under this specification. - ./ G-2. Packing.--Unless otherwise specified, the subject- com modity shall be delivered in standard commercial containers, so constructed as to insure acceptance by common o other carriers for safe transportation, at the lowest rate, to the point of delivery,/ . 0-3. Marking.--Each package shall be legibly .marked, with * description of the contents, tbe-name of the manufacturer, the place of manufacture, the brand (if.any), the weight of^he contents, and some means of identification of the particular contract on wfeich purchase and shipment were made. Each shipment of the material "shall be accompanied by printed directions for its-use. - H. REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS H-l. The following departmental specifications, of the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids, wall, respectively, ford* a part .of this specification: .` ` r L i i i i i ... .... i BIRD 006599 FEDERAL STANDARD STOCK CATALOG (Section IV, Part S) H-la. Army.--United States Army Specification No. 100-2, Standard Specification for Marking Shipments. . H-lb. Navy.--Navy Department purchases will be made under the issue in effect on date of invitation for bids of Bureau of Yards and Docks Specification No. 7Y, roofing, siding, and sheet-metal r work; dampproofing and membrane waterproofing, copies of which may be obtained without cost upon application to the Bureau of Yards and Docks, Navy Department, Washington, D.C. i. nous 1-1. It is believed that this specification adequately describes the characteristics necessary to secure the desired material, and that normally no samples will be necessary prior to award to determine compliance with this specification. If, for any particular purpose, samples with bids are necessary, they should be specifically asked for in the invitation for bids, and the particular purpose to be served by the bid sample should be definitely stated, the specification to apply in all other respects. 1-2. This specification governs all United States Government purchases of this commodity. Users are requested to retain this specification in permanent file until a revision is issued. 1-3. Interested parties are advised that an Alphabetical Index of Federal Specifications may be obtained upon application as noted in paragraph next below, price to be obtained from the Superin tendent of Documents. 1-4. Copies of this specification may be obtained upon applica tion, accompanied by money order or coupon, or cash, to Superin tendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.O. Price, fi cents. Mritaar-Wbea Omnant drawinga, spaoifieatlOBS, or other dsts in owe tor any prapon other than in connection with a definitely related Government procurement operation, the United States Government thereby incurs no responsibility or any obliga tion whatsoever: and the feet that the Government may have formulated, furnished,'or in any way supplied theraid drawing* apadfleationa, or other data b not to tie retardedby implication or otbarwtaa ac in any manner Mcenafaif tbs holder or any other parson or nnnrnrafinn nrrnntrrlnramri|hta nr Firrniailnr tr Tnatinfirttiu run nrmlTahjiiatestil invention that may in any way be related thareto. i I i c U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE ; 1241 C '= For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. - Price 5 cents C . - a. .... r - nr iimfrhtff11ftn BIRD 006600 / \ BIRD 006601 boa